Document:

Exhibit 4.3

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

 

10,000,000 AUTHORIZED SHARES OF SERIES B
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK,

PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE

 

	
  Number

  	
   

  	
  INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
  DELAWARE

  	
   

  	
  Shares

  

 

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

** SPECIMEN **

 

 

CUSIP: 983950 40 3

is the registered holder of

 

 

** xxx **

 

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE

PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001, OF

 

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORP.

 

Registration of the transfer of the shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock represented by this Certificate may be made on the appropriate
register of the Corporation in person or by Attorney upon presentation and
surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

 

This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the
Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

 

	
   

  	
  DATED

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED by

  
	
   

  	
  Equity Transfer & Trust Company Toronto, Ontario, Canada

  
	
   

  	
  Transfer Agent and Registrar

  

 

	
  Mark Holleran

  	
   

  	
  Michael J. Rapisand

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  President

  	
   

  	
  Secretary

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Authorized Officer

  	
   

  

 

The Shares represented by this Certificate are transferable at the
offices of Equity Transfer & Trust Company, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF TRANSFEREE

 

 

	
   

  
	
  (Name and address of transferee)

  

 

 

 

                                                                                                                 shares
registered in the name of the undersigned on the books of the Corporation named
on the face of this certificate and represented hereby, and irrevocably
constitutes and appoints

 

                                                                                                                 Attorney
to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with
full power of substitution in the premises.

 

	
  Dated:

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

	
   

  	
  Signature:

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

NOTICE:
THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON
THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR
ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND
CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION
PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-5.

 

Signature
Guaranteed by:

 

THE
CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUEST THE
POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR
OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF OF THE
CORPORATION, AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH
PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.

 

The
following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this
Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  TEN
  COM 

  	
  -as
  tenants in common

  	
  UNIF
  GIFT MIN ACT

  	
  Custodian 

  	
   

  
	
  TEN
  ENT

  	
  -as
  tenants by the entireties

  	
   

  	
  (Cust)

  	
   

  	
  (Minor)

  	
   

  
	
  JT
  ENT

  	
  -as joint tenants with right of survivorship and
  not as tenants in common.

  	
   

  	
  under
  Uniforms Gifts to Minors Act

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Additional
  abbreviations may also be used in the above list.

  	
   

  	
  (State)

  	
   

  
									

 

RESTRICTIONSExhibit 10.1

 

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

THIS
TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), effective this 1 day of July 2003 (the “Effective Date”), is made and entered
into by and between XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES
CORPORATION of AMERICA and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“XPLORE”), a Delaware corporation having its principal place
of business at 14000 Summit Drive, Suite 900, Austin, Texas 78728 U.S.A.
and WISTRON CORPORATION (“WISTRON”), and its subsidiaries and affiliates, a Taiwan
corporation having its principal place of business at 21F, 88, Sec. 1, Hsin Tai
Wu Rd., Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

W I T N E S E T H :

 

WHEREAS,
XPLORE is proceeding to develop ruggedized mobile PC computer tablet(s) for its
next generation of Products (as defined herein); and

 

AND
WHEREAS WISTRON desires to provide to XPLORE design,
manufacturing and support services in respect of the Products and sell to
XPLORE the Products;

 

NOW,
THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, XPLORE and
WISTRON agree as follows.

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS

 

Defined terms used in
this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

1.1                               “Class Failure” shall mean the occurrence of (i) a
Material Defect, experienced in test or in the field, in greater than two and
one-half percent (2.5%) monthly of all Products purchased by XPLORE hereunder
over a rolling ninety (90) day period, or (ii) a defect in the Products
causing a safety hazard which threatens life, equipment or property.

 

1.2                               “Dead on Arrival” shall mean any Products that are discovered to contain a
Material Defect or non-conformance to Product Specification within thirty (30)
calendar days from the WISTRON invoice date.

 

1.3                               “Deliverable(s)” shall mean the design and/or work product, including
Material, resulting from performance of the Design Services as set forth on the
Statement of Work in Exhibit A.

 

1.4                               “Design Process” shall mean any Material created by WISTRON in executing to
this Agreement that relates to the implementation of the Design Services or any
Deliverable.

 

1.5                               “Design Services” shall mean the product design, development and redesign
services in respect of the Products, including but not limited to those
services facilitating fabrication, tooling, fixtures, documentation, assembly,
soldering production and delivery.

 

 

1.6                               “Data Package” shall mean all Documentation and/or Materials either
created or designed by either or both Parties under this Agreement, which are
fisted under Exhibit H.

 

1.7                               “Documentation” shall mean user manuals, training materials, product
descriptions, drawings and specifications, technical manuals, supporting
materials, import/export control documents and other information relating to
any Product, is shipped by WISTRON.

 

1.8                               “End-of-Life of XPLORE Product” shall mean any XPLORE Product
the production of which is discontinued by XPLORE, as the Parties mutually
agree as defined in Section 4.17.

 

1.9                               “End-User” shall mean any party that purchases Products from XPLORE,
directly or indirectly through Resellers and Distributors, for such party’s own
internal use and not for redistribution.

 

1.10                        “Equipment” shall mean tooling, tools, samples, consigned materials or
components, molds, and dyes required to produce Product.

 

1.11                        “Hardware” shall mean components and subassemblies that go into the
Products.

 

1.12                        “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean all forms of
intellectual property rights and protections that may be obtained in
respect of the Products, and Documentation and includes, without limitation:

 

(i)                                     All right, title
and interest in and to all Letters Patent and all filed, pending or potential
applications for Letters Patent, including any reissue, reexamination,
division, continuation or continuation-in-part applications throughout the
world now or hereafter filed;

 

(ii)                                  All right, title and
interest in and to all trade secrets, and all trade secret rights and
equivalent rights arising under common law, state law, federal law and laws of
foreign countries;

 

(iii)                               All right, title and
interest in and to all mask works, copyrights, other literary property or
authors’ rights, whether or not protected by copyright or as a mask work, under
common law, state law, federal law and laws of foreign countries; and

 

(iv)                              AII right, title and
interest in and to all proprietary indicia, trademarks, trade names, symbols,
logos and/or brand names under common law, state law, federal law and laws of
foreign countries.

 

1.13                        “Lead Time” shall mean the time period between the acceptance by
WISTRON of a Purchase Order and the ship date of the Products ordered under
such Purchase Order.

 

1.14                        “Manufacturing Services” shall mean pre-production
manufacturing engineering, and prototype and first article manufacturing,
and finished product volume manufacturing of any Product.

 

2

 

1.15                        “Marks” shall mean all proprietary indicia, trademarks, trade
names, logos and/or brand names either party may adopt from time to time
to identify themselves, the Products or any related parties or materials. XPLORE
will notify WISTRON in writing of all proprietary Marks as indicated above.

 

1.16                        “Material” shall mean: (a) any net list, schematic, diagram,
circuitry, technology, invention, idea, discovery, improvement, design,
concept, technique, algorithm, formula, method, process, configuration,
mechanism, model, system, network, data, plan, library, work of authorship,
file, media, record, report, copy, pictorial work, graphic work, audiovisual
work, hardware, firmware, computer interface (including for example but not
limited to programming interfaces), computer language, computer protocol,
computer software program or application (irrespective of whether source code
or object code), flow chart, blueprint, drawing. graph, information, material,
research or development, irrespective of whether patentable, or (b) any
portion, copy or extract of such Material, irrespective of whether in tangible
or intangible form, and irrespective of such Material’s media.

 

1.17                        “Material Defect” shall mean any malfunction, error or other defect in a
Product(s) that constitutes a nonconformity with the Specifications and where
such nonconformity causes such Product(s) to fail to meet form, fit and/or
function requirements for such Product(s) under conditions of normal use.

 

1.18                        “Normal and Customary Actions” shall mean all actions
associated with design technique or implementation and should be assumed as part of
WISTRON effort and agreed upon fee schedule, including without limitation value
engineering part reduction, fastening schemes or alternate material
selection.

 

1.19                        “Object Code” shall mean machine-readable program code that is expressed
in a form that is not generally suitable for modification by humans
without reverse engineering.

 

1.20                        “Parties” shall mean XPLORE and WISTRON.

 

1.21                        “Party” shall mean either XPLORE or WISTRON.

 

1.22                        “Plant Shutdowns” shall mean those incidents where WISTRON’s manufacturing
plant or WISTRON’s subcontractor’s plants has published down-time or holiday
schedules resulting in plant closures. WISTRON will notify XPLORE via Email or
FAX of holiday or plant shut downs at least forty-five (45) days before they
are planned to occur. The plant shutdowns are not to occur more than two times
per year, each period not to exceed 10 calendar days.

 

1.23                        “Product Requirements Document” or “PRD” shall mean the technical
requirements provided by XPLORE for the Deliverables, as set forth in Exhibit C.

 

1.24                        “Products” shall mean products jointly developed by XPLORE and
WISTRON under this Agreement, as further described in the PRO. As mutually
agreed, XPLORE may add Products to Exhibit C during the term of this
agreement.

 

3

 

1.25                        “Purchase Order” shall mean a written or electronic purchase order that is
delivered to WISTRON in accordance with Section 4.5.

 

1.26                        “Purchase Price” shall mean the amount to be paid by XPLORE for the
Products as determined in accordance with Exhibit E.

 

1.27                        “Reseller” or “Distributor”
shall mean any party that purchases Products from XPLORE either directly or
indirectly for such parties’ own use or for resale to the End-User.

 

1.28                        “Safety Standard Change” shall mean changes made to the
Products required to conform the Products to all applicable governmental
and regulatory agency requirements.

 

1.29                        “Software” shall mean each software program in Object Code form included
as part of the Products.

 

1.30                        “Source Code” shall mean program code expressed in a form suitable
for modification by humans.

 

1.31                        “Specifications” shall mean the specifications applicable to the Products
as set forth in the PRD.

 

1.32                        “Statement of Work” or “SOW” - shall mean a documented
description of the work and services to be performed by WISTRON as set forth in
Exhibit A.

 

1.33                        “Term” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and
terminating on the date this Agreement is terminated under the conditions
specified in Section 12.

 

2.                                      PURPOSE
OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement sets forth
the terms and conditions for the design, development, pre-production manufacturing
engineering, prototype, first article manufacturing, and finished product
volume manufacturing and services related to Products.

 

3.                                      SERVICES
AND PAYMENTS FOR SERVICES

 

3.1                               Design Services

 

As set forth in Exhibit D,
XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON as defined within the milestone schedule in
the SOW, WISTRON guarantees that the Product meets specifications and the
criteria set forth in the PRD.

 

A complete Data Package
as specified in Exhibit H must he delivered in its specified format to
XPLORE at production release.

 

3.1.1                     Failure to Deliver XPLORE
Specifications or Change in Scope After PRD Locked

 

In the event
XPLORE fails to deliver the Specifications for the Product in accordance with
the PRD in Exhibit C, or makes changes to the Specifications after the PRD
is

 

4

 

locked as defined by the milestone schedule in the SOW, WISTRON may negotiate
with XPLORE a new delivery schedule and associated costs for delivery of
the Design Services.

 

The Parties agree
that Normal and Customary Actions apply.

 

3.1.2                     Acceptance of Design
Deliverables

 

Unless
otherwise agreed upon by the parties, within thirty (30) days from the receipt
by XPLORE or WISTRON of any Deliverable pursuant to Exhibit A or Exhibit C,
XPLORE and WISTRON shall provide written notice to each other of any failure of
any Deliverable which deviates from the Specifications. WISTRON and XPLORE
shall review the deviations and WISTRON will use commercially reasonable
efforts to correct any nonconformity with the Specifications and provide the
other Party with a revised deliverable within thirty (30) days. If after a
subsequent 30 days, the WISTRON deliverable does not conform to
specifications, then the Parties will mutually discuss and agree on a discount
plan for the associated milestone payment as specified in Exhibit D.

 

Notwithstanding
the above provisions, if WISTRON does not achieve Acceptance of Design
Deliverables as specified above, then a material breach would have occurred due
to WISTRON’S non-performance and the provisions of Section 12.4 apply.

 

3.2                               “Design Services” and “Manufacturing
Services” Payments

 

Payment for Design
Services and Manufacturing Services will be made as set forth in Exhibit D.
The Parties agree that the NRE and tooling payment schedules represent “not to exceed” prices. Purchase orders for the agreed upon
Design Services and Manufacturing Services shall be made by XPLORE to WISTRON
in US Dollars. WISTRON will invoice XPLORE for the Design Services and
Manufacturing Services milestones in Exhibit D. The payments will be made
via wire transfer to WISTRON specified bank account within five (5) business
days after XPLORE acceptance of the milestone and receipt of invoice(s).

 

XPLORE has the right to
review all tooling costs, evaluate and approve all tooling vendors, and review
and approve all tooling materials used as it relates to the Product. WISTRON
agrees to provide “open book pricing”
to XPLORE for all tooling elements as referenced in Exhibit D for the
Products, including all cost savings. Likewise, tooling costs greater than
items referenced in the tooling schedule in Exhibit D will require
approval in writing from XPLORE before WISTRON produces said tool. All tooling
associated with the production of Products either at WISTRON or its
subcontractor(s) will be the property of XPLORE’s.

 

4.                                      TERMS
OF PURCHASE OF PRODUCTION PRODUCTS BY XPLORE

 

4.1                               Terms and Conditions

 

All purchases of Products
by XPLORE from WISTRON during the Term shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement unless agreed to in writing by both Parties.

 

5

 

4.2                               Purchase Price

 

Throughout the Term, the
Purchase Price for any Product and Accessories purchased hereunder shall be as
set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto. For the first twelve (12) months
following Product release to volume production, the Purchase Price will remain
fixed for each product configuration but will be further reduced by volume
pricing incentives as specified in Exhibit E to establish the actual
Purchase Price for the next month of production. Production volumes are based
on the total number of Product units shipped not by specific product
configurations. Beginning with the second year and subsequent years of volume
production for the Product. The Purchase Price automatically includes
applicable cost reduction defined in Section 7.9 plus the application of
the volume incentives as specified in Exhibit E.

 

The parties agree to
review the volume incentive schedule at mutually agreeable intervals, but
at a minimum once per year, for the application to the Purchase Price. It is
further understood between the Parties that the formulation of volume incentive
discounts is an equitable combination of actual cost reduction plus economic
benefits of volume production quantities for the establishment of an updated
volume incentive schedule.

 

4.2.1                     Cost Reduction

 

WISTRON shall
make available to XPLORE a cost table listing which includes its major
components and assemblies for each Product so that XPLORE can assist in cost
reduction efforts defined in Section 7.9 for the Products. In addition,
WISTRON will share and help implement its detailed action plans for product
cost reduction efforts.

 

4.3                               Payment

 

Full payment of the
Purchase Price for each Product or Accessories (including any freight, taxes or
other applicable costs initially paid by WISTRON but to be borne by XPLORE)
shall be made by XPLORE to WISTRON in United States dollars, net thirty (30)
calendar days from XPLORE’s receipt of an invoice from WISTRON which follows
shipment. WISTRON will not invoice XPLORE unless shipment occurs pursuant to Section 4.8.
XPLORE agrees to pay one percent (1.0%) monthly interest on all late payments
as per Exhibit D. XPLORE will issue an irrevocable standby letter of
credit or Assignment of Receivable (AoR) in an amount equivalent to its product
requirement for the initial 60 days of production. In the event that XPLORE
fails to pay within the agreed 30 days other than amounts in dispute or subject
to credits, WISTRON shall have the right to draw on the letter of credit or AoR
to effect payment of its account. As XPLORE’s production requirement increases,
additional letters of credit shall be issued to maintain an amount equivalent
to the production requirement for the next 60 days. After six (6) months
following production release, WISTRON and XPLORE will review payment terms with
the objective of removing the requirement for letter of credit. The irrevocable
standby letter of credit will terminate after six (6) months following
production release provided that XPLORE is current on its payments.

 

4.3.1                     Payment for Unique or Long-Lead
Inventory

 

XPLORE will put
in place a Letter of Credit in the amount of $200,000 to cover unique inventory
for six (6) months to he set up thirty days prior to mass production and
to last for six (6) months into production. WISTRON shall have the right
to draw on the letter of

 

6

 

credit to effect payment in the event said unique material is deemed
obsolete. After six (6) months following production release, WISTRON and
XPLORE will review payment terms with the objective of removing the requirement
for letter of credit.

 

4.4                               Taxes

 

XPLORE’s Purchase Price
does not include any foreign, federal, state or local sales, use or other
similar taxes, however designated, levied against the sale, licensing, delivery
or use of the Products. XPLORE shall pay, or reimburse WISTRON for, all such
taxes imposed on XPLORE or WISTRON; provided, however, that XPLORE shall not be
liable for any taxes based on WISTRON’s net income or capital. When WISTRON has
the legal obligation to collect such taxes, the appropriate amount shall he
added to XPLORE’s invoice and paid by XPLORE unless XPLORE provides WISTRON
with a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing
authority. XPLORE shall promptly notify WISTRON of any amendment or revocation
of such certificate.

 

4.5                               Purchase Order Procedure

 

All orders for Products
submitted by XPLORE shall be initiated by a Purchase Order sent to WISTRON and
requesting a delivery date. These purchase orders shall include, at a minimum,
a) the WISTRON part number; b) a description of the product; c) the
product quantity; d) the Product price; e) the requested delivery date of the
Product (“Scheduled Delivery Date”); f) logistics
shipping preference; g) a reference to the Agreement and h) any other
instructions or requirements reasonably requested by XPLORE. If a purchase
order submitted by XPLORE (i) conforms to the requirements of this
Agreement, (ii) contains a Product order for the price or prices specified
in Exhibit E, (iii) does not purport to make a change to any of the
terms of this Agreement, and (iv) has a commercially reasonable delivery
date for the quantities specified, then WISTRON shall acknowledge and accept
the purchase order using reasonable best efforts within two (2) business
days but in any case not to exceed five (5) business days of receipt. If
XPLORE is not notified of WISTRON’s acceptance or proper rejection within two (2) business
days of receipt of the Purchase Order by WISTRON, the Purchase Order shall be
deemed accepted by WISTRON. Nothing contained in any Purchase Order shall in
any way modify this Agreement or add any additional terms or conditions
thereto, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event Products are greater than thirty (30) days late
from the accepted delivery dates on accepted Purchase Orders by WISTRON, then
XPLORE will receive a 2% discount on the Product for every week that the
Product is late up to 8 weeks for a maximum discount of 16% on the next Product
delivery of an equivalent quantity of Products. After 8 weeks, XPLORE has the
right to declare Non-Performance as specified in Section 12.4 and
subsequently may cancel the Purchase Order and the associated liabilities
with no penalty.

 

4.6                               Forecast

 

XPLORE shall, on a
monthly basis, provide WISTRON with a six (6) month rolling projection of
orders by XPLORE of the Products (“Forecast”). The
initial Forecast shall be delivered to WISTRON within sixty (60) calendar days
prior to initial production. Notwithstanding any other provision contained
herein, the parties acknowledge and agree that

 

7

 

the Forecast can
in no way he construed as a commitment on XPLORE’s part to purchase any
Products. XPLORE shall also have the right to increase or decrease Forecast
quantity by the quantities listed in the chart set forth in Section 4.10
of this Agreement.

 

4.7                               Lead Time

 

To facilitate WISTRON’s
production scheduling, XPLORE shall submit Purchase Orders to WISTRON
consistent with a Lead Time of forty five (45) calendar days for volumes within
the Forecast. In the event that the volume of Products ordered by XPLORE during
any calendar quarter exceeds the volume projected by XPLORE in the Forecast,
WISTRON shall ship such excess volume of Products consistent with a Lead Time
of forty five (45) calendar days; provided, however, WISTRON shall use
reasonable best efforts to reduce the Lead Time for such excess volume to
twenty (20) calendar days. WISTRON shall use reasonable best efforts to reduce
all Lead Times during the Term, including, without limitation, implementing such
demand-pull or direct ship programs as reasonably requested by XPLORE. The
Parties shall meet at mutually agreeable intervals during the Term to review,
in good faith, the Lead Times, including, without limitation, reviewing
material management procedures with WISTRON’s suppliers, including demand-pull
or direct ship programs. For long lead list of parts, the Parties will mutually
review these parts and determine which parts get ordered as a risk purchase.
XPLORE will give written authorization to WISTRON and approve the purchase and
specified quantity of these long lead parts. Long lead materials not consumed
within 6 months will be purchased by XPLORE provided that these parts could not
be consumed by other products manufactured by WISTRON.

 

4.8                               Shipping

 

All Purchase Prices are
FCA WISTRON’s manufacturing plant in Taiwan. All Products delivered pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement shall be packed pursuant to the packaging
requirements set forth in the SOW, marked for shipment to an address designated
by XPLORE, and delivered to a carrier designated by XPLORE, or if no carrier is
designated by XPLORE to a carrier chosen by WISTRON, F.O.B., WISTRON’s
manufacturing plant. XPLORE requires a shipment acknowledgment via FAX or Email
attachment which contains the Purchase Order number, the quantity and type of
product shipped, including serial numbers, the customer address and contact
information, and shipment carrier with tracking numbers. Upon delivery to the
carrier, risk of loss with respect to the Products (and title to the Hardware
included in such Products) shall pass to XPLORE. All freight, insurance and
other shipping expenses shall be paid by XPLORE. Items shipped after their
scheduled shipment date plus 2 business days will be shipped by WISTRON on an
expedited basis (primarily air freight) with the surcharge for such expedited
delivery being at WISTRON’s sole expense. Provided that XPLORE places orders
for Products for delivery within the applicable Lead Times as per Section 4.7,
WISTRON shall, in the aggregate during each calendar quarter, deliver at least
ninety-five percent (95%) of the Products so ordered by the XPLORE specified
delivery date. In the event WISTRON fails for two consecutive calendar year
quarters to deliver by the XPLORE specified delivery date at least ninety-five
percent (95%) of Product ordered, for any reason other than a Force Majeure
Event, then in addition to all other rights and remedies that XPLORE may have
at law or in equity, WISTRON shall (i) immediately allow XPLORE to audit
WISTRON’s order fulfillment process and discuss the reasons for such failure, (ii) evaluate
and consider any

 

8

 

recommendations
proposed by XPLORE to alleviate such problems, and (iii) at XPLORE’s request,
use reasonable best efforts to facilitate communication between XPLORE and any
WISTRON supplier(s) that is/are causing such failure. If the aforementioned
provisions do not remedy the situation, XPLORE has the right to invoke the
Non-performance provisions as stated in Section 12.4 of this Agreement.
XPLORE will notify WISTRON of the Non-performance in writing.

 

4.8.1                     Dock to Customer Shipments

 

XPLORE requires
WISTRON to implement a dock-to-customer shipping model as defined in the SOW.

 

4.8.2                     Palletized Volume Shipments:

 

XPLORE requires
WISTRON to implement palletized volume shipments for delivery to a
consolidation center or to specific customers who have purchased a large
quantity of XPLORE Products as defined in the SOW.

 

4.8.3                     Shipment of Field Replacement
Units

 

WISTRON agrees
to provide XPLORE with pricing for Product subassemblies as set forth in Exhibit G.
XPLORE requires WISTRON to accept purchase orders to ship components, boards,
and/or sub-assemblies to a XPLORE designated consolidation center. XPLORE shall
have a small inventory of spare parts and components for internal XPLORE field
and demo repairs.

 

4.9                               Cancellation

 

XPLORE may, in its sole
discretion, cancel all or any part of any Purchase Order by providing
written notice without incurring any cancellation charges according to the
chart set forth below in Section 4.10 of this Agreement. If XPLORE does
not have the right to cancel a purchase order without incurring any
cancellation charge, XPLORE may still cancel such order but shall pay
WISTRON a cancellation charge equal to WISTRON’s all incurred costs for raw
materials, work in process, handling and reworking costs incurred by WISTRON on
the Products under the cancelled Purchase Order, provided that there will be no
cancellation charge for any materials that within ninety (90) days of the
cancellation are subsequently used to fulfill a XPLORE purchase order or that
are capable of being used in other products sold by WISTRON. In no event shall
such costs exceed the Purchase Price for such cancelled Products. In the event
that XPLORE cancels all or any part of a Purchase Order for which it is
obligated to pay a cancellation charge, WISTRON shall use reasonable best
efforts to mitigate the costs associated with such cancellation. If XPLORE pays
a cancellation charge it shall own all materials subject to such charge, and
the price for any future Product that includes such materials shall be reduced
by the amount of the cancellation charge but shall add any incurred reworking
costs.

 

9

 

4.10                        Rescheduling

 

XPLORE shall have the
right, by providing written notice to WISTRON prior to the scheduled shipment
date, to reschedule or change the shipment date only once per Purchase
Order without penalty, per the chart set forth below in this Section 4.10:

 

	
  Lead

  Time

  	
   

  	
  Allowable

  Quantity

  Increase

  	
   

  	
  Percent

  Cancelable

  	
   

  	
  Percent

  Reschedule

  	
   

  	
  Maximum

  Reschedule

  Date

  
	
  0-45 days

  	
   

  	
  25% over unit volume

  	
   

  	
  0%

  	
   

  	
  25%

  	
   

  	
  30 days

  
	
  46-60 days

  	
   

  	
  60% over unit volume

  	
   

  	
  25%

  	
   

  	
  40%

  	
   

  	
  60 days

  
	
  61-90 days

  	
   

  	
  80% over unit volume

  	
   

  	
  50%

  	
   

  	
  50%

  	
   

  	
  90 days

  
	
  over 90 days

  	
   

  	
  100% over unit volume

  	
   

  	
  100%

  	
   

  	
  100%

  	
   

  	
  indefinite

  

 

WISTRON will use its
reasonable best efforts, including long lead time material management, to
produce any increased quantities in Product requested by XPLORE as set forth
above.

 

4.11                        Audit, Inspection and Acceptance

 

XPLORE has the right to
approve any change, production startup, sub-contractor, tooling acceptance
process or procedural acceptance relating to the Products. For the case where
it is not practical for Xplore to have access to a WISTRON sub–contractor, then
WISTRON will act on XPLORE’s behalf and report written results required by
XPLORE.

 

4.11.1              Audit & Inspection (Exhibit F,
Sec. 7)

 

XPLORE may, in
its sole discretion, perform, or cause its agents or representatives to
perform, audits and inspections of WISTRON’s, or its vendors, design, test, and
manufacturing processes during normal business hours and by giving two (2) business
days advance notice for any reason reasonably related to this Agreement,
including, without limitation, to confirm compliance with the quality
procedures and requirements set forth in Exhibit F. WISTRON shall provide
assistance to XPLORE in conducting such inspections as may be reasonably
requested by XPLORE.

 

4.11.2              First Article Acceptance
Testing (Exhibit F, Sec. 9)

 

XPLORE may conduct
first article acceptance testing on any Product (i) that XPLORE has
not previously accepted via first article testing, (ii) in which
WISTRON has introduced a modification or enhancement not previously tested by
XPLORE under a first article inspection, or (iii) in the event any
Product is manufactured at a site other than WISTRON’s location. WISTRON shall
provide assistance to XPLORE in conducting such first article acceptance
testing as may reasonably be requested by XPLORE. Within fifteen (15)
calendar

 

10

 

days of XPLORE’s receipt of a first article Product, XPLORE will
provide WISTRON with a written notice of acceptance of such Product or a
written statement detailing the Specifications, which such Product has failed
to meet. If such Product fails to conform to the Specifications or
applicable first article testing and acceptance criteria, XPLORE shall
notify WISTRON in writing of such failure, detailing the nature of the failure,
and the Parties will immediately discuss means to resolve such failure; WISTRON
shall then deliver to XPLORE, pursuant to an agreed-upon schedule, a Product
that meets the applicable Specifications or applicable first article testing
and acceptance criteria. Upon re-delivery, XPLORE shall have an additional five
(5) business day period to first article acceptance test the Product
and provide either written acceptance of the Product or a written statement
detailing the Specifications or applicable first article testing and
acceptance criteria such Product failed to meet. If after two (2) such
cycles, XPLORE again reasonably rejects such Product, XPLORE may elect to
continue the process of modification and first article acceptance testing
or determine an alternate action plan without incurring any further liability
hereunder, provided that XPLORE shall remain liable to pay (or be entitled to a
refund if the Advance Payment has not been consumed) with regard to any
Purchase Orders that were filled with conforming Products. Notwithstanding the
above provisions, if WISTRON does not achieve Acceptance of First Articles as
specified above, then a material breach would have occurred due to WISTRON’s
Non-Performance and the provisions of Section 12.4 apply.

 

4.11.3              Product Acceptance

 

WISTRON shall
develop, qualify, test and release to production the Products set forth on Section 1.23
of this Agreement according to the timetable set forth in the SOW. The Parties
acknowledge and agree that XPLORE shall have no obligation to pay for any
Product until such Product has been accepted by XPLORE in accordance with this
Section. Product Acceptance shall mean that the Product shall meet all design
requirements per the PRD and all regulatory and certification testing on the
Product has been completed and test reports have been filed by WISTRON. The
Data Package shall transfer to XPLORE in full as per Exhibit H.

 

4.12                        Failure Analysis. (Exhibit F,
Sec. 6)

 

WISTRON shall, at WISTRON’s
sole expense, conduct a failure analysis on all defective Products to determine
the cause of failure in accordance with Exhibit E.

 

4.13                        Dead on Arrival

 

In the event that any
Product is found to be Dead-on-Arrival (DOA), WISTRON shall ship, at WISTRON’s
sole expense, a replacement Product to XPLORE in Austin, Texas within forty
eight (48) hours of receipt of notice by XPLORE in accordance with Exhibit G,
and XPLORE shall return the original product to WISTRON at WISTRON’s expense.
All Product not rejected by XPLORE within thirty (30) days of invoice shall be
deemed accepted. XPLORE’s acceptance of any Product is without prejudice to or
waiver of any of its rights and remedies under the Agreement. If the Product(s)
turned over by XPLORE to WISTRON as DOA but no defect is found in the Product
by WISTRON, then under the conditions set forth in

 

11

 

Exhibit G
hereto, XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON for such shipment costs and pay the No
Fault Found (NFF) fee for testing and handling at the fixed price specified in Exhibit G.

 

4.14                        Field Performance

 

Products received from
WISTRON shall not exceed a 1% failure rate for the complete WISTRON assembled
unit within thirty (30) days of delivery to End-User. WISTRON shall establish a
mutually agreed to Quality Improvement Plan so as to meet the intent of Exhibit F
within 30 days.

 

4.15                        Quality Control

 

4.15.1              Sampling Procedures

 

The Product and
all associated assemblies and subassemblies shall be subject to sampling in
accordance with Sampling Procedures and
Tables for Inspection by Attributes (ANSI/ASQC Z1.4-1993). XPLORE
reserves the right to define the acceptable quality level (AQL) used for
sampling at any time. It is an objective to achieve an AQL of 2.

 

4.15.2              Lot Rejection

 

XPLORE reserves
the right of lot rejection in the event of failure to meet the AQL specified by
XPLORE. In the event of lot rejection, WISTRON shall be responsible for all
shipping and repair/replacement costs. Lot inspections shall be performed at
the discretion of XPLORE without prior notification.

 

4.16                        Safety Stock

 

WISTRON shall provide
XPLORE with inventory of finished Products in the amount equal to two percent
(2%) of the preceding quarter’s average monthly film orders, at the WISTRON’s
premises and at WISTRON’s expense (the “Safety Stock”).
XPLORE shall use this inventory as necessary to replace Products that arrive at
a customer Dead on Arrival or that are not accepted.

 

4.17                        Product Discontinuance

 

WISTRON may provide
XPLORE with at least nine (9) months prior written notice of any intention
to discontinue production of any Product if minimum volume requirements are not
achieved for two (2) consecutive quarters, then within 30 calendar days,
WISTRON will notify XPLORE in writing. During such nine month period, WISTRON
will work with XPLORE to transition manufacturing to an alternate manufacturer
including the full Data Package as specified in Exhibit H and any
Equipment owned by XPLORE. The transition period will be completed and formal
Product Discontinuance is achieved when the alternate manufacturer is able to
produce and ship the Product. During such nine (9) month period, in
addition to Purchase Orders issued pursuant to Section 4.5, XPLORE shall,
in its sole discretion, have the right to make a one-time purchase, and WISTRON
shall produce such quantities, of the End-of-Life Product. XPLORE shall have
the right to schedule shipment of such one-time buy over a period of
eighteen (18) months from the effective date of discontinuance of the End-of-

 

12

 

Life Product based
upon mutually acceptable terms and conditions to be negotiated based upon the
volume of one-time buy and like Products purchased by XPLORE. If the parties
cannot agree on mutually acceptable terms and conditions, then XPLORE may make
the End-of-Life one-time buy at the price set forth in this Agreement and shall
take delivery of such Products within six (6) months of the effective date
of the discontinuance of the End-of-Life Product. WISTRON shall provide the
support services described in Exhibit G for the End-of-Life Product for a
period of three (3) years after the later of the effective date of
discontinuance of the Product or shipment of the last discontinued Product.

 

4.18                        Future Development and Most
Favored Nations

 

WISTRON agrees that
throughout the term of this Agreement, each of the prices offered to XPLORE for
the purchase or other disposition of any Product and all other material terms
and conditions shall be at least as favorable as each of the price and other
material terms and conditions offered to any other entity for the purchase of
similar quantities of Products for comparable time periods. XPLORE may request
a written certificate attesting to the fact that WISTRON is in compliance with
this Section 4.18 for the previous calendar year based upon a WISTRON
internal review. Within 10 business days, WISTRON will comply with XPLORE’s
written request.

 

4.19                        Compliance With Law

 

The Products as supplied
by WISTRON shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
If the Product or a Service covered by this Service and Support Addendum
relates to a prime contract with the United States Government, and/or is within
the jurisdiction of a Department or Agency of the United States, WISTRON agrees
to work with XPLORE in good faith to review the applicable provision of Federal
Acquisitions Regulations and to provide agreement or feedback to such terms in
a timely fashion. WISTRON agrees to indemnify and hold XPLORE harmless from any
loss, damage, liability, claim fine, penalty, or expense which results from
WISTRON’s failure to comply with any procurement law, rule, or regulation.

 

5.                                      LIMITED
WARRANTY

 

5.1                               Products

 

WISTRON warrants that (i) WISTRON
has all Intellectual Property Rights necessary to perform services set
forth herein, sell the Products to XPLORE, and to license the Software, to
XPLORE in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (ii) each Product
(including all Software contained in or accompanying such Product) will be free
from Material Defects for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of
shipment of the Product to XPLORE; (iii) the Products shipped under this
Agreement will be free from any Liens, encumbrances or defects in title; (iv) all
Products (and all components and subassemblies thereof) sold under this
Agreement are new and (v) the Product when delivered to XPLORE will comply
with all Specifications for such Product.

 

13

 

5.2                               Defective Product Procedures

 

For defective Products,
WISTRON will perform warranty service at WISTRON’s designated facilities,
provided XPLORE return the Product in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement. Subject to the statements above, WISTRON’s sole responsibility under
this warranty provisions shall be, at WISTRON’s option, to either repair or
replace the Product upon XPLORE’s return of the defective Product, unless the
Product cannot be repaired or replaced with a working Product meeting Specifications
within a reasonable time, in which case WISTRON shall promptly refund to XPLORE
the purchase price of the Product. XPLORE shall, at WISTRON’s sole expense,
return defective Products to WISTRON m accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, and WISTRON shall, at WISTRON’s sole expense, repair or
replace the defective Product and ship the repaired or replaced Product to
XPLORE in accordance with and at the time frames specified in Exhibit G.
WISTRON shall also assume responsibility for repairing or replacing Products or
components in inventory under Section 7.13. At all times while in transit
shipping to and from WISTRON, or in WISTRON’s facility, the risk of loss shall
remain with WISTRON, and all defective products or defective components thereof
returned under this warranty and subsequently replaced shall become WISTRON’s
property. All shipping costs for such defective Products will be borne by
WISTRON. If the defective Product(s) are not covered by the terms of the
warranty or the Products(s) are outside of the warranty term, XPLORE will
reimburse WISTRON for such shipment costs. In addition, if no defect is found
in the Product by WISTRON, then tinder the conditions set forth in Exhibit G
hereto, XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON for such shipment costs and pay the No
Fault Found (NFF) fee for testing and handling at the fixed price specified in Exhibit G.
If XPLORE requests to assume warranty and repair services, the parties will
agree on a commercially reasonable schedule and terms to transfer these
responsibilities to XPLORE, under the procedures set forth in Section 7.1.

 

5.3                               Warranty Provisions

 

The procedures set forth
in Section 5.2 do not cover damage resulting from the following:

 

(i)                                     abuse, accident or
misuse;

 

(ii)                                  modifications and/or
alterations of the Product not approved by XPLORE and WISTRON through certified
service center repair training or not performed by XPLORE or WISTRON;

 

(iii)                               the use of parts not
produced or approved by XPLORE and WISTRON;

 

(iv)                              as a result of service
work undertaken by anyone other than XPLORE or WISTRON as an authorized service
center for International repairs as outlined above;

 

(v)                                 as a result of
improper installation, improper testing or operation and use or handling of the
Product,

 

(vi)                              normal wear and tear, and

 

14

 

(vii)                           loss of data.

 

5.4                               Disclaimer

 

EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS
WARRANTIES STATED HEREIN, EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ON PRODUCTS FURNISHED HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

6.                                      UNIT
COST PRICING

 

XPLORE agrees to pay
WISTRON’s Prices (Prices) for Products as outlined in Exhibit E. Unless
otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, all Prices quoted by WISTRON shall
remain in effect for a period of three (3) months ah writing from the date
of quotation, with update Pricing provided to XPLORE on a quarterly basis. The
Parties agree to mutually review and approve all Product Prices prior to the
beginning of each calendar quarter. Such Prices shall he exclusive of all
applicable taxes. Provided that in the event that there is a change in market
conditions or pricing from suppliers in connection with any raw materials to be
purchased by WISTRON then either Party shall give written particulars of same
to the other Party following which either party may give notice to the
other requesting amendment to any quoted price, provided that such notice must
be given at a minimum of thirty (30) days prior to any effective price change.
The Parties shall then use their best efforts to attempt to negotiate, in good
faith, an amendment to any such initially quoted price(s) so as to fairly
reflect the change in market conditions and an appropriate adjustment shall be
made to the price for each unit of product incorporating any devices subject to
the price change from initial quoted prices.

 

7.                                      ADDITIONAL
OBLIGATIONS OF WISTRON

 

7.1                               Support Services

 

WISTRON shall provide,
during the Term and for a period of three (3) years following the later of
the date of shipment of the last Product to XPLORE or termination of this
Agreement, the support services for the Products as set forth in Exhibit G.
After the three (3) year term, the support services for the Products can
be renewed for 1 additional year up to 2 years. XPLORE reserves the right to
define and implement an alternate service strategy using WISTRON’s support
services during the Term. XPLORE will notify WISTRON in writing at least 45 days
in advance of establishing a revised support arrangement and the Parties will
mutually agree to an implementation plan and schedule. This specific action
would require an amendment to Exhibit G.

 

Should XPLORE desire to
change established warranty and service provisions the following practices and
notifications shall apply:

 

(a)                                  XPLORE
shall notify WISTRON with written advance notice, at least 45 days, prior to
planned modification or change of Support Services.

 

15

 

(b)                                 XPLORE
may elect in this change process to purchase warranty coverage for unique
assemblies for the PRODUCT and potentially leave other assemblies without
warranty coverage.

 

(c)                                  For
the Parties to determine who has warranty responsibility for the Product, post
Support Service change; this will be determined by the Wistron serial number
database referencing against the serial numbers shipped under the specific
Support Services at that time. Both Parties will need to have assess to this
serial number database. This data will be used to determine financial “warranty”
responsibility for Products covered under the warranty provisions.

 

(d)                                 Prior
to implementation of changes to the Support Services; both Parties agree to
meet to reconcile disposition of “spare” materials intended for warranty
support by either 1) purchasing said materials, 2) upgrading said materials, 3)
transferring said materials, 4) redistributing said materials to other areas of
acceptable use or directing said materials to other products, or 5) paying for
unususable spare materials.

 

7.2                               Class Failure

 

In the event of a Class Failure,
WISTRON will provide to XPLORE the following additional remedies:

 

(a)                                  WISTRON
will strive to provide to XPLORE, no later than five (5) business days
following the declaration of a Class Failure, a root cause analysis and
corrective action plan (Exhibit F, Sec. 6.4, 6.5). XPLORE will make
available such information and assistance reasonably required to allow WISTRON
to conduct its root cause analysis and to provide its corrective action plan.

 

(b)                                 If,
after review of the root cause analysis and corrective action plan, XPLORE
determines, in its reasonable opinion, that the Class Failure necessitates
a field stocking recall or customer-based recall or retrofit, XPLORE may then
elect to have the Products:

 

1)                                      returned
to WISTRON for repair or replacement; or

 

2)                                      repaired
or replaced by XPLORE in the field, including products in XPLORE and WISTRON’s
inventory, in XPLORE’s distributors’ inventory and in XPLORE’s installed base;
if XPLORE chooses to perform a field repair, WISTRON will provide the
appropriate Safety Stock of Products, parts or upgrades free of charge to
XPLORE; such Products, parts or upgrades will be shipped with the highest
shipping priority utilized by WISTRON.

 

(c)                                  WISTRON
will, within ninety (90) days after completion of the foregoing actions,
reimburse XPLORE for its reasonable and direct costs in

 

16

 

performing
such services, including, without limitation, all shipping charges. WISTRON
will reimburse for any labor charges provided that XPLORE notifies WISTRON in
writing of the estimated labor charges 15 days in advance of the labor
beginning and both Parties mutually agree to the total labor charges incurred.

 

7.3                               Inquiries

 

Each Party shall respond
to all inquiries from the other Party concerning matters pertaining to this
Agreement within the time periods set forth in this Agreement or, in the event
no time period is specified, within a commercially reasonable time period.

 

7.4                               Return Material Authorization

 

WISTRON requires a return
materials authorization (“RMA”) number in
order for XPLORE to return any Product to WISTRON. WISTRON shall immediately
assign an RMA number to XPLORE upon XPLORE’s request. XPLORE shall be the only
Party authorized to request an RMA number from WISTRON for Products purchased
under this Agreement. WISTRON shall pay the shipping expenses for the shipment
of repaired or replaced Products to XPLORE and XPLORE shall pay the shipping
expenses for returning defective Products to WISTRON, except for Products that
are Dead-on-Arrival (DOA). DOA shipment expenses are handled in accordance with
Section 4.13. If a Product is returned by XPLORE to WISTRON and no fault
is found, the Product(s) defect is not covered under the terms of the warranty,
or the warranty term has expired, then XPLORE shall reimburse WISTRON for the
shipping and insurance costs of returning said Product.

 

7.5                               Engineering Change Notification

 

In the event that WISTRON
makes any modifications or enhancements to the Products or Documentation during
the Term, WISTRON shall immediately notify XPLORE of such modifications or
enhancements in accordance with the change control procedures set forth in Section 2.1
of Appendix E of Exhibit G attached hereto. Notwithstanding any other
provision contained herein, in the event that such modification or enhancement
alters the form, fit or function of the Products, XPLORE shall have thirty (30)
days from receipt of such notification to approve or reject such modification
or enhancement. In the event that XPLORE, in its sole discretion, rejects such
modification or enhancement, WISTRON shall not implement such modification or
enhancement and shall continue to supply the unaltered Products to XPLORE
during the Term in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

7.5.1                     Modification and Approval

 

In order to
ensure appropriate records are maintained by XPLORE for regulatory, service,
and document control procedure reasons, WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with all
proposed Engineering Change Orders (each, and “ECO”)
to Products and Subassemblies purchased hereunder at least thirty days prior to
their proposed implementation for review, and to the extent that such ECO
pertains to a modified standard product or custom product for approval by
XPLORE. Following review or approval by XPLORE, as the case may be,
WISTRON shall, within fifteen (15) business days after issue of the ECO by
WISTRON, provide XPLORE with a

 

17

 

final copy of each ECO or like documentation issued by WISTRON with
respect to operation or maintenance of the applicable Product. This cost shall
be borne by WISTRON if, due to the sole fault of WISTRON, the ECO is initiated
at WISTRON’s initiative.

 

7.6                               Safety Standard Changes

 

In the event that Safety
Standard Changes are required to be made to the Products, WISTRON shall
implement such Safety Standard Changes as soon as possible, but in no event
later than the date required by the regulating agency. WISTRON shall
immediately provide XPLORE with written notice of the requirement for such
Safety Standard Changes when WISTRON becomes aware of such requirement.
Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, WISTRON shall be
responsible for any and all costs and expenses, including, without limitation,
materials, labor and XPLORE’S reasonable and direct costs, associated with
implementing the Safety Standard Changes for Products in XPLORE’s inventory, in
XPLORE’s Resellers’ and Distributors’ inventory and in XPLORE’s End-User
install base.

 

7.7                               Quality Program

 

WISTRON agrees to apply
and be bound by the quality procedures for all Products shipped pursuant to
this Agreement as set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

7.8                               Functional Specifications

 

WISTRON shall, at WISTRON’S
sole expense, provide to XPLORE during the Term those WISTRON Product
functional specifications, test plans and test procedures reasonably required
by XPLORE to (i) perform interoperability, compatibility, functional
and audit testing on the Products, (ii) perform system design work
incorporating the Products, per the Specification of each Product.

 

7.9                               Product Cost Reduction

 

It is understood between
the Parties that the formulation of volume incentive discounts is an equitable
combination of actual cost reduction plus economic benefits of volume
production quantities for the establishment of an updated volume incentive
schedule. The Price determination will be based in part on the cost
reduction activities at WISTRON who recognizes that it is XPLORE’s policy to
work with its suppliers on a cost reduction program, revised on a quarterly
basis, which targets a 10% annual cost reduction. WISTRON recognizes such
policy of XPLORE and will make its reasonable best efforts to implement such
policy and achieve such cost reduction. It is the Parties’ expectations, that
prior to each quarter or at any other time as agreed to by the parties, the
parties will work a revised pricing for the Product, including revised pricing
for direct materials, that will result from a cost reduction plan applicable to
the Products to be prepared by WISTRON within the bounds agreed upon in Exhibit E.
Cost reduction plan shall contemplate alternative suppliers and/or components,
design, process changes and cost saving procedures. Such new Product unit price
will apply to subsequent orders or shipments yet to be delivered as of date to
be agreed for implementation by the Parties.

 

18

 

7.10                        Certifications and Regulatory
Approvals

 

WISTRON will ensure that
the Product will have passed regulatory certifications as defined in the SOW by
the Product Release Date in the mutually agreed upon schedule, in the countries
listed in Exhibit I. WISTRON will be responsible to complete all Product
safety, EMC and other testing as required for the release of the Product by
Product Release as part of the NRE. For any additional countries requested
by XPLORE, the patties will negotiate the payment responsibility. WISTRON shall
record the XPLORE names for the Products in any filings for regulatory
certifications of the Products (i.e., dual
listings) and immediately provide XPLORE with copies of all such certifications
and test results upon issuance. WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with a copy of
WISTRON’s homologation schedule on or before the Effective Date and
immediately notify XPLORE in writing of any change or update to said
homologation schedule during the Term.

 

7.11                        Non-Compete

 

For a period of 12 months
from start of production and during each quarter thereafter the target volumes
are being met, WISTRON agrees not to directly or indirectly design, engineer,
produce, manufacture or sell any rugged mobile tablet that is competitive other
than those ordered by XPLORE from the start of volume production except as
expressly agreed to by XPLORE in writing. Beginning with the second full
quarter volume production, should the average monthly volume per quarter fall
below 2000 units, then this term may be removed, but all conditions
specified in Section 14 remain in full force.

 

7.12                        Transfer of Ownership

 

For any third party
relationships for parts, subcontracted services, or licenses that need to be
transferred, WISTRON will notify XPLORE by Email or FAX of this proposed change
and the reasons for the change. XPLORE has five (5) business days to
respond with its approval, rejection, or need for more information.

 

7.13                        Inventory Responsibility

 

The Inventory held by
WISTRON on behalf of XPLORE to meet the finished Product volumes contained in
the Purchase Orders and the six (6) month rolling forecast, that are
defined as customer specific or Non-Cancelable or Non-Returnable (NCNR), shall
be XPLORE’s responsibility in the event of any variation or termination of the
Agreement subject directly to Section 12.0 of this Agreement. XPLORE also
acknowledges and agrees that at the end of the life of a product or upon
cancellation of this Agreement that some quantity of Inventory would be deemed
excess and obsolete clue to Minimum Purchase Quantities (MPQ) set by various
component suppliers as well as requirements necessary for WISTRON’s automated
manufacturing processes and that XPLORE would have certain liability for this
inventory as outlined in this Section. A list detailing the NCNR, obsolete,
excess and/or customer specific material/Inventory will be provided to XPLORE
in written format on a monthly basis and is included as part of this
Agreement. Modifications to the NCNR report must be mutually agreed to on a
monthly basis by authorized personnel of each Party. WISTRON will at all times
try to minimize the level of Inventory to support the manufacture of XPLORE
Products. When extraordinary purchases must be made (i.e. long lead-time, allocation, supplier-imposed etc.)
WISTRON will seek written authorization from XPLORE prior to doing so as

 

19

 

defined in Section 4.7
(Lead-time). XPLORE will not be responsible for charges that are not
pre-approved by an authorized XPLORE manager, nor will XPLORE be responsible
for any charges listed in this Section that do not comply with the schedule of
delivery article outlined in the SOW.

 

7.14                        Notification

 

WISTRON agrees to notify
XPLORE and request written authorization prior to issuing purchase orders for
NCNR items that have lead times in excess of thirty (30) days.

 

7.15                        Equipment

 

WISTRON acknowledges and
agrees that the Equipment will at all times remain the property of XPLORE.
WISTRON will ensure that the Equipment is kept free and clear of any liens or
other encumbrances. WISTRON will keep the Equipment adequately insured, and
will be responsible for any loss or damage to it while on the WISTRON premises.
WISTRON will use the

 

Equipment only for
purposes required to perform this Agreement, and will not use it on behalf
of any third party without XPLORE’s prior written consent.

 

8.                                      APPOINTMENT
AND AUTHORITY

 

8.1                               Independent Contractors

 

The relationship of
XPLORE and WISTRON established by this Agreement is that of independent
contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to (i) give
either Party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the
other, (ii) constitute the Parties as partners, joint venturers, co-owners
or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking, or (iii) allow
either Party to create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other Party
for any purpose unless expressly provided herein.

 

8.2                               Representations and Warranties

 

WISTRON hereby represents
and warrants to XPLORE as follows:

 

WISTRON is not subject to
any agreement, contract, commitment, statute, judgment or decree which would
prohibit or be violated by WISTRON’s execution or delivery of this Agreement or
by WISTRON’s performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

WISTRON has the right,
power and authority to grant the rights and licenses granted by WISTRON
hereunder and to perform WISTRON’s obligations hereunder.

 

WISTRON shall provide its
services and meet its obligations hereunder in a timely and workmanlike manner,
and will exercise a standard of care equal to, or superior to, care used by
similar service providers on similar projects.

 

20

 

Neither WISTRON nor any
of its employees, representatives or agents shall cause or permit any of
WISTRON’s work product hereunder to include or incorporate any material in
which any third party shall have any registered or unregistered copyrights,
patent rights, trade secrets, trademarks or other proprietary rights or
interests, and XPLORE’s use of such work product as contemplated hereby will
not infringe upon any copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark or other
proprietary right, moral right or contract right of any third party.

 

Neither WISTRON nor any
of its employees, representatives or agents shall cause or permit any of
WISTRON’s work product hereunder to include or incorporate any time or date
bombs, viruses, or other intentionally disabling code of any type whatsoever.
Each Product incorporating WISTRON technology will conform to all of the
specifications and requirements set forth herein, including without limitation
those reflected in the SOW or hereafter established in accordance with the
procedures described herein.

 

9.                                      INDEMNIFICATION,
REMEDIES, PRODUCT LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1                               Indemnification

 

XPLORE and WISTRON agree
to indemnify one another as follows:

 

9.2                               Indemnification

 

By
WISTRON. (a) WISTRON shall defend, indemnify and hold
XPLORE harmless against any claim, suit, action or proceeding threatened,
brought or asserted against XPLORE or any of XPLORE’s subsidiaries, affiliates,
parents, directors, officers and employees (hereinafter “Indemnitees”)
to the extent that any claim, suit, action or proceeding threatened, brought or
asserted against any Indemnitee is based on a claim that any of the Products
infringes any patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or other third
party intellectual property, contract or moral rights (a “Claim”),
and WISTRON shall indemnify the Indemnitees from any royalties, judgments,
costs and expenses (including attorney fees), damages, losses, liabilities, and
fees suffered by such Indemnitee which are attributable to such Claim. XPLORE
agrees to notify WISTRON promptly in writing of any Claim, to permit WISTRON
exclusively to defend, compromise or settle the Claim and to provide all
available information and reasonable assistance regarding such Claim, all at
WISTRON’s sole expense. In no event shall XPLORE consent to any judgment or
decree or settle the Claim without the prior written consent of WISTRON, in
WISTRON’s sole discretion. All settlements by WISTRON shall obtain a complete
release for XPLORE, at no expense to XPLORE. (b) Exclusions. Such
indemnification shall not apply to infringement to the extent that (a) the
infringement is required to comply with the specifications for the WISTRON
Product supplied by XPLORE, (b) the alleged infringement is based solely
on use by XPLORE, without WISTRON’s permission, of the WISTRON Product as sold
by XPLORE in combination with another item not sold by WISTRON, where the
alleged infringement arises solely from the combination or from the practice of
a method made possible by the combination, (c) the alleged infringement is
based on the Claim that the WISTRON Product has been used for a purpose other
than that for which is was intended, (d) the infringement arises from
XPLORE’s continued use of an WISTRON Product after WISTRON has: i) given notice
to XPLORE that such Product or the use thereof are alleged to be infringing,

 

21

 

and ii) provided
XPLORE with the remedy set forth in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, or (e) the
alleged infringement is based solely on a modification made by XPLORE to the
Product without WISTRON’s permission.

 

9.3                               Indemnification

 

By
XPLORE. XPLORE shall defend, indemnify and hold WISTRON
harmless against any claim, suit, action or proceeding threatened, brought or
asserted against WISTRON or any of WISTRON’s subsidiaries, affiliates, parents,
directors, officers and employees (hereinafter “WISTRON
Indemnitees”) to the extent that any claim, suit, action or
proceeding threatened, brought or asserted against any WISTRON Indemnitee is
based on a claim (a “Claim”) that (i) XPLORE
made any misrepresentation in the sales, marketing or other promotion and
distribution of the Product, unless such misrepresentation was based on
information provided by WISTRON to XPLORE. XPLORE shall indemnify the WISTRON
Indemnitees from any judgments, costs and expenses (including attorney fees),
damages, losses, liabilities, and fees finally awarded against any such WISTRON
Indemnitee which are attributable to such Claim. WISTRON agrees to notify
XPLORE promptly in writing of any Claim, to permit XPLORE to defend, compromise
or settle the Claim and to provide all available information and reasonable
assistance regarding such claim, all at XPLORE’s sole expense. If the claim is
based on information provided to XPLORE by WISTRON, then WISTRON shall provide
the foregoing indemnity to XPLORE. All settlements by XPLORE will obtain a
complete release for WISTRON, at no expense to WISTRON.

 

9.4                               Remedies

 

Each of the parties
hereto agrees that damages alone could not adequately compensate the other
party hereto in the event of such party’s breach of any of its obligations set
forth herein. Accordingly, each of the parties hereto agrees that in the event
of any such breach by such party, the other party hereto shall be entitled to
obtain injunctive relief against such breaching party, without bond but upon
due notice, in addition to such other relief as may appertain at law or in
equity. Obtainment of any such injunction shall not be deemed to be an election
of remedies or a waiver of any right to assert any other remedy which may be
available at law or in equity.

 

10.                               LIMITATION
OF LIABILITY

 

EXCEPT FOR THE INDEMNITY
OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9 AND THE OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SET FORTH IN SECTIONS
14.1.2, 14.1.3, 14.1.4, or14.1.5, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR
ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, HOWEVER CAUSED, ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY
AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

 

22

 

11.                               EXPORT
CONTROL

 

WISTRON and XPLORE will
not use, distribute, transfer or transmit any Products, software or technical
information (even if incorporated into other products) provided under this
Agreement except in compliance with U.S. and Canadian export laws and
regulations (the “Export Laws”).
WISTRON and XPLORE will not, directly or indirectly, export or re-export the
following items to any country which is in the then current list of prohibited
countries specified in the applicable Export Laws: (a) software or
technical data disclosed or provided to XPLORE by WISTRON or XPLORE’s
subsidiaries or affiliates; or (b) the direct product of such software or
technical data. WISTRON and XPLORE mutually agree to promptly inform the
other Party in writing of any written authorization issued by the U.S.
Department of Commerce or Canadian office of export licensing to export or
re-export any such items referenced in (a) or (b). The obligations stated
above in this clause will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this
Agreement.

 

12.                               TERM
AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

 

12.1                        Term

 

This Agreement shall
continue in force for an initial term of five (5) years from the Effective
Date (“Initial Term”) and shall automatically
renew for additional one (1) year terms (“Renewal
Terms”) unless either Party terminates this Agreement by providing
at least one-hundred twenty (120) calendar days written notice prior to the
expiration of any Renewal Term.

 

12.2                        Termination

 

In the event of any
material breach of this Agreement, the non-breaching Party may terminate
this Agreement by giving fifteen (15) calendar days prior written notice to the
other Party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not terminate if the
other Party has cured the breach prior to the expiration of such fifteen (15)
calendar day period, or if such breach cannot be cured within such fifteen (15)
calendar day period, the other Party has taken reasonable steps within such
fifteen (15) calendar day period to cure the breach and thereafter cured such
breach as soon as practicable, but not to exceed 20 calendar days.

 

This Agreement may also
be terminated by either Party upon one hundred and twenty (120) days written
notice to the other but only after mass production of Product has begun. In the
event of such termination, the “Data Package”
shall be delivered by WISTRON to XPLORE in its current and most updated form as
defined in Exhibit H. WISTRON will work with XPLORE to transition
manufacturing to an alternate manufacturer under the provision of Section 4.17.

 

12.3                        Termination for Insolvency

 

This Agreement shall
terminate, upon notice by either Party, (i) if the other Party files
voluntary bankruptcy proceedings or the Canadian or Taiwanese equivalent
thereof, (ii) if involuntary insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy
proceedings, or the Canadian or Taiwanese equivalent thereof, are instituted
against the other Party are not dismissed within sixty (60)

 

23

 

calendar days of
such institution, (iii) upon the other Party’s making an assignment for
the benefit of creditors, or the Canadian or Taiwanese equivalent thereof, or (iv) upon
the other Party’s dissolution or ceasing to do business.

 

12.4                        Non Performance

 

As used in this
Agreement, “Non Performance” shall mean: (a) the
termination of this Agreement by XPLORE pursuant to Sections 12.3 or 12.4
hereof; (b) WISTRON is unable, for any reason other than a to fulfill its
product delivery or support obligations for a period of sixty (60) consecutive
days during the Term, or (c) WISTRON has failed to satisfy its obligations
under Section 4 of the Service and Warranty agreement as specified in Exhibit G
between the Parties. XPLORE Technologies shall not issue a notice of Non
Performance unless the provisions as specified in Termination have been
executed.

 

Should a material breach
occur and the requirements of Termination and Non Performance apply then
WISTRON shall within ten (10) business days (a) return all monies
paid by XPLORE for Products or services not yet accepted by XPLORE, (b) provide
a complete and current Data Package as specified in Exhibit H to XPLORE, (c) ship
at WISTRON’s expense, (including all freight, taxes, duties, and insurance) all
tools, all Products and all inventory of raw materials, work in progress or
finished goods relating to Products which has been paid for by XPLORE.

 

XPLORE shall within ten
(10)-business days pay WISTRON any and all monies incurred for Products or
services completed or accepted by XPLORE. Material breach by WISTRON shall not
effect any and all payment due by XPLORE to WISTRON.

 

13.                               EFFECT
OF TERMINATION: 

 

Uponterminationof this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  WISTRON
shall fulfill its obligations as contained in paragraphs 13 (b), (c), (d), (e) and
XPLORE shall then immediately assume responsibility for the payment of all
XPLORE material, work in process, finished Product and all other outstanding
XPLORE inventory then being held by WISTRON, including the inventory being held
pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof together with all other monies due and
owing pursuant to this Agreement providing that such items meet the terms and
conditions of Section 7.13;

 

(b)                                 The
Parties shall facilitate the transfer of all of XPLORE property, Inventory,
Products, Equipment, and Data Package as defined in Exhibit H then being
held by WISTRON to XPLORE including all documentation relating thereto;

 

(c)                                  WISTRON
shall immediately return all original design drawings, copies of drawings,
specifications, written descriptions, and other recorded technical information
furnished to WISTRON by XPLORE pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(d)                                 Each
Party shall cease to use the documentation and information provided to it by
the other Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement;

 

24

 

(e)                                  WISTRON
agrees to fulfill all Purchase Orders received and accepted but not yet
fulfilled upon written request by XPLORE; and

 

(f)                                    Return
of Materials. Except as required under the SOW or for WISTRON to provide
support services to End-Users, upon termination of this Agreement for any
reason, each Party shall return to the other Party, or destroy and certify as
to such destruction, all Confidential information, and Documentation of the
other Party in their possession.

 

13.1                        Survival

 

Sections 1, 4.3, 4.8,
4.9, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.19, 5.0, 7.2, 7.4, 7.10, 7.11, 8.1, 10, 11, 13.1, 14,
15, Exhibit G shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this
Agreement for any reason.

 

14.                               INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE

 

14.1                        Intellectual Property Rights and
Licenses

 

14.1.1              Pre-Existing Material

 

If either party
creates and/or owns Material prior to the date of this Agreement or
independently of its performance under this Agreement (“Pre-existing
Material”): (a) such party (“owning party”)
shall solely own such Pre-existing Material (subject to any right of any third
party), notwithstanding disclosure or delivery to the other party of such
Pre-existing Material; (b) the owning party shall have the right to obtain
and hold in its own name all Intellectual Property Rights that may be
available in (or result from) such Pre-existing Material; and (c) the
other party shall have no license, sub-license, right or immunity, either
directly or indirectly, or by implication, estoppel or otherwise, under such
Intellectual Property Rights, except as expressly provided elsewhere in this
Agreement or in a separate written agreement.

 

14.1.2              License to WISTRON Pre-existing
Material

 

WISTRON hereby
grants to XPLORE a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, transferable,
royalty-free license to use, modify and copy the WISTRON Pre-existing Materials
as may be required in the design, manufacture, use, support or
distribution of the Products. WISTRON does not have the right to Mark or brand
the Product as their own without obtaining licenses or rights from XPLORE in
writing.

 

14.1.3              New Developments

 

Except for
WISTRON’s existing intellectual property including, without limitation, WISTRON’
design tools, methodologies, software, algorithms, or other means that may be
used to design production means or the processes by which products are
manufactured, assembled, or tested, WISTRON agrees that all designs, plans,
reports, specifications, drawings, schematics, prototypes, models, inventions,
copyrights, and all other information and items made

 

25

 

or conceived by WISTRON or by its employees, contract personnel, or
agents during the course of this Agreement alone or in conjunction with others
and related to the Products and Services shall be and are assigned to XPLORE as
its sole and exclusive property immediately upon the creation thereof. Upon
XPLORE’s request WISTRON agrees to assist XPLORE, at XPLORE’s expense, to
obtain patents for any such inventions, including the disclosure of all
pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all
applications, specifications, oaths, and assignments, and all other instruments
and papers which XPLORE shall deem necessary to apply for and to assign or
convey to XPLORE, its successors and assigns or nominees, the sole and
exclusive right, title and interest in such inventions, copyrights,
applications and patents. WISTRON agrees to obtain or has obtained written
assurances from its employees and contract personnel of their agreement to
substantially the same terms as contained herein with regard to confidential
information and such new developments.

 

14.1.4              Confidential Information

 

The subject
matter of this Agreement, in its entirety, and all information relating to all
Products will remain confidential during Term and for five (5) years
thereafter, during which time each party will not disclose, without the
permission of the other party, such information or any of the other party’s
information which is conspicuously marked to indicate its confidential or
proprietary nature or which the other party has otherwise instructed in writing
to maintain as confidential. This paragraph shall not apply to any information
which is publicly available or which is available from a third party without
similar restrictions on disclosure. Upon written request of a party, the other
shall return all such confidential information of the requesting party and
shall destroy all copies thereof In the event the parties have executed an
agreement related to confidential information prior to this agreement the terms
and conditions of that agreement shall govern confidential information.

 

14.1.5              Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

Each party (the
“Receiving Party”) acknowledges and
agrees that any know-how, ideas, techniques, writings, information relating to
marketing strategies, pricing policies or characteristics, customers, suppliers
and customer and supplier information, customer and supplier lists, product or
product specifications, intellectual property, designs, manufacturing, testing
or assembly processes or costs, costs of materials, business or business
prospects, plans, proposals, codes, marketing studies, research, reports,
investigations and other proprietary information furnished to such Receiving
Party or any affiliate thereof by the other party or any affiliate thereof
prior to and during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and during
the Term (“Confidential Information”),
regardless of the form or format of such Confidential Information and
regardless of whether such Confidential Information is labeled or marked as “secret,” “confidential”
or otherwise, is and will be the sole and exclusive property of the other party
and/or its affiliate(s), as applicable.

 

The Receiving
Party will (and will cause its employees, agents and affiliates, and the
employees and agents of such affiliates to) maintain the confidentiality of the
other party’s Confidential Information and not sell, license, publish, display,
distribute, disclose or otherwise make available such Confidential Information
to any third party, nor use such Confidential Information, except as expressly
authorized by this Agreement. The Receiving

 

26

 

Party will take at least such steps to protect the confidentiality of
such Confidential Information as the other party takes to protect its own
proprietary information and data. The Receiving Party will not disclose any
Confidential Information, including without limitation any flow charts, logic
diagrams, user manuals and screens, or otherwise, to persons other than
employees of the Receiving Party with a need to know such information without
the prior written consent of the other party. Receiving Party shall obtain
written approval from the other party before releasing any Confidential
Information to any third party in the performance of work to be executed as part of
this Agreement.

 

The foregoing
Sections 14.1.5, 14.1.4 and this Section 14.1.5 will not prohibit or limit
a Receiving Party’s use of information, including but not limited to ideas,
concepts, know how, techniques and methodologies, which: (i) is or becomes
pad of the public domain through no breach of these Sections 14.1.3, 14.1.4 or
14.1.5; (ii) is rightfully obtained by the Receiving Party from a third
party without restriction; (iii) is required to be disclosed in response
to a valid order by a court having proper jurisdiction over the parties; or (iv) the
Receiving Party already possesses without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

15.                               GENERAL
PROVISIONS

 

15.1                        Governing Law

 

This Agreement and the
rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to
its conflicts of laws provisions. The parties agree to attorn to the
jurisdiction of the courts of Travis county and WISTRON agrees it will not
bring a claim against XPLORE except in the courts of Travis county.

 

15.2                        Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement and any
Exhibits hereto sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the
Parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions
between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver
of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed
by the Party to be charged. Notwithstanding any other provision contained
herein, in the event that either Party assigns this Agreement to a legal
successor in interest in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 15.2
and the other Party determines, in its sole discretion, that such assignee is a
competitor of the other Party, then such other Party may, upon one hundred
twenty (120) calendar days prior written notice, terminate this Agreement
without incurring any further liability hereunder.

 

15.3                        Notices

 

Any and all notices and
other communications necessary or desirable to be served in connection with
this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either sent by registered mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the intended recipient
at the address for such intended recipient set forth below, or sent to
facsimile telecopier to the intended recipient at the facsimile telecopier for
such intended recipient set forth below. The addresses and facsimile
telecopiers for the parties hereto are as follows:

 

27

 

For communications to
XPLORE:

 

XPLORE
Technologies Corporation of America

11675
Jollyville Road, #150

Austin,
Texas 78759

Attention:
Mr. Michael Ross

 

Facsimile
Telecopier: (512) 336-7791

 

with a
copy to:

 

XPLORE
Technologies Corp.

6535B
Mississauga Road

Mississauga,
Ontario L5N lA6 Canada

Attention:
Mr. David Belbeck

 

Facsimile
Telecopier: (905) 814-9124

 

For communications to
WISTRON:

 

WISTRON

with a
copy to:

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Facsimile
telecopier: 

 

or to such other
addresses or facsimile telecopier numbers as either party hereto may designate
for itself from time to time in a notice served upon the other party hereto in
accordance herewith. Any notice sent by facsimile telecopier as provided above
shall be deemed delivered on the next business day following confirmation of
successful transmission of such notice by the transmitting facsimile telecopier
system. Any notice sent by mail as provided above shall he deemed delivered on
the third (3rd)business day next
following the postmark date which it bears.

 

15.4                        Force Majeure

 

Except for the obligation
to make payments, non-performance of either Party shall be excused to the
extent the performance is rendered impossible by strike, fire, flood,
governmental acts or orders or restrictions, component shortages or any other
reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control of and is
not caused by the negligence of the nonperforming Party (each a “Force Majeure
Event”) provided, however, that the Party so affected shall take all reasonable
steps to avoid or remove such cause of non-performance and shall resume
performance hereunder with dispatch whenever such causes are removed. Failure
of WISTRON’s subcontractors to perform shall not be considered a Force
Majeure Event, unless they have a Force Majeure Event as defined above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Force

 

28

 

Majeure Event
continues for more than 30 consecutive days, the other party may terminate
this Agreement.

 

15.5                        Legal Expenses

 

The prevailing Party in
any legal action brought by one Party against the other and arising out of this
Agreement shall be entitled, in addition to ally other rights and remedies it may have,
to reimbursement for its expenses, including court costs and reasonable
attorneys’ fees.

 

15.6                        Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be
executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original
and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

15.7                        Publicity

 

Upon execution of this
Agreement, XPLORE and/or WISTRON may issue one (1) or more joint
and/or individual press releases regarding this Agreement; provided, however,
such press releases must be approved by both Parties in writing prior to
release. Neither Party may make any subsequent press release or other
public statement concerning this Agreement without obtaining the prior written
consent of the other Party, except as may be required by law. In a
situation where one Party is required by law to make a press release or other
public statement concerning this Agreement, the disclosing Party shall provide
the other Party with reasonable notice and an opportunity to comment prior to
making such disclosure.

 

15.8                        Conflict

 

Notwithstanding any other
provision contained herein, in the event of any conflict between the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and any Exhibits and/or appendices attached hereto
or referenced herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control
and prevail.

 

15.9                        Severability

 

If any provision of this
Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law,
then the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.

 

15.10                 Waiver

 

No delay or omission by
either Party to exercise any right or power it has under this Agreement shall
impair or be construed as a waiver of such right or power. A waiver by any
Party of any breach of any covenant or provision of this Agreement shall not be
construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of any other covenant or
provision. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the Party waiving its
rights.

 

29

 

15.11                 Benefit

 

This Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party hereto shall have
any right to assign or delegate its rights or obligations hereunder except that
a party hereto may assign or delegate its rights including any license
granted herein or obligations hereunder (a) to the extent that the other
party hereto shall have expressly consented to such assignment or delegation,
which consent may be granted or withheld at such other party’s discretion,
(b) to any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with such party, and (c) to any person or entity acquiring all or
substantially all of such party’s assets as are associated with the business
that is the subject matter of this Agreement, whether by purchase, merger,
acquisition of shares, or other means.

 

30

 

IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have signed this Turnkey
Design and Manufacturing Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

	
  XPLORE
  Technologies Corporation

  	
  WISTRON
  Corporation

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Brian Groh

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Simon Lin

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Printed Name:

  	
  Brian Groh

  	
   

  	
  Printed Name:

  	
  Simon Lin

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
  President and
  CEO

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Chairman &
  CEO

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date:

  	
  July 22,
  2003

  	
   

  	
  Date:

  	
  July 22,
  2003

  	
   

  
															

 

31

 

EXHIBIT A

STATEMENT OF WORK

BETWEEN

XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES AND
WISTRON

FOR

WILDCAT LYNX DESIGN AND
MANUFACTURE

Prepared
for: 

WISTRON CORPORATION

Prepared
by: 

XPLORE — PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name

  	
   

  	
  Date

  	
   

  	
  Signature

  	
   

  
	
  Written by

  	
   

  	
  C. Carson

  	
   

  	
  1/18/2002

  	
   

  	
  /S/

  	
   

  
	
  Checked by

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  /S/

  	
   

  
	
  Checked by

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  /S/

  	
   

  
	
  Approved by

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  /S/

  	
   

  

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1

 

CHANGES

 

	
  CHANGE

  INDEX

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  
	
  A

  	
   

  	
  First Draft creation 1/18/2002

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  B

  	
   

  	
  Revisions based on visit to WISTRON in Taipei and
  changes to Agreement

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  C

  	
   

  	
  Revisions by WISTRON on 3/6/02

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  D

  	
   

  	
  Revisions by C. Carson at XPLORE on 7/7/02. General
  cleanup of document, removal of modem references, addition of dock to
  customer shipment requirements and volume palletized shipments, add Tooling
  information in Section 6.1.3. Removal of schedule milestones — need to get
  new dates from Wistron based on new schedule.

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  E

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  F

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  G

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2

 

 

1   PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Statement
of Work (SOW) is to explain the scope of work for the design, development and
manufacture of the Wildcat Lynx tablet. This document details the roles and
responsibilities of XPLORE and the turnkey design/manufacturer, the tasks to be
completed and the deliverables of each organization, including program details,
schedule and milestones.

 

2   PROJECT DESCRIPTION

 

2.1   PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

 

The Wildcat family of
products represents the third generation of tablet/handheld computer products
developed by XPLORE. There are three proposed models within the Wildcat family
distinguished by display size. The tablet models within the Wildcat family
consist of the following:

 

Lynx, 10.4” Display (current
project development)

Cougar, 12.1” Display (1 quarter follow-on project development)

Tiger, 14.1” Display (future development)

 

The Wildcat docking product
line includes two docking station solutions allowing operation either in an
office desktop environment or mounted on a mobile platform. These docking
solutions are designed to share common components with optional installation
kits providing the customization needed to adapt them to the user’s operating
environment.

 

For this SOW, WISTRON will
only work on the Lynx product itself and not the Docking stations.

 

For both the tablet and the
docking station technical specifications, refer to Attachment A of this
document. Detailed technical specifications and system architecture are found
in Exhibit C of the Agreement, called the Product Requirements Document (PRD).
The PRD is the governing design document.

 

3   PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES

 

3.1   PROGRAM MANAGEMENT/RESOURCE TEAMS:

 

WISTRON and XPLORE shall each
designate a Program Manager that is responsible to coordinate all of the
pertinent activities in this product development activity and is the main
contact for both organizations. The WISTRON Program Manager shall have access
to all of WISTRON’s technical, operational, support, and executive management
teams. In this role, the Program Manager will lead a core team comprised of
subject matter experts from design and test engineering, engineering services,
supply chain management, manufacturing production engineering, operations,
quality, and customer support. Additionally, the WISTRON Program Manager will
collaborate with the XPLORE Program Manager to plan, coordinate, and conduct
all design and operational reviews.

 

Both Program Managers are
expected to meet with the WISTRON and XPLORE core teams on an agreed to
scheduled basis to discuss and review: 1) the program plan; 2) resource
allocation and personnel tasks assignments; 3) schedule and status for upcoming
project milestones; 4) technical issues; 5) engineering documentation and
proposed change orders; 6) program budget and variance analysis to support
design to unit cost objectives; 7) supply chain and manufacturing schedules and
issues; and 8) customer support plans, and 9) quality and warranty issues.

 

Resource Teams will be
assigned at the onset of the project and a published list of team members will
be made available to all parties.

 

 

3

 

3.2   COMMUNICATION CHANNELS AND PROJECT
DOCUMENTATION:

 

Because of the distance involved between the
development teams in Taipei, in Temple and in Austin, thorough and effective
written and verbal communication is paramount. Below is a description of the
communication flow between the teams and how this communication will be
documented.

 

3.2.1   Team Communication Flow:

 

There is a WISTRON team
located in Taipei, Taiwan and a WISTRON team located in Temple, Texas. The
Taiwan team should communicate directly with the XPLORE team, engineer to
engineer if necessary, but the Taiwan, Temple, and Austin Program Managers must be notified of the
meeting in case they wish to attend. Anytime the scope, schedule or budget is
affected, the Program Managers must be notified and be in attendance. Meeting
minutes must be taken noting the action items and owners assigned including
deliverable due dates. These meeting minutes must be emailed to the
participants with the program managers copied and then posted to the electronic
Project Bulletin Board maintained by WISTRON.

 

The XPLORE Program Manager is
the only authority that can approve a change in scope. Any change in scope
shall be documented within 48 hours to all parties. WISTRON will send a revised
schedule and associated costs to XPLORE within five (5) business days where
both companies will negotiate a resolution in good faith.

 

The authority for design actions/clarifications/changes reside
with the XPLORE Senior Technical Lead and the XPLORE Program Manager. These are
the only XPLORE contacts authorized to give design direction or clarification
from XPLORE to WISTRON.

 

3.2.2   Main Contact Information

 

	
  WISTRON
  Program Mgmt:

  
	
  Mark Rendon

  
	
  Account Executive

  
	
  Tel: (254) 298-4868

  
	
   

  
	
  mark_rendon@WISTRON.com

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Engineering:

  
	
  Sally Huang

  
	
  Senior Engineer, System Dev.

  
	
  Direct: 886-2-8691-1986

  
	
  Telephone: 886-2-8691-2888 x1986

  
	
  sally_yp_huang@WISTRON.com.tw

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  XPLORE Program Mgmt:

  
	
  Carolyn Carson

  
	
  Program Manager

  
	
  Tel: (512) 336-7797 x103

  
	
   

  
	
  ccarson@XPLOREtech.com

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
  XPLORE Engineering:

  
	
  Phillip Bagwell

  
	
  Lead Engineer

  
	
  Tel: (512) 336-7797 x218

  
	
   

  
	
  pbagwell@XPLOREtech.com

  

 

3.2.3   Escalation Path

 

All issues that cannot be
resolved will first be brought to the Program Managers for resolution. If the
Program Managers are unable to resolve an issue within five (5) calendar days
of written notice by one Party to the other Party of such issue, the matter
shall be escalated to the upper management contacts. These upper management
sponsors will then have five (5) calendar days to resolve the issue or the
matter will then be escalated to the next levels of organizational management
of each company for resolution.

 

 

4

 

Wistron Escalation Contact Information

 

 

	
  President —
  Robert Hwang

  	
   

  	
  886-2-8691-1381

  robert_hwang@wistron.com.tw

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  VP PM — Brian
  Chong

  	
   

  	
  886-2-8691-1344

  brian_chong@wistron.com.tw

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  VP AM — Emily
  Hong

  	
   

  	
  886-2-8691-1810

  emily_hong@wistron.com.tw

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  GM — Rex Karl

  	
   

  	
  254-298-4856

  rcx_karl@wistron.com

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PM — Benjamin
  Teng

  	
   

  	
  886-2-8691-1369

  benjamin_teng@wistron.com.tw

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  AM — David Shen

  	
   

  	
  886-2-8691-1661

  david_shen@wistron.com.tw

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PM — Sally Huang (Taipei)

  	
   

  	
  886-2-8691-1986

  sally_yp_huang@wistron.com.tw

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  AM — Carrie
  Huang

  	
   

  	
  886-2-8691-1359

  carrie_hm_huang@wistron.com

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wildcat
  Project Team

  
	
   

  

12/12/01

 

 

5

 

Xplore Technologies Escalation Contact Information

 

	
  President/CEO —
  Brian Groh

  	
   

  	
  905-814-9122
  x202

  bgroh@xploretech.com

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  COO — Michael
  Ross

  	
   

  	
  512-336-7797
  x211

  mross@xploretech.com

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PM — Carolyn
  Carson

  	
   

  	
  512-336-7797
  x103

  ccarson@xploretech.com

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Technical Lead —
  Phil Bagwell

  	
   

  	
  512-336-7797
  x218

  pbagwell@xploretech.com

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wildcat
  Project Team

  

 

12/12/01

 

 

3.2.4   Project Documentation:

 

The governing design document is the XPLORE Product
Requirements Document (PRD), Exhibit C of the Agreement. Any changes to the PRD
must be made by the XPLORE Program Manager or by the XPLORE Lead Design
Engineer. The PRD will be placed under revision control.

 

Project files, technical
documentation, project status reports and meeting minutes must be posted on an
electronic Project Bulletin
Board on a weekly basis so all parties can access the latest updates. WISTRON
is responsible for establishing, maintaining and updating this electronic
Bulletin Board and must supply password-protected access to all core team
members.

 

3.2.5   Design Reviews:

 

WISTRON shall support the
initial program kick-off design review held at WISTRON’s Taipei location at the
onset of the project. WISTRON shall participate in design reviews with XPLORE
at alternating locations, at their facilities in Taipei, and XPLORE’s in
Austin, Texas. See Section 6 for milestone schedule and phase reviews. A
written record of the design review outcome must be created and provided to all
parties involved.

 

 

6

 

3.3   DESIGN
AND DEVELOPMENT RESPONSIBILITIES:

 

3.3.1   Industrial Design:

 

WISTRON will complete the
Industrial Design (ID) work that was started by XPLORE using the concept
generation sketches and hard models that XPLORE has. XPLORE will supply the
drawings, any relevant files or databases, and hard model design to WISTRON at
the Effective Date of the Agreement. XPLORE will collaborate with the WISTRON
industrial design team to finalize the industrial design. At the Critical
Design Review milestone (see section 6.0), the ID will be finalized and
presented to the program Core Team and XPLORE Senior staff for review and final
signoff. Upon approval, the final industrial design will be documented and be
made available to XPLORE. At CDR, all project timelines and costs will be
finalized for the ID design.

 

3.3.2   Electrical Design:

 

WISTRON is responsible for
the electrical design of the Main Logic Board “MLB” for the Lynx tablet using
the components and block diagrams called out in the XPLORE provided Product
Requirements Document (PRD). It is required that the MLB designed for use in
the Lynx 10.4” tablet be used in the follow-on 12.1” and 14” tablet designs.

 

WISTRON is responsible for
the detailed design analysis, thermal analysis, schematic capture and layouts,
qualification and certification testing to prove out the functional design.
There will be scheduled design reviews for the electrical design.

 

WISTRON Engineering will
perform Engineering Evaluation Testing (EET) on the engineering and prototype
MLB’s and will perform verification testing with the peripherals as provided by
XPLORE, WISTRON and XPLORE will each perform engineering verification testing
on the MLB’s. WISTRON shall provide on-call telephone support to the XPLORE
Product Engineering department during the EET/verification tests.

 

WISTRON shall be responsible
for correcting any design or workmanship deficiencies of the MLB found during
XPLORE EET/compatibility tests. Additionally, WISTRON shall be responsible for
correcting any quality or workmanship deficiencies of the MLB found during the
acceptance test procedure performance of the System level acceptance test.
WISTRON and XPLORE will define the System level acceptance test procedure.

 

WISTRON shall provide any
required repairs within one week upon receipt to XPLORE’s engineering and
prototype MLB during XPLORE’s engineering testing.

 

3.3.3   Mechanical Design:

 

WISTRON is responsible for
designing for manufacture (DFM) the complete mechanical enclosure, design and
implementation of the Lynx tablet using the block diagram called out in the
Product Requirements Document. The XPLORE Mechanical Engineer will work with
the WISTRON mechanical design teams to implement the ruggedization elements per
the specification in the PRD. WISTRON responsibilities include:

 

Mechanical
designs:

•                             sealing
of digitizer, case, and connectors in tablet

•                             shock
mounting of digitizer /LCD assembly, MLB, HDD in tablet

•                             initial
tablet models to determine preliminary fit of all components including
digitizers, display, battery, MLB, antennas and BTO modules.

•                             The
tablet must be fully compatible with both the vehicle and desk docking
interfaces designed by a third-party. The program managers will collaborate to
ensure that both the docking interface implementation details and logistics do
not jeopardize the development and delivery of the tablet.

 

7

 

Detailed
design of all components developed in concept phase including:

•                             Material
and process selection for all manufactured components

•                             Solid
modeling of all manufactured and standard parts & assemblies

•                             Finite
Element Modeling (FEM) and Finite Element Analysis (FEA) for structural and
thermal solutions. FEM and FEA are required to determine if the design can meet
shock, drop, vibration, and thermal specifications.

•                             Drawings
including all critical dimension and notes specifying key part requirements.

•                             Development
and documentation of all assembly procedures and fixtures.

 

XPLORE and WISTRON design
teams will participate in the scheduled Mechanical Design Review(s) per the
master program schedule.

 

3.3.4   Software Development (BIOS development):

 

WISTRON will utilize their
in-house software development staff for the BIOS development for the product.
The BIOS development will adhere to the specifications called out in the
Product Requirements Document. WISTRON will furnish pre-release versions of the
customized BIOS to XPLORE to use in their Engineering Evaluation Testing. At
the production release of the project, WISTRON will maintain the development
code (build tools, software test documentation and test code, software
documentation, customized source files, linkable library files required for
build, and the core BIOS object files required for full code build) generated
for the Lynx project for the term of the Agreement. XPLORE will have the option
to contract WISTRON’s services to make additional changes (Enhancements) as
needed in the customized BIOS. Contract rates are approximately [***] In the
event there is a problem with the BIOS. WISTRON will provide a warranty to the
BIOS and correct the BIOS free of charge for 7 months from production start,
after which changes shall be termed Enhancements, except for defects found to
be in non-compliance with the PRD. Acceptance of requests for Enhancements and
charges associated to those Enhancements shall be negotiated in good faith
between WISTRON and XPLORE. Per the program schedule and with XPLORE technical
personnel present, WISTRON will hold a high-level software design review, a
module level code review and a final software design review after integration.
WISTRON shall create and maintain a Software Tracking Report (STR) system to
identify and track software integration issues. The STR will identify the
problem, the steps required to recreate the problem, the hardware configuration
in use at the time of the problem, the party responsible for resolution, the
final resolution and documentation that the code fix was implemented, tested
and verified. STR’s may only be closed by a combined signoff of both WISTRON
engineering and XPLORE engineering.

 

3.3.5   Internal and External Cable Design & Development

 

WISTRON is responsible for
designing and sourcing all internal and external cables associated with the
Lynx tablet as required in the PRD. External cabling, if any, shall be sourced
and provided by WISTRON against forecast and PO by XPLORE.

 

3.3.6   Supply Chain Management:

 

3.3.6.1   BOM & AVL:

WISTRON is responsible for
creating the costed Bill of Materials for all assemblies and Approved Vendor
List (AVL) at all phases of the project, from early component selection,
through new product introduction (NPI), and volume production. “Components”
shall mean any inventory item or sub-assembly that WISTRON needs to purchase in
support of the project. XPLORE must approve in writing all BOM components and
reserves the right to change the component selection at its discretion per the
provisions as specified in the Agreement. WISTRON must identify the Approved
Vendor List. XPLORE shall identify critical items requiring second sourcing for
which WISTRON shall make reasonable effort to source. If there is a critical
item single source component, WISTRON shall notify XPLORE and XPLORE will aid
WISTRON in the search for an alternate source, if one is available. In the
event that a second source does not exist, XPLORE will submit written approval
of the single source critical component prior to its use. WISTRON and XPLORE
will hold monthly reviews to analyze the costed Bill of Materials and AVL up
through New Product Introduction to the extent provided in the Agreement.
Beginning 15 months from the date the product begins shipping, quarterly
business reviews will be held per the Agreement to determine applicable cost
adjustments

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

8

 

based on updated cost of
material. All BOM or AVL changes shall be subject to the normal document change
control process in the Agreement and must be approved in writing by XPLORE.

 

3.3.7   Prototyping (Early Prototypes, EVT & DVT units)

 

WISTRON will then be
responsible for initial board bring up with a Test BIOS. WISTRON will be
responsible for all hardware/software integration. WISTRON will be responsible
for providing pre-release code drops to support factory Test and Integration
and Qualification/Regulatory compliance testing and to support production.

 

WISTRON is responsible for
prototype scheduling, quoting, release, fabrication, technical support &
review.

 

WISTRON is responsible for
DVT & EVT quoting, scheduling, release, technical support, specification
review, fabrication, assembly, test, and documentation.

 

WISTRON will manufacture the
early prototypes, EVT and DVT units in the WISTRON Taipei manufacturing
facility. XPLORE’s unit cost for these prototypes is determined by Exhibit D of
the Agreement.

 

XPLORE will arrange through
the third party the required number of docking station modules needed for
tablets for both EVT and DVT.

 

Electrical
Verification Test (EVT) Units (Qty 15):

 

EVT units will be functional
electrical prototypes. Early EMI certification testing will be conducted to
expose potential problems with the design and software BIOS development.
Subsequent re-spins of the electrical board design may be necessary to correct
the problems found and to pass the early test scans. The table below shows how
these units will be allocated:

 

 

	
  Allocated to

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Purpose

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE Engineering

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Electrical Evaluation Testing in Austin

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE Testing

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Early testing (EMI scans) and Environmental Testing

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON SW Development

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BIOS development

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Temple Engineering

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Electrical Testing in Temple

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Taipei Engineering

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Electrical Testing in Taipei

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Test Development

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Manufacturing and Test Development

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Regulatory Testing

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  First Pass Regulatory and Environmental Testing

  	
   

  
	
  Total

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

Design Verification Test
(DVT) Units (Qty 87):

 

DVT units will be functional
representatives of the final product. DVT units will be manufactured with the
option of using soft tools to prove the electrical and mechanical elements meet
all product specifications as defined in the PRD. In addition, DVT units will
be used for XPLORE demo purposes and to generate demand from its sales
channels. Configurations and Build-To-Order options for the DVT units will be
given to WISTRON one quarter before DVT delivery for component planning and
purchasing.

 

	
  Allocated to

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  	
  Purpose

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE
  Engineering

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  Electrical
  Evaluation Testing in Austin

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE Testing

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  MIL standard
  Environmental Testing

  	
   

  
	
  SW Development

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BIOS development

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Temple
  Engineering

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Electrical
  Testing in Temple

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Taipei
  Engineering

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  Electrical
  Testing in Taipei

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Test
  Development

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Manufacturing
  and Test Development

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON Regulatory
  Testing

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  Regulatory and
  Environmental Testing

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE demo units

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  Demo purposes

  	
   

  
	
  Total

  	
   

  	
  87

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

9

 

 

3.3.8   Soft and Hard Tooling (Facilities and equipment)

 

WISTRON will be responsible
for producing the soft and hard tool design and test equipment. All tooling
associated with the production of Wildcat either at WISTRON or its
subcontractor(s) will be the property of XPLORE’s. Exhibit D of the Agreement
shows not-to-exceed cost estimates for tooling and payments for tooling
development. Refer to Section 3.2 of the Agreement for tooling payment
guidelines.

 

3.4   WISTRON MANUFACTURING
RESPONSIBILITIES:

 

3.4.1   Production Procurement

 

The provisions for
procurement are specified in the Agreement.

 

3.4.2   New Product Introduction

 

WISTRON services include
Design for Manufacture (DFM) and New Product Introduction (NPI) to facilitate
the introduction of new products into the manufacturing facility for volume
production. XPLORE agrees to work within WISTRON’s NPI guidelines.

 

3.4.3   Build-to-Order Options

 

The Wildcat tablet design
shall accommodate certain Build-to-Order (BTO) optional components that may be
factory installed to customize the tablet to a customer’s specific
requirements. The items identified in Table 3-0 represent Build-to-Order (BTO)
optional components that may be ordered and factory installed in the Wildcat
tablet. These BTO components may be mounted in the internal PCMCIA slot, in the
internal Mini-PCI slot, in the OEM module location or may represent components
populated on the MLB.

 

MLB combinations
Processor:

800MHz processor (or 866MHz processor if available at launch)

933MHz processor (post-launch)

 

Assembly combinations

Displays:

10.4” XGA Transflective (1024x768)

10.4” XGA Transmissive (1024x768)

 

Digitizer (Touch Screens):

Resistive

RF {pen based}

 

 

10

 

Table 3-0 —
Build to Order Components

 

	
  Ref

  	
   

  	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Suggested
  Supplier

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  WLAN

  	
   

  	
  PCMCIA WLAN
  Adapter

  	
   

  	
  Symbol

  	
   

  	
  Spectrum 24 (11
  Mbps & 54 Mbps)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  WLAN

  	
   

  	
  PCMCIA WLAN
  Adapter

  	
   

  	
  Cisco Systems

  	
   

  	
  Aeronet 350

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  BTR

  	
   

  	
  Bluetooth Radio
  Module

  	
   

  	
  Custom Design

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CDPD

  	
   

  	
  CDPD PCMCIA
  Adapter

  	
   

  	
  Sierra

  	
   

  	
  Aircard 300

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CDMA 1x

  	
   

  	
  CDMA PCMCIA
  Adapter & OEM

  	
   

  	
  Sierra

  	
   

  	
  Aircard 500

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPRS

  	
   

  	
  GPRS PCMCIA
  Adapter & OEM

  	
   

  	
  Sierra

  	
   

  	
  SB 555

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  PDR/GPRS

  	
   

  	
  PDR OEM Module

  	
   

  	
  RIM

  	
   

  	
  1902G

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPS

  	
   

  	
  Integrated GPS
  Module

  	
   

  	
  Custom Design

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Modem

  	
   

  	
  Mini-PCI or
  PCMCIA

  	
   

  	
  Various (note 2)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Antenna (2)

  	
   

  	
  Wideband 800 MHz
  to 2.4 GHz

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE
  Technologies

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Antenna

  	
   

  	
  GPS, 1.57542 GHz

  	
   

  	
  Sarantel

  	
   

  	
  PowerHelix

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Hard Disk Drive

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba 20 GB

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba

  	
   

  	
  MK2018GAP (20gb)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Hard Disk Drive

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba 40 GB

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba

  	
   

  	
  MK4018GAP (40gb)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
  128 MB

  	
   

  	
  Various (note 2)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
  256 MB

  	
   

  	
  Various (note 2)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
  512 MB

  	
   

  	
  Various (note 2)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CPU

  	
   

  	
  Optional 933MHz
  Low Voltage

  	
   

  	
  Intel note 1

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module

  	
   

  	
  Fingerprint
  Scanner

  	
   

  	
  note 3

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module

  	
   

  	
  Digital Camera

  	
   

  	
  note 3

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  

 

Notes:

1.   This option is soldered directly onto the MLB
and may only be installed at the factory during initial assembly or at an
authorized service repair facility.

2.   The specific vendor is not critical. These
components may be selected by the design agency and compatibility confirmed
during engineering development

3.   The XPL modules will be mechanically designed
as part of the Lynx development program. XPLORE Technologies will complete module
electrical design in partnership with specific OEM manufacturers. Lynx program
integration of the XPL modules shall be limited to verifying module
installation and fit and conformance to tablet environmental requirements.

 

3.4.4   Build-to-Order Configuration
Matrix

 

The BTO options may be
installed in the combinations shown in Table 3.1 below. The individual
components may occupy any of the three (3) available BTO locations (PCMCIA,
Mini-PCI or OEM) as appropriate. Each of these configurations shall be tested
with the specific components identified in Table 3-0 and verified during
engineering development.

 

11

 

Table 3-1 —
BTO Configuration Matrix

 

 

	
  BTO

  Options

  	
   

  	
  WLAN

  	
   

  	
  CDMA
  1x

  	
   

  	
  CDPD

  	
   

  	
  GPRS

  	
   

  	
  PDR

  	
   

  	
  BTR

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  11

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  

 

3.4.5   Optional Qualified Components

 

The Wildcat product line
contains a number of optional components that can be ordered for use with the
tablet. The tablet qualification program shall include these components during
product development to ensure operational compatibility as well as
environmental and regulatory compliance. The baseline set of optional
components with which the tablet shall be qualified is shown in Table 3-2.
WISTRON is responsible for procurement, and shipment of these items against
forecast and Purchase Order by XPLORE.

 

Table 3-2 —
Optional Qualified Components

 

	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Suggested

  Supplier

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
  USB Mini
  Keyboard

  	
   

  	
  Color
  Coordinated, Branded

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wireless
  Keyboard

  	
   

  	
  Backlit for
  Mobile Applications

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  USB Floppy Drive
  (external)

  	
   

  	
  Color
  Coordinated, Branded

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  USB CDROM Drive
  (external)

  	
   

  	
  Color
  Coordinated, Branded

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Active Pen

  	
   

  	
  Replacement for
  Wacom Digitizer

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Battery
  Li-polymer 4120 mA

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Battery
  Li-polymer 8240 mA

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  AC/DC Charger

  	
   

  	
  Desktop Charger,
  12V, 5 amp

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Microphone/Headset

  	
   

  	
  Stereo Headset and
  Boom Mic

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Fingerprint
  Scanner

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module
  (Mechanical fit only)

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Digital Camera

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module
  (Mechanical fit only)

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

3.4.6   Product Packaging

 

3.4.6.1   Carton Artworks:

XPLORE will provide the artwork for the carton
packaging. The artwork for the outer packaging will be provided by XPLORE to
WISTRON once the outer carton dimensions and details of the box size are
determined. There will be a commercial box designed for a single unit and a
multi-pack carton for volume shipments. There will also be special artwork and
cartons needed for ODM customers for which WISTRON will source at XPLORE’s
expense.

 

12

 

3.4.6.2   Carton Construction:

The type of carton construction will be determined by
XPLORE and WISTRON. The shipping specifications can be found in the PRD.

 

3.4.6.3   Serial Numbers, Part Numbers, and Unit Types
Requirements:

Serial number, part numbers and unit type schemes will
be devised by XPLORE and implemented by WISTRON to assist with unit
identification and modification or upgrade level(s). As the product rollout
will involve different phases of hardware for several of the key components, it
will be crucial for the serial number to reflect which phase the unit is
associated with, Serial and unit type labels should be provided on each unit,
positioned on each unit at a consistent position, for easy identification. In
addition, a barcode reflecting these details is also required.

 

3.4.6.4   Serial Number Logging and Reporting:

WISTRON will provide the serial number and part number
of the specific unit at the time a shipment is being prepared. WISTRON will
maintain a database providing a serial number and will furnish this information
to XPLORE within one week upon written request.

 

3.4.7   Labeling Requirements

 

3.4.7.1   Unit Labeling:

Individual part numbers are assigned by WISTRON to
each item that can be replaced. Units that are contained within a part numbered
unit and would only be
replaced at the factory need not be numbered.

 

3.4.7.2   External Package Labeling:

All external packaging shall be labeled to help
identify sub-component levels without opening the box or the units contained
within using:

 

1)                        Color-coded
labels to help identify the contents

2)                        To:
and From: addresses with a highlighted To: address

3)                        Description
of type or version of contents using agreed-to codes or part numbers rather
than text to keep contents of package anonymous.

4)                        Serial
number or numbers of units within package.

5)                        Barcode
identification

6)                        Duplicate
labels may be needed to affix to each side of shipping carton to easily
identify package contents.

 

Individual items can be mass-shipped in one pallet, if
each individual item within the container is separately packaged and follows
the external packaging guidelines, as above. This is required to allow items to
be moved and shipped to individual installers without the internal packaging
being opened.

 

3.4.7.3   Internal Package Documentation:

Internal documentation should be provided to guard
against the removal of external labels during transit and should reflect the
external packaging guidelines.

 

3.4.7.4   Labeling Environmental Protection:

All labels must be made of
materials appropriate for their environments and expected lifetimes.

 

13

 

3.4.8   Shipping

 

3.4.8.1   Dock to Customer Shipments:

XPLORE requires WISTRON to implement a
dock-to-customer shipping model in the case where WISTRON has built the Product
to its final configuration state as specified in a XPLORE Purchase Order.
Generally, this means the Build-to-Order options were installed at the factory
at build time and do not require further integration at a consolidation center.
Purchase Order guidelines can be found in Section 4.5 of the Agreement.
Shipping guidelines can be found in Section 4.8 of the Agreement. Refer to
Sections 3.4.6 and 3.4.7 of the SOW for product packaging and labeling
requirements.

 

3.4.8.2   Palletized Volume Shipments:

XPLORE requires WISTRON to implement palletized volume
shipments for delivery to a consolidation center or to specific customers who
have purchased a large quantity of XPLORE Products. Products shipped in this
manner may require Build-To-Order components to be added at a consolidation
center or by an XPLORE Value Added Reseller prior to being shipped to the
End-User. Minimum lot quantities for palletized shipments will be mutually
agreed upon by XPLORE and WISTRON. Shipping guidelines can be found in Section
4.8 of the Agreement. Refer to Sections 3.4.6 and 3.4.7 of the SOW for product
packaging and labeling requirements.

 

3.4.9   Product Enhancements or Follow-ons

 

Product enhancements not a part of the original
project scope will be re-bid by WISTRON as a separate project and specific NRE
will be estimated and negotiated.

 

3.5   TESTING RESPONSIBILITIES:

 

3.5.1   Testing & Certification (Test sites and equipment)

 

XPLORE Wildcat Test Development Chart

 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Test Type

  	
   

  	
  Ownership for

  Specification

  	
   

  	
  Ownership for

  Fixture Development

  
	
  Barebone

  	
   

  	
  ICT

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  PCB Functional

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Assembly

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ORT/ESS

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  
	
  CTO

  	
   

  	
  Radio

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Final/Functional

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ESS

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Disk Image

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  

 

14

 

XPLORE Wildcat Compliance Matrix

 

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Conformance

  Requirements

  	
   

  	
  Verification

  Method

  	
   

  	
  Responsible

  Party

  	
   

  	
  Budgetary Cost

  US Dollars

  	
   

  
	
  Environmental

  	
   

  	
  Operating temperature

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Storage temperature

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Thermal shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Relative humidity

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Solar radiation

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Rain

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Sand and dust

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Salt fog

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Contamination by fluids

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Low pressure

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Vibration (Integrity)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Vibration (vehicle)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Crash shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Transit shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
  Electromagnetic

  	
   

  	
  Electrostatic discharge

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Radiated emissions

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON/XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Conducted emissions

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON/XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Radiated immunity

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Conducted immunity

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  in NRE

  	
   

  
	
  Regulatory

  	
   

  	
  CISPR 22

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CE Mark

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  UL/CUL

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CB

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CSA

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TUV

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  PSB

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SABS

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A-Tick

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  C-Tick

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CCC

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  KTL

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SII

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  FCC

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  VCCI

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  BSMI

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  RRL

  	
   

  	
  Need more information

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Bluetooth

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  
	
  RF

  	
   

  	
  Defined in PRD table 2-4

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  

 

Payment Schedule:

	
  100% due by
  Tooling Start Date

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

 

15

	
  Notes: 

  	
  1.

  	
  Above test costs
  do not include prototype sample costs oftest units.

  
	
   

  	
  2.

  	
  Above tests are
  conducted in-house; if third party is required by XPLORE, cost will be separately
  quoted.

  

 

3.6   WISTRON SERVICE
AND SUPPORT RESPONSIBILITIES:

 

3.6.1   Spares Depot

 

See Exhibit G of the Agreement for requirements.

 

4   WISTRON DELIVERABLES

 

4.1   DATA PACKAGE

 

WISTRON will provide access to all data files as
listed below throughout the development cycle. In addition, WISTRON will
deliver a full disclosure Data Package to XPLORE as specified in the Agreement.

 

The Data Package is expected to include:

 

•                             Finalized
product specifications and functional requirements

•                             All
industrial design documentation and models

•                             Complete
electrical schematics and associated specifications (Cadence OrCAD format)

•                             Complete
component specifications/datasheets for any component used in Lynx, including
cables and optional accessories

•                             All
component data, costed Bills of Materials and approved vendor list for all
assemblies

•                             All
drawings, including “critical to function” drawings for QA acceptance of
mechanical parts/assemblies

•                             All
PCB design and layout files, schematics, drawings and associated component and
pad libraries (Cadence or Allegro format)

•                             Board
artwork files and drill drawings (Extended Gerber 274x format). Fab and layer
stack-up drawings.

•                             Mechanical
databases and drawings including all production tooling drawings (PRO-E format)

•                             Test
equipment, hardware/software design documentation and drawings (PRO-E format)

•                             Factory
acceptance test specifications and procedures

•                             All
software design documentation, specifications and source code and libraries for
any custom software developed specifically for the Lynx project, all software
test requirements, procedures and test code, linkable libraries necessary for
BIOS code build, linkable libraries for all core BIOS object code required for
BIOS build, all build tools and documentation, description of all software
tools required to reproduce the software build environment.

•                             All
artwork (films) for any Lynx labeling, artwork, or images on XPLORE related
documentation and packaging containers

•                             All
container specifications and associated drawings

•                             Functional
test specifications and electrical/functional test procedures

•                             All
mechanical & electrical drawings and schematics for any custom test
equipment and test adapters

(including embedded microcontroller code, Windows
device driver code, Windows control panel software and all utility software.)

•                             part
and assembly files for all components

•                             drawing
files showing all material and critical dimensions/tolerances

•                             part,
assembly and drawing files of all tooling components

•                             Prototype
parts and soft tooling

•                             DVT
and EVT parts/assemblies and soft tooling

 

 

16

 

•                             Assembly
methods documents and assembly drawings

•                             First
Article parts and accompanying measurements

•                             Failure
Effects and Methods Analysis documentation (spreadsheet)

•                             Finite
Element Modeling (stress and thermal) results

•                             Test
reports from environmental testing (shock, drop, vibration, thermal, salt,
etc.)

•                             Certified
copies of all testing, regulatory and certification reports

•                             All
other analyses (tolerance, assembly timing, workflow layouts)

•                             Any
product characterization reports derived from the product development

•                             Cost
quotations for parts and tooling

•                             Product
tooling database(s) to completely and accurately reproduce any product tooling
or test fixtures

•                             Fabrication
and assembly fixtures

•                             Mean
Time Between Failures analysis

•                             List
of equipment used for testing the DVT/EVT and production units

•                             Outline
of production flow, including equipment required to produce the Product

•                             Quality
control procedures

 

 

17

 

5   PROGRAM SCHEDULE

 

The Program Schedule will be based on WISTRON’s “C
stage” project development cycle. XPLORE and WISTRON will collaborate on a
Microsoft Project Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) and schedule. This will be
generated at the beginning of the project that details the tasks in each
functional area in each phase of the project. For purposes of generating the
detailed WBS, the following milestone schedule can be used:

 

XPLORE Wildcat Program Proposed Milestones

 

07/18/2002

 

 

	
  Milestone

  	
   

  	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON EE schedule

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON ME schedule

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON C

  stage

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PRD Scrubbed

  	
   

  	
  12/31/01

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  C0/C1

  
	
  MOU Signed

  	
   

  	
  02/28/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SOW/Contract Signed

  	
   

  	
  MOU signed + 30
  days

  (Target no later than 03/28/02)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PRD Locked, Key
  Components Selected, Concept Schematics/ Cost, Design Review

  	
   

  	
  3/27/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PDR (Preliminary
  Design Review)

  	
   

  	
  4/10/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  C2

  
	
  Confirm ME 1st
  Draft

  	
   

  	
  04/25/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Critical Design
  Review

  	
   

  	
  5/25/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ID 3D completed

  	
   

  	
  06/21/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ID fix (confirmed by WISTRON)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Functional
  Electrical Prototype

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  C3

  
	
  EVT
  Boards/Mechanical Soft Model (15 units) 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  DVT (Beta) units
  built (87 units)

  	
   

  	
  10/03/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  C4

  
	
  XPLORE Marketing
  Launch

  	
   

  	
  September

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Certification
  Testing Start

  	
   

  	
  10/04/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Production
  Readiness Review (Final Product Acceptance by Xplore)

  	
   

  	
  11/28/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  First Pilot Runs

  	
   

  	
  12/26/02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

18

 

6   DEVELOPMENT
PROCESS

 

6.1.1   C0/C1 —
Design Concepts & Specifications:

 

Duration: 4 weeks. During this phase, XPLORE
will complete the PRD with as much detail as possible. XPLORE will get WISTRON’s
input to complete those sections where XPLORE needs WISTRON’s technical
expertise. This includes finalizing the electronic architecture and electronic
concept schematics based on the XPLORE system requirements as identified in the
PRD and application considerations.

 

 

	
  Responsibility

  	
   

  	
  Deliverable

  
	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  A fully detailed
  Product Requirements Document (PRD) for the product

  
	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  Concept
  schematics, both electronic and printed formats — 3 copies in printed format

  
	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  Identification
  of BIOS code development and application development required and a copy of
  the preliminary Software Requirements Document (SRD)

  
	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  Costed Bill of
  Materials (BOM) — Best Estimates based on then current components in
  conformance to Agreement.

  
	
  WISTRON & XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Detailed list of
  milestones and deliverables for C2 & C3 phases

  
	
  WISTRON & XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Final Schedule
  for all Phases, including milestones and deliverables

  
	
  WISTRON & XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Completion of a
  Preliminary Design Review verifying the conceptual designs against the PRD
  requirements, format to be mutually agreed to between XPLORE and WISTRON

  

 

6.1.2   C2 —
Detailed Development (Engineering & Mechanical Design):

 

Duration: 12 weeks. This is the detailed design
and development phase by which initial concept schematics, developed as part of
Phase 1, will be finalized, and first run EVT MLB’s will be developed and
tested. Engineering Model software functionality will be limited to that which
is necessary to verify the electrical hardware design.

 

Deliverables:

	
  Responsibility

  	
   

  	
  Deliverable

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Final design
  documentation and electrical schematics (electronic and printed formats)
  completed and approved

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Final Mechanical
  Design documentation and drawings complete (Pro-E format) and approved.

  
	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  All preliminary
  tooling drawings completed and approved

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Engineering
  Acceptance Test Specifications and Test Procedures completed and approved

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Electrical and
  Mechanical Design Review completed and approved with any required changes
  made

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  BIOS and
  Application Code Development Complete, Software design review completed and
  approved with any required changes made.

  
	
  WISTRON & XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  SLA models
  completed and approved by Business Development and ODM partners

  
	
  WISTRON & XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Completion of a
  Critical Design Review verifying the final mechanical, electrical, and
  software designs against the PRD requirements, format to be mutually agreed
  to between XPLORE and WISTRON

  

 

19

 

6.1.3   C3 —
Product Assurance (Prototyping and Test):

 

Duration: 8 weeks. Based on a
full evaluation of the Engineering model MLB, all resulting design changes will
be factored into the design at this point. Prototype PC boards will be ordered.
Tooling drawings will be completed by WISTRON and approved by XPLORE. Tooling
vendors, materials, and quotes will be received by WISTRON and their costs
reviewed with XPLORE. Final approval by XPLORE will result in a Tooling Start
Date. Final prototypes will be built and allocated per the allocation table in
Section 3.3.7 of the prototypes will be shipped to XPLORE for functional and
environmental testing. Implementation of full software functionality, and
interfacing with the XPL OEM will be completed during this phase. XPLORE’s approval
of these prototypes, together with finalization and release of the production
documentation and data package, and the final tooling package as defined in the
Agreement, will constitute completion of this phase of the product development.

 

	
  Responsibility

  	
   

  	
  Deliverable

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved byXPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Final design
  documentation and electrical schematics (electronic and printed formats)
  completed and approved with changes identified in EVT & DVT

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Final Mechanical
  Design documentation and drawings complete (PRO-E format) and approved with
  any changes identified in EVT & DVT

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  All final
  tooling drawings completed and approved

  
	
  WISTRON/XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  All Engineering
  Acceptance Test results complete with no anomalies identified

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  All peripheral
  qualification/compatibility testing complete and approved

  
	
  WISTRON/XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Final Electrical
  and Mechanical Design Review completed and approved with any required EVT
  & DVT changes made

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Final Production
  BOM completed and approved

  
	
  WISTRON/XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  All Custom
  Component qualification & performance testing complete and approved

  
	
  WISTRON; Approved by XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  BIOS and
  Application Code Integration Complete, final Software design review completed
  and approved with any required EVT & DVT changes made.

  
	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  DVT units
  reviewed and approved by Business Development and ODM partners.

  
	
  WISTRON/XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Qualification
  and Regulatory Compliance Testing complete and approved

  
	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  Final factory
  software image configurations identified and certified, master factory images
  complete, released and approved

  
	
  WISTRON & XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  Completion of a
  Design Verification Review verifying that the final design meets all
  functional and performance requirements identified in the PRD, format to be
  mutually agreed to between XPLORE and WISTRON

  

 

20

 

6.1.4   C4 —
New Product Introduction, Manufacturing, Support:

 

This phase includes all items and tasks associated
with preparing for the Production Readiness Review and the Production Release
of volume shipments. After the Production Readiness Review, the Data Package as
specified in Exhibit H of the Agreement will be delivered to XPLORE. At the
completion of NPI, a Production Readiness Review meeting shall be held to
verify that the design has been completed, verified and is ready for
production. The format for this review shall be mutually agreed to by XPLORE
and WISTRON.

 

7   SERVICE
& SUPPORT

 

See Exhibit G of this
Agreement.

 

8   COSTS,
EXPENSES, AND PAYMENT TERMS

 

NRE charges and the NRE
payment schedule are defined in the Exhibit D of this Agreement.

 

9   ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA

 

9.1   PHASE C0/C1

 

•                            All
deliverables identified in section 6.1.1 to be completed and delivered to
XPLORE

•                            Product
Specification to be reviewed jointly and approved in writing by XPLORE.

•                            Sign-off
in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.2   PHASE C2

 

•                            All
deliverables identified in section 6.1.2 to be completed and delivered to
XPLORE.

•                            Completion
of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

•                            Sign-off
in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.3   PHASE C3

 

•                            All
deliverables identified in section 6.1.3 to be completed and delivered to
XPLORE.

•                            Completion
of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

•                            Sign-off
in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.4   PHASE C4

 

•                            All
deliverables identified in section 6.1.4 to be completed and delivered to
XPLORE.

•                            Completion
of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

•                            Sign-off
in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

9.5   PHASE C5

 

•                            All
deliverables identified in section 6.1.5 to be completed and delivered to
XPLORE.

•                            Completion
of Design Review by XPLORE and any resulting follow-up actions.

•                            Sign-off
in writing by XPLORE signifying completion of these steps.

 

21

 

EXHIBIT B

 

TO THAT CERTAIN

 

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

DATED July 1, 2003

 

BY AND BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF
AMERICA AND WISTRON CORPORATION.

 

Irrevocable Standby Letters Of Credit or Assignment of
Receivable

 

Pursuant to the terms specified in Section 4.3
(Payment) of the main agreement, Xplore Technologies will issue an Irrevocable
Standby Letter Of Credit or Assignment of Receivable (AoR) through a Canadian
Chartered bank in the amount equivalent to its product requirement for the
initial 60 days of production. This Letter of Credit or AoR may be drawn upon
by Wistron only under the following condition; Xplore Technologies has received
valid invoices from Wistron and failed to make payment of these invoices which
the 30 day period specified in the contract for finished complete products
shipped pursuant to Xplore Technologies Purchase Orders.

 

Xplore Technologies will renew the Letter of Credit or
AoR amount for the subsequent 60 day period. The amount of the Letter of Credit
or AoR will be adjusted to reflect product received, invoiced and paid in full,
and shall be increased by the amount of product scheduled by accepted purchase
orders over the next sixty (60) day window.

 

This Letter of Credit or AoR process shall continue
for 6 months from the start of production. After six months the Parties agree
to review payment terms.

 

Pursuant to the terms specified in Section 4.3a
(Payment for Unique and Long-Lead Inventory) of the main agreement, Xplore
Technologies will issue an Irrevocable Standby Letter Of Credit through a
Canadian Chartered bank in the amount of $300,000 USD. Wistron is obligated to
show proof of documentation of the following prior to drawing upon this Letter
of Credit: 1) materials purchased were charged against Xplore Technologies
purchase orders issued to Wistron by Xplore Technologies including the material
description, quantity, amount paid, and actual receipt of said materials, 2)
proof of written authorization by Xplore purchasing agent to purchase said
materials, 3) and documentation from Wistron that said materials purchased are
obsolete.

 

This Letter of Credit process shall continue for 6
months from the start of production. After six months the Parties agree to
review payment terms.

 

1

 

Product
Requirements Document

 

For

 

Wildcat Tablet PC

 

 

Written By:

 

Xplore
Technologies Corporation

 

 

 

APPROVALS

	
  TITLE

  	
   

  	
  NAME

  	
   

  	
  SIGNATURE

  	
   

  	
  DATE

  
	
  Originator

  	
   

  	
  Phil Bagwell

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Program Manager

  	
   

  	
  Carolyn Carson

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  COO

  	
   

  	
  Michael Ross

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  VP Marketing

  	
   

  	
  Rich Perley

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

Xplore
Technologies Proprietary and Confidential

This document contains
confidential information or trade secrets or both, which are the property of
Xplore Technologies Corporation. This document may not be
copied, reproduced, or transmitted to others in any manner, nor
may any use of the information on this document be made, except for the
specific purposes for which it is transmitted to the recipient without the
prior written consent of Xplore Technologies Corporation.

 

 

 

1

 

NOTICE OF REVISION

 

	
  REV

  	
   

  	
  DATE

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  AUTHOR

  
	
  1.0

  	
   

  	
  01/24/2002

  	
   

  	
  Initial Release

  	
   

  	
  P. Bagwell

  
	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  02/14/2002

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-4 to add Sierra Aircard 750

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Figure 2-2 —Wildcat Functional Block Diagram

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-7 to reflect changes to Figure 2-2

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.4 to change desired number of
  backlight levels

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-4 to include AMBIT Modem Daughter
  Card

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.6.1.2 to change Wacom
  interface to USB

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3.2 to allow alternate
  Bluetooth antennas

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.4 to include 5GHz support
  for 802.11a

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.8 to specify a custom memory
  module

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised sections 2.5.1.7.2 and 2.5.1.9 to allow boot
  block functionality

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.18.3 to include switching COAX
  interface

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-16 to add COAX interface to dock
  connector

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.18.4 to remove pin count
  requirement

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-17 to eliminate specific pin count
  requirement

  	
   

  	
  P. Bagwell

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised sections 2.5.1.18.5 to 2.5.1.18.5.7 to
  relieve requirements and allow the use of an XPL port replicator module

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-18 and Table 2-19 to redefine
  connector groupings

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Figure 2-5 to include external radio antenna

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.2.1.9 to include REM
  over-temperature LED

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Added section 2.5.2.1.10 to cover external antenna
  connector

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.2.2.4 to add over/under
  temperature protection

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.2.3 to make height a
  configurable adjustment

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.7.2 to allow for alternative
  software solutions

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.7.4.4 to modify ‘resume from S3’
  boot timing.

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.11.5 to remove type ‘UR’ coating
  as an option

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 3-3 to add European ‘E Mark’
  compliance

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1.2

  	
   

  	
  04/05/2002

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-4 — Build to Order Components

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-5 — BTO Qualification Configuration
  Matrix

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Figure 2-2 — Wildcat Functional Block
  Diagram

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-7 to reflect changes to Figure 2-2

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.4, LCD Backlight

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Added section 2.5.1.4.1, LCD Backlight Manual
  Control

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Added section 2.5.1.4.2, LCD Backlight Automatic
  Control

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Added Figure 2-3 — Backlight Control State Diagram

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.5, Added Wake Up from Sleep
  Req’mt

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.6.1.3 to require keyboard
  compatibility

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-8 — Function Key Interface

  	
   

  	
  P. Bagwell

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Deleted section 2.5.1.7.8.2, Embedded GPS

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3, Embedded Bluetooth
  Radio

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3.1, Bluetooth Receiver

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.7.8.3.2, Bluetooth Antenna

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.8, Added Ruggedized Req’mt for
  SODIMM

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.17.1, Updated Baseline Battery
  Specifications

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.18.3, Added Antenna loop back
  discrete

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-16 to incorporate docking station
  interface changes

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-17 to update XPL port signal list

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-18 to revise tablet I/O connectors
  requirements

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Deleted Table 2-19 — Side Port Connectors, Group 2
  (DELETED)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.18.5 to eliminate 2 groups of
  I/O connectors

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.18.5.1 to change DVI port to
  VGA

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Deleted Figure 2-4 — DVI Connector (DELETED)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Deleted Table 2-20 — DVI Connector Pinout (DELETED)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Deleted section 2.5.1.18.5.2 to eliminate RJ11 modem
  requirement

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.1.18.5.4, Modified Audio
  Connector Size to 3.5mm

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.2 to reference Docking Station
  PRD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Figure 2-5 incorporate docking station
  interface changes

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.2.1.3 to delete 1 USB port from
  the DIM

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.5.2.1.10 to add antenna switching
  discrete

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.1, revised to allow fan cooling
  with Xplore approval

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.1.1 to revise critical component
  list

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.1.2 to define high temperature
  operation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Added Table 2-24 — Thermal State Definitions

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.1.3 to define low temperature
  operation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.1.4 to modify high temperature
  alarm operation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.1.5 to modify low temperature
  alarm operation

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.1.6 to modify temperature
  histogram processing

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.7.2.1 to allow customizing
  standard Windows control

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.7.2.2 to eliminate need for
  digitizer control panel

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.7.2.4 to require the keypad to
  appear as USB keyboard

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-26 — Physical Characteristics

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1.2.1

  	
   

  	
  04/22/2002

  	
   

  	
  Revised Table 2-4 to add Intel PIII 933 MHz, ULV

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Updated Figure 2-2 to remove DVI Connector

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised Figure 2-3 to add Backlight OFF State

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Added Figure 2-6 — Tablet Thermal State Diagram

  	
   

  	
  P. Bagwell

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Added Figure 2-7 — Battery Charger Thermal State
  Diagram

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Revised section 2.6.2.2 to add Battery high
  temperature shutdown

  	
   

  	
   

  

Note: All revisions are subject to formal
document control.

 

 

2

 

Table
of Contents

 

	
  1.0
  INTRODUCTION

  	
  8

  
	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  Preface

  	
   

  
	
  1.2

  	
   

  	
  Scope

  	
  8

  
	
  1.3

  	
   

  	
  Precedence

  	
  8

  
	
  1.4

  	
   

  	
  Distribution

  	
  8

  
	
  1.5

  	
   

  	
  Change
  Control

  	
  8

  
	
  1.6

  	
   

  	
  Document
  Overview

  	
  8

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  8

  
	
  2.0
  PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

  	
  8

  
	
  2.1

  	
   

  	
  Product
  Description

  	
  8

  
	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  External
  Features

  	
  10

  
	
  2.3

  	
   

  	
  Major
  Components

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
  2.3.1

  	
  Wildcat Tablet

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
  2.3.2

  	
  Docking Stations

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
  2.3.3

  	
  Build-to-Order
  Options

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.3.3.1

  	
   

  	
  Build-to-Order
  Configuration Matrix

  	
  13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.3.3.2

  	
   

  	
  Optional
  Qualified Components

  	
  14

  
	
  2.4

  	
   

  	
  Microsoft
  PC Compliance

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
  2.4.1

  	
  MS PC 2001
  Compliance

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
  2.4.2

  	
  MS Tablet PC
  Compliance

  	
  16

  
	
  2.5

  	
   

  	
  Design
  Requirements

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
  2.5.1

  	
  Tablet
  Requirements

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.1

  	
   

  	
  Functional Block
  Diagram

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.2

  	
   

  	
  Main Logic Board
  Primary Components

  	
  18

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.3

  	
   

  	
  Liquid Crystal
  Display Interface

  	
  19

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.4

  	
   

  	
  LCD Backlight

  	
  19

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.5

  	
   

  	
  Front Panel
  Interface

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.6

  	
   

  	
  Digitizer Interface

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.7

  	
   

  	
  Built-to-Order
  Provisions

  	
  24

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.8

  	
   

  	
  System Memory
  Interface

  	
  27

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.9

  	
   

  	
  Firmware Memory

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.10

  	
   

  	
  Graphics Memory
  Interface

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.11

  	
   

  	
  Embedded Speaker
  Requirements

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.12

  	
   

  	
  Embedded
  Microphone Requirements

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.13

  	
   

  	
  Status Indicator
  LED Requirements

  	
  29

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.14

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical Power
  Switch

  	
  29

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.15

  	
   

  	
  Reset Switch

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.16

  	
   

  	
  Theft Protection

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.17

  	
   

  	
  Battery
  Requirements

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.18

  	
   

  	
  Interface Port
  Requirements

  	
  31

  
	
   

  	
  2.5.2

  	
  Docking Station
  Requirements

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.2.1

  	
   

  	
  Docking
  Interface Module (DIM)

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.2.2

  	
   

  	
  Remote
  Electronics Module (REM)

  	
  38

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.2.3

  	
   

  	
  Desktop Adapter
  Kit

  	
  41

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.2.4

  	
   

  	
  Vehicle Adapter
  Kit

  	
  42

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.5.2.5

  	
   

  	
  General
  Interface Requirements

  	
  42

  
	
   

  	
  2.5.3

  	
  Desktop Power
  Supply

  	
  43

  
	
  2.6

  	
   

  	
  Functional
  Requirements

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
  2.6.1

  	
  Thermal
  Management

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.1.1

  	
   

  	
  Temperature
  Monitoring

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.1.2

  	
   

  	
  High Temperature
  Operation

  	
  44

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.1.3

  	
   

  	
  Low Temperature
  Operation

  	
  45

  

 

 

3

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.1.4

  	
   

  	
  Over Temperature
  Alarm

  	
  45

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.1.5

  	
   

  	
  Low Temperature
  Alarm

  	
  45

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.1.6

  	
   

  	
  Temperature
  Histogram

  	
  45

  
	
   

  	
  2.6.2

  	
  Battery Charge
  Regulation

  	
  46

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.2.1

  	
   

  	
  Normal Operation

  	
  46

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.2.2

  	
   

  	
  High Temperature
  Operation

  	
  47

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.2.3

  	
   

  	
  Low Temperature
  Operation

  	
  47

  
	
   

  	
  2.6.3

  	
  Power
  Consumption

  	
  47

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.3.1

  	
   

  	
  Battery Run Time

  	
  47

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.3.2

  	
   

  	
  Battery Suspend
  Time

  	
  48

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.6.3.3

  	
   

  	
  Low Battery
  Operation

  	
  48

  
	
   

  	
  2.6.4

  	
  Hot Docking
  Support

  	
  48

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.7

  	
   

  	
  Software
  Requirements

  	
  48

  
	
   

  	
  2.7.1

  	
  Operating System
  Software

  	
  48

  
	
   

  	
  2.7.2

  	
  Application Software

  	
  48

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.2.1

  	
   

  	
  Power Management
  Control Panel

  	
  49

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.2.2

  	
   

  	
  Digitizer
  Control Panel

  	
  50

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.2.3

  	
   

  	
  Monitor Control
  Panel

  	
  50

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.2.4

  	
   

  	
  Keypad Control
  Panel

  	
  50

  
	
   

  	
  2.7.3

  	
  Utility Software

  	
  50

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.3.1

  	
   

  	
  BIOS Setting
  Utility

  	
  50

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.3.2

  	
   

  	
  Firmware Reprogramming
  Utility

  	
  51

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.3.3

  	
   

  	
  Hardware
  Diagnostics Utility

  	
  51

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.3.4

  	
   

  	
  Charger Control
  Utility

  	
  51

  
	
   

  	
  2.7.4

  	
  BIOS Software

  	
  51

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.4.1

  	
   

  	
  Configuration

  	
  54

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.4.2

  	
   

  	
  Reprogrammability

  	
  55

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.4.3

  	
   

  	
  ACPI Support

  	
  55

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.4.4

  	
   

  	
  Boot Timing

  	
  55

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.4.5

  	
   

  	
  SpeedStep
  Processing

  	
  55

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.4.6

  	
   

  	
  IEEE1394 Support

  	
  55

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.7.4.7

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0 Support

  	
  55

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.8

  	
   

  	
  Testability
  Requirements

  	
  56

  
	
  2.9

  	
   

  	
  Reliability

  	
  56

  
	
  2.10

  	
   

  	
  Physical
  Characteristics

  	
  57

  
	
  2.11

  	
   

  	
  Design
  and Construction

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.1

  	
  Socketed
  Microcircuits

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.2

  	
  Materials

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.11.2.1

  	
   

  	
  Flammability
  & Safety Requirements

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.11.2.2

  	
   

  	
  Compatibility
  Requirements

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.11.2.3

  	
   

  	
  Corrosion
  Resistance

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.3

  	
  Electrical Wire

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.4

  	
  Fasteners and
  Hardware

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.5

  	
  Conformal
  Coating

  	
  58

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.6

  	
  Seals and
  Gaskets

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.7

  	
  EMI Sealing
  Requirements

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.8

  	
  Bonding and
  Grounding

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.9

  	
  User Information

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.10

  	
  Product Marking

  	
  59

  
	
   

  	
  2.11.11

  	
  Workmanship

  	
  60

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.0
  CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

  	
  61

  
	
  3.1

  	
   

  	
  General
  Requirements

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
  3.1.1

  	
  Ambient
  Conditions

  	
  61

  

 

 

4

 

	
   

  	
  3.1.2

  	
  Accuracy and
  Calibration

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
  3.1.3

  	
  Samples

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
  3.1.4

  	
  Sample
  Inspection

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
  3.1.5

  	
  Test Coverage

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
  3.1.6

  	
  Acceptance
  Criteria

  	
  61

  
	
   

  	
  3.1.7

  	
  Test Reports

  	
  61

  
	
  3.2

  	
   

  	
  Environmental
  Requirements

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.1

  	
  Operating
  Temperature

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.2

  	
  Storage
  Temperature

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.3

  	
  Thermal Shock

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.4

  	
  Relative
  Humidity

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.5

  	
  Solar Radiation

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.6

  	
  Rain

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.7

  	
  Rain

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.8

  	
  Sand & Dust

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.9

  	
  Salt Fog

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.10

  	
  Contamination by
  Fluids (note 2)

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.11

  	
  Low Pressure
  (Altitude)

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.12

  	
  Vibration
  (Integrity)

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.13

  	
  Vibration
  (Vehicle)

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.14

  	
  Mechanical Shock

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.15

  	
  Crash Shock
  (note 3)

  	
  62

  
	
   

  	
  3.2.16

  	
  Transit Shock

  	
  62

  
	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  Electromagnetic
  Compatibility

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.3.1

  	
  Electrostatic
  Discharge

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.3.2

  	
  Radiated
  Susceptibility

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.3.3

  	
  Radiated
  Emissions

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.3.4

  	
  Conducted
  Susceptibility

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.3.5

  	
  Conducted
  Emissions

  	
  63

  
	
  3.4

  	
   

  	
  Regulatory
  Compliance

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.1

  	
  CISPR 22

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.2

  	
  CE Mark

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.3

  	
  E Mark

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.4

  	
  VCCI

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.5

  	
  BMSI

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.6

  	
  TUV

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.7

  	
  RRL

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
  3.4.8

  	
  C-Tick Mark

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4.0
  QUALITY ASSURANCE

  	
  64

  
	
  4.1

  	
   

  	
  Environmental
  Stress Screening

  	
  64

  
	
   

  	
  4.1.1

  	
  Highly
  Accelerated Life Test (HALT)

  	
  64

  
	
   

  	
  4.1.2

  	
  Highly
  Accelerated Stress Screening (HASS)

  	
  64

  
	
   

  	
  4.1.3

  	
  Audits

  	
  65

  
	
  4.2

  	
   

  	
  Compliance
  Matrix

  	
  66

  
	
  4.3

  	
   

  	
  Factory
  Acceptance Test

  	
  67

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5.0
  APPENDIX

  	
  68

  
	
  5.1

  	
   

  	
  EMI
  Test Limits

  	
  68

  
	
   

  	
  5.1.1

  	
  CE102 Conducted
  Emissions, Power Leads, 10 kHz to 10 MHz

  	
  68

  
	
   

  	
  5.1.2

  	
  CS101 Conducted
  Susceptibility, Power Leads, 30 Hz to 150 kHz

  	
  69

  
	
   

  	
  5.1.3

  	
  CS114 Conducted
  Susceptibility, Bulk Cable Injection, 10 kHz to 200 MHz

  	
  70

  
	
   

  	
  5.1.4

  	
  CS115 Conducted
  Susceptibility, 30 ns Impulse Excitation, 30Hz

  	
  72

  
	
   

  	
  5.1.5

  	
  CS116 Conducted
  Susceptibility, Damped Sinusoidal Transients, 10kHz to 100MHz

  	
  73

  
	
   

  	
  5.1.6

  	
  RE102 Radiated
  Emissions, Electric Field Radiation, 2MHz to 10GHz

  	
  74

  
							

 

 

5

 

	
   

  	
  5.1.7

  	
  RS103 Radiated Susceptibility, Electric Field, 2 MHz to 40 GHz

  	
  74

  
	
  5.2

  	
   

  	
  List of Acronyms

  	
  75

  
	
  5.3

  	
   

  	
  PC Sleep State Definitions

  	
  78

  
	
  5.4

  	
   

  	
  System Global State Definitions

  	
  78

  
	
  5.5

  	
   

  	
  Reference Documents

  	
  81

  
					

 

 

6

List of Tables

 

	
  TABLE 2-1 — OPERATOR INTERFACES

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-2 — MAJOR LYNX TABLET COMPONENTS

  	
   

  	
  11

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-3 — MAJOR WILDCAT DOCKING STATION COMPONENTS

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-4 — BUILD TO ORDER COMPONENTS

  	
   

  	
  13

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-5 — BTO QUALIFICATION CONFIGURATION MATRIX

  	
   

  	
  14

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-6 — OPTIONAL QUALIFIED COMPONENTS

  	
   

  	
  14

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-7 — WILDCAT MLB COMPONENTS

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-8 — FUNCTION KEY INTERFACE

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-9 — FUNCTION KEY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-10 — STICK SWITCH MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

  	
   

  	
  23

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-11 — OEM INTERFACE CONNECTOR PINOUT

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-12 — CUSTOM BTO CONNECTOR PINOUT

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-13 — BLUETOOTH RADIO MODULE REQUIREMENTS

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-14 — BTO RADIO ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS

  	
   

  	
  27

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-15 — BATTERY PORT INTERFACES

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-16 — DOCK TO TABLET INTERFACES

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-17 — XPL PORT INTERFACES

  	
   

  	
  33

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-18 — SIDE PORT CONNECTORS

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-19 — SIDE PORT CONNECTORS, GROUP 2 (DELETED)

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-20 — DVI CONNECTOR PINOUT (DELETED)

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-21 — REMOTE ELECTRONICS MODULE MLB
  COMPONENTS

  	
   

  	
  39

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-22 — REM EXTERNAL CONNECTORS

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-23 — CAN BUS ADAPTER

  	
   

  	
  41

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-24 — THERMAL STATE DEFINITIONS

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-25 — ESTIMATED POWER CONSUMPTION

  	
   

  	
  47

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 2-26 — PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

  	
   

  	
  57

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 3-1 — ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

  	
   

  	
  62

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 3-2 — ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY

  	
   

  	
  63

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 3-3 — REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

  	
   

  	
  63

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 4-1 — QUALIFICATION COMPLIANCE MATRIX

  	
   

  	
  66

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 5-1 — CS114 TEST LIMIT SELECTION

  	
   

  	
  70

  	
   

  
	
  TABLE 5-2 — SUMMARY OF GLOBAL POWER STATES

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  

List of Figures

 

	
  FIGURE 2-1 — WILDCAT
  OPERATOR INTERFACES

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 2-2 — WILDCAT FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

  	
   

  	
  17

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 2-3 — BACKLIGHT CONTROL STATE DIAGRAM

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 2-4 — DVI CONNECTOR (DELETED)

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 2-5 — DOCKING STATION FUNCTIONAL BLOCK
  DIAGRAM

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 2-6 — TABLET THERMAL STATE DIAGRAM

  	
   

  	
  44

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 2-7 — BATTERY CHARGER THERMAL STATE DIAGRAM

  	
   

  	
  46

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 5-1 — CE102 TEST LIMITS

  	
   

  	
  68

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 5-2 — CS101 TEST LIMITS

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 5-3 — CS114 TEST LIMIT CURVES

  	
   

  	
  71

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 5-4 — CS115 TEST LIMITS

  	
   

  	
  72

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 5-5 — CS116 TEST LIMITS

  	
   

  	
  73

  	
   

  
	
  FIGURE 5-6 — RE102 TEST LIMITS

  	
   

  	
  74

  	
   

  

 

 

7

 

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Preface

This document is derived, in part, from the Wildcat Marketing
Requirements Document (MRD) and is intended to supplement all Statements of
Work (SOW), design specifications and other technical documentation associated
with the Wildcat product line.

1.2 Scope

This document defines the technical requirements for the
Wildcat family of tablet computer devices and all associated configuration
items. Associated documents are defined in the documentation table below:

 

	
  Title

  	
   

  	
  Originator

  	
   

  
	
  Wildcat Marketing Requirement Document (MRD)

  	
   

  	
  Dwayne Lum

  	
   

  
	
  Wildcat Program Management Plan (PMP)

  	
   

  	
  Carolyn Carson

  	
   

  
	
  Wildcat Product Test Plan

  	
   

  	
  Phil Bagwell

  	
   

  
	
  Wildcat Product Quality Plan

  	
   

  	
  Steve Fridley

  	
   

  

1.3 Precedence

In the event of conflict between this
specification and contracts with manufacturers or other documents, the
following order of precedence shall apply:

1.         This Document

2.         Other Documents

1.4 Distribution

This document may only be distributed outside the company upon approval
from Xplore Technologies Corporation. Distribution will require an authorized
Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) with the recipient. All NDAs shall be filed with
Xplore Technologies prior to distribution. All requests for distribution should
be directed to the Wildcat Program Manager. The current distribution list for
this document is provided at the end of this document.

1.5
Change Control

This document is defined as an engineering specification and is
therefore subject to formal change control. Changes to this document shall only
be permitted upon written approval from Xplore Technologies Corporation.

1.6
Document Overview

This document includes product, conformance and quality requirements
based, in part, upon established industry standards for handheld
telecommunication equipment intended for use in indoor, outdoor and mobile
environments. Xplore Technologies subscribes to standards prescribed by the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA),
Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA),
American National Standards Institute
(ANSI), Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), and Telcordia (formerly Bellcore) tailored, in
part, for this application. This document is divided into the following general
categories:

2.0 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Product Description

The following specification document details the requirements for a new
line of ruggedized mobile computer products, code named Wildcat, being
developed by Xplore Technologies Corporation. The Wildcat family of products
represents the third generation of tablet/handheld computer products

 

 

8

 

developed by Xplore. There are three proposed models within the Wildcat
family distinguished by display size. The models within the Wildcat family
consist of the following:

•                            Lynx,
10.4” Display

•                            Cougar, 12.1” Display

•                            Tiger, 14.1” Display

All members of the Wildcat family feature
sunlight-viewable LCDs, a high resolution touch-screen, 5 programmable function
keys, two mouse buttons and a five way jog control housed in a proprietary
ruggedized chassis. Internally, the wildcat family of tablet PCs share a common
architecture consisting of an advanced low-power Intel Mobile CPU based main
logic board (MLB), a high capacity rechargeable lithium-polymer battery, and a
shock mounted 2.5” or 1.8” hard disk drive. The Wildcat MLB features an 866 MHz
Ultra-Low Voltage Intel Pentium PIII Mobile processor, a single 144-pin SODIMM
memory expansion connector allowing expansion to 512 MB, a Type II PCMCIA slot,
integrated 10/100 Base T Ethernet controller, integrated AC97 audio, integrated
USB 1.1 and 2.0 support and integrated 1394 Firewire support.

The Wildcat family of PCs is a versatile,
multi-purpose device that may be adapted to suit a wide variety of vertical
markets through use of
numerous configurable options. Options are available either as built-to-order
custom tablet configurations or as shop-replaceable kits for field upgrades.
The open architecture of the Wildcat family is scalable and flexible in order
to satisfy a wide range of customer requirements while remaining competitive
with other products. The Wildcat products share the following characteristics:

•                            Light weight handheld design with integral
shock protection

•                            Studied Ergonomics (reduced volume, portable, low weight)

•                            Enhanced, high-bright, sunlight viewable 10.4”
to 14.1” displays

•                            Rugged, high resolution touch screen with
enhanced handwriting recognition software

•                            Ruggedized design for harsh outdoor portable or mobile
applications

•                            Expandable architecture with expansion ports and docking station
interface

•                            Enhanced connectivity with integrated 10/100 Base T Ethernet and
Firewire support

•                            Advanced Li-Polymer battery technology with extended battery life

•                            Choice of Operating System software (Windows 2000, Windows XP)

•                            Qualified to Military environmental standards
for enhanced reliability

 

9

 

Figure 2-1 — Wildcat
Operator Interfaces

2.2                  External
Features

Table 2-1 — Operator
Interfaces

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Characteristics

  	
   

  	
  Features

  	
   

  	
  Ref

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Display

  	
   

  	
  10.4”, XGA, Lynx
  12.1” XGA, Cougar 14.1” XGA+, Tiger

  	
   

  	
  High Contrast Transflective and Transmissive, 

  Sunlight Viewable, Variable intensity Backlight, 

  LVDS Interface

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.3

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Digitizer

  	
   

  	
  High Resolution,
  4 Wire

  	
   

  	
  Touch/Pen
  Capable, High Endurance Design, 

  Supports Handwriting Recognition Software

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Function

  Keys

  	
   

  	
  8 Independent Switches

  	
   

  	
  5 Software Programmable,
  2 Dedicated Mouse

  Buttons, 1 Multi-Function Power Button

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.6.1.1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  Joystick

  	
   

  	
  5 position (up,
  down, left, right, press)

  	
   

  	
  PC Mouse
  Compatible

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.6.1.4

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  Speaker

  	
   

  	
  1.0
  watt/channel, Stereo

  	
   

  	
  Auto-off upon
  external headphone detection

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  Microphone

  	
   

  	
  Noise Canceling Electret

  	
   

  	
  Active noise
  cancellation, auto off on external microphone detection

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  Stylus

  	
   

  	
  Pen style

  	
   

  	
  Built in mount

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Status LED

  	
   

  	
  Three-color

  (red/green/yellow)

  	
   

  	
  Power On,
  Battery Charge, Low Battery and Alert functions

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Light

  Sensor

  	
   

  	
  Analog Output = Ambient
  Light Level

  	
   

  	
  May be enabled
  in BIOS to switch off LCD backlight in bright ambient light conditions to
  conserve battery power

  	
   

  	
  2.5.1.4

  

 

 

10

2.3                  Major Components

The Wildcat development program includes the development of the
ruggedized tablet, docking stations for desktop and vehicle operation, build to
order options for installed wireless option, and miscellaneous additional
equipment items. These major program components are identified in the following
sections.

2.3.1        Wildcat Tablet

The Wildcat tablet PCs contain the major
functional components shown in Table 2-2 and identified in Figure 2-2 on page
18. Many of these components are common across all members of the Wildcat
family. The primary differences between members of the Wildcat tablets are the
size of the LCD display and associated digitizer. The case designs, while
similar in styling, materials and construction, are different sizes based on
the size of the LCD installed.

Table 2-2 — Major Lynx
Tablet Components

 

	
  Ref

  	
   

  	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Suggested

  Supplier

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
  2.5.1.3

  	
   

  	
  Display, 10.4”

  	
   

  	
  >250-nit, XGA Transmissive >150-nit, XGA
  Transflective CCFL Backlight, 6 watt max. 240mm x 175mm x 6mm max.

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba or Equivalent

  	
   

  	
  LTM10C321K Transmissive LTM10C323S Transflective

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.6.1.1

  	
   

  	
  Digitizer (Resistive)

  	
   

  	
  flex-on-glass (FG), 4 wire design (min), 80%
  Transmissibility, Hardcoat

  	
   

  	
  Dynapro or Equivalent

  	
   

  	
  4-wire Minimum 8-wire Preferred

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.6.1.2

  	
   

  	
  Digitizer (RF) (Optional)

  	
   

  	
  High Resolution, Tablet PC Compliant

  	
   

  	
  Wacom or 

  Equivalent

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.6.1.1

  	
   

  	
  Functions Keys

  	
   

  	
  5 fixed keys (200g Force) 5 way stick switch (jog
  control) 2 fixed mouse keys 1 multi-function power key

  	
   

  	
  Panasonic

  	
   

  	
  EVQWH (1) EVQP2 (8)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.11

  	
   

  	
  Speakers (2)

  	
   

  	
  1 watt, 4 ^ Response 500 Hz - 16 kHz SPL (1m/1W) 75
  dB

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.12

  	
   

  	
  Microphone

  	
   

  	
  Noise Canceling, Sensitivity -50 dB ± 5 dB Response
  100 Hz to 10 kHz, SNR > 50 dB

  	
   

  	
  Panasonic or Equivalent

  	
   

  	
  WM-66DC103 or equiv.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Stylus

  	
   

  	
  Ruggedized, Polycarbonate or RF Active Pen

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Enclosure

  	
   

  	
  Material TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.2

  	
   

  	
  Main Logic Board

  	
   

  	
  See Section 2.5.1.2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.7

  	
   

  	
  Hard Disk Drive

  	
   

  	
  Shock/Vibration Isolated 2.5” 20GB, 40GB

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba or Equivalent

  	
   

  	
  MK4018GAP (40gb) MK2018GAP (20gb)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Operating System

  	
   

  	
  Windows 2000, Windows XP

  	
   

  	
  Microsoft

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.17.2

  	
   

  	
  Bridge Battery

  	
   

  	
  45 mAH (min), 7.2 volt Nickel-Metal Hydride, 6 cell

  	
   

  	
  Gold Peak, UL MH16088 (or equiv)

  	
   

  	
  GP40BVH6BMX (or equiv)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1.14

  	
   

  	
  Primary Battery

  	
   

  	
  4500 mAH, 7.6V Li-Polymer, 9000 mAH, 7.6 volt
  (optional)

  	
   

  	
  Valence or Equivalent

  	
   

  	
  2x or 4x Valence 

  VP647214C cells (or equiv)

  

 

11

 

2.3.2       Docking Stations

 

The Wildcat docking product
line includes two docking station solutions allowing operation either in an
office desktop environment or mounted on a mobile platform. These docking
solutions are designed to share common components with optional installation
kits providing the customization needed to adapt them to the user’s operating
environment. The major components that constitute the docking station options
are summarized in Table 2-3.

 

Table 2-3 — Major Wildcat
Docking Station Components

 

	
  Ref

  	
   

  	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
  2.5.2.1

  	
   

  	
  Docking
  Interface Module (DIM)

  	
   

  	
  Provides a
  universal locking mount for the tablet with an interface designed to connect
  to the tablet’s docking connector. May be used standalone as a simple port
  replicator.

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
  2.5.2.1.8

  	
   

  	
  Remote
  Electronics Module (REM)

  	
   

  	
  Provides
  additional expansion capability with the addition of integrated DVD/CDROM,
  optional HDD and optional FDD. Provides additional I/O expansion with four
  (4) USB 2.0 ports and two (2) IEEE1394a serial ports. Self contained 9 to 36
  volt power supply for mobile 12v or 24 volt operation.

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
  2.5.2.2.6.5

  	
   

  	
  DIM Desktop
  Mounting Kit

  	
   

  	
  Mounting adapter
  to provide desktop mounting of the DIM. This adapter kit provides the ability
  to adjust height and tilt of the tablet for optimum desktop operation.

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
  2.5.2.4

  	
   

  	
  DIM Vehicle
  Mounting Kit

  	
   

  	
  Mounting adapter
  to provide vehicle mounting of the DIM. This adapter kit provides a crash
  survivable interface for attachment of the DIM to the vehicle mounting
  structure.

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
  2.5.2.2.6.5

  	
   

  	
  REM Desktop Kit

  	
   

  	
  Provides a
  customized and color coordinated housing to allow stylish desktop operation
  of the REM module. The kit includes a custom enclosure, custom bezel and
  internal adapter cables to interconnect the REM with industry standard I/O
  ports on the desktop enclosure. The kit also includes a 1 meter
  interconnecting cable assembly.

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
  2.5.2.4

  	
   

  	
  REM Vehicle Kit

  	
   

  	
  Provides a
  mounting bracket and weather tight bezel assembly to allow mounting of the
  REM module in a mobile vehicular environment.

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  

 

2.3.3       Build-to-Order Options

 

The Wildcat tablet design
shall accommodate certain Build-to-Order (BTO) optional components that may be
factory installed to customize the tablet to a customer’s specific
requirements. Design Requirements for the Build-to-Order options are covered in
section 2.5.1.7.

 

The items identified in Table
2-4 represent Build-to-Order (BTO) optional components that may be ordered and
factory installed in the Wildcat tablet. These BTO components may be mounted in
the internal PCMCIA slot, in the internal Mini-PCI slot, in the OEM module
location or may represent components populated on the MLB.

 

12

 

Table 2-4 — Build to
Order Components

 

	
  Ref

  	
   

  	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Supplier

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  WLAN

  	
   

  	
  PCMCIA WLAN
  Adapter

  	
   

  	
  Symbol

  	
   

  	
  Spectrum 24 (11
  Mbps & 54 Mbps)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  WLAN

  	
   

  	
  PCMCIA WLAN
  Adapter

  	
   

  	
  Cisco Systems

  	
   

  	
  Aeronet 350

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  BTR

  	
   

  	
  Bluetooth Radio
  Module

  	
   

  	
  Custom Design

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CDPD

  	
   

  	
  CDPD PCMCIA
  Adapter

  	
   

  	
  Sierra

  	
   

  	
  Aircard 300

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CDMA 1x

  	
   

  	
  CDMA PCMCIA
  Adapter & OEM

  	
   

  	
  Sierra

  	
   

  	
  Aircard 500

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  GSM/GPRS

  	
   

  	
  GPRS PCMCIA
  Adapter

  	
   

  	
  Sierra

  	
   

  	
  Aircard 750

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  PDR/GPRS

  	
   

  	
  PDR OEM Module

  	
   

  	
  RIM

  	
   

  	
  1902G

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPS

  	
   

  	
  Integrated GPS
  Module

  	
   

  	
  Custom Design

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Modem

  	
   

  	
  USB External
  Modem

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Antenna (2)

  	
   

  	
  Wideband 800 MHz
  to 5.8 GHz

  	
   

  	
  Xplore
  Technologies

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Hard Disk Drive

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba 20 GB

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba

  	
   

  	
  MK2018GAP (20gb)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Hard Disk Drive

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba 40 GB

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba

  	
   

  	
  MK4018GAP (40gb)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
  128 MB

  	
   

  	
  Various (note 2)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
  256 MB

  	
   

  	
  Various (note 2)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
  512 MB

  	
   

  	
  Various (note 2)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CPU

  	
   

  	
  Optional 933MHz
  ULV

  	
   

  	
  Intel (note 1)

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module

  	
   

  	
  Fingerprint
  Scanner

  	
   

  	
  note 3

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module

  	
   

  	
  Digital Camera

  	
   

  	
  note 3

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module

  	
   

  	
  GPS Module

  	
   

  	
  note 3

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  

 

Notes:

 

1.             This option is soldered directly onto the MLB and may
only be installed at the factory during initial assembly or at an authorized
service repair facility. Projected availability is Q2 2003.

 

2.             The specific vendor is not critical. These components
may be selected by the design agency and compatibility confirmed during engineering
development

 

3.             The XPL modules will be mechanically designed as part of
the Lynx development program. Xplore Technologies will complete module
electrical design in partnership with specific OEM manufacturers. Lynx program
integration for the XPL modules shall be limited to verifying module
installation and fit and conformance to tablet environmental requirements.

 

2.3.3.1    Build-to-Order Configuration Matrix

 

The BTO options may be
installed in various combinations as shown in Table 2-5 below. The individual
components may occupy any of the three (3) available BTO locations (PCMCIA,
Mini-PCI or OEM) as appropriate. However, full qualification against all
possible combinations of vendor component need not be qualified since only
specific BTO components may be ordered and installed in the Wildcat tablet.
Based on the specific BTO components identified in Table 2-4 (as revised during
product development), the corresponding configurations from Table 2-5 shall be
functionally qualified and verified against the functional, EMI/EMC, and
regulatory requirements of this document.

 

13

 

Table 2-5 — BTO
Qualification Configuration Matrix

 

	
  BTO
  Options

  	
   

  	
  WLAN

  	
   

  	
  CDMA
  1x

  	
   

  	
  CDPD

  	
   

  	
  GPRS

  	
   

  	
  PDR

  	
   

  	
  BTR

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  

 

2.3.3.2    Optional Qualified Components

 

The Wildcat product line
contains a number of optional components that can be ordered for use with the
tablet. The tablet qualification program shall include these components during
product development to ensure operational compatibility as well as
environmental and regulatory compliance. The baseline set of optional
components with which the tablet shall be qualified is shown in Table 2-6.
Responsibility for component development, manufacturing and/or procurement, and
factory shipment of these items shall be defined in the product development
contract and associated statement of work.

 

Table 2-6 — Optional
Qualified Components

 

	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Suggested
  Supplier

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
  USB Mini
  Keyboard

  	
   

  	
  Color
  Coordinated, Branded

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wireless
  Keyboard

  	
   

  	
  Backlit for
  Mobile Applications

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  USB Floppy Drive
  (external)

  	
   

  	
  Color
  Coordinated, Branded

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  USB CDROM Drive
  (external)

  	
   

  	
  Color
  Coordinated, Branded

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Active Pen

  	
   

  	
  Replacement for
  Wacom Digitizer

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Battery
  Li-polymer 4500 mA

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Battery
  Li-polymer 9000 mA

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  AC/DC Charger

  	
   

  	
  Desktop Charger,
  12V, 5 amp

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Microphone/Headset

  	
   

  	
  Stereo Headset
  and Boom Mic

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Fingerprint
  Scanner

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module
  (Mechanical fit only)

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Digital Camera

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module
  (Mechanical fit only)

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  GPS Module

  	
   

  	
  XPL Module
  (Mechanical fit only)

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

14

 

2.4          Microsoft
PC Compliance

 

The Wildcat family of tablet PC products is designed
to provide a full-featured Microsoft Windows based desktop replacement system
for use in field application and harsh outdoor environments. Therefore, the
Wildcat tablet products shall be compliant with Microsoft’s design guidelines
for Windows based computer systems as identified below.

 

2.4.1       MS
PC 2001 Compliance

 

The Wildcat tablet must meet the requirements
specified in the Microsoft PC2001 System Design technical reference.
Specifically, the Wildcat shall be compliant with the following requirements:

 

•                            SYS—0001.
System performance meets PC 2001 minimum requirements

•                            SYS—0002. System design meets ACPI 1.0b specification and PC 2001
requirements

•                            SYS—0003. Hardware design
supports OnNow and Instantly Available PC initiatives

•                            BIOS—0004.
BIOS meets PC 2001 requirements for OnNow/Instantly Available PC support

•                            BIOS—0005.
BIOS includes local boot support

•                            BIOS—0006.
BIOS supports SMBIOS 2.3

•                            BIOS—0007.
BIOS and CMOS properly accommodate all dates

•                            BIOS—0008.
BIOS supports security

•                            BIOS—0009.
BIOS supports BIOS updates and revisions

•                            BIOS—0010.
System BIOS supports debug port

•                            BIOS—0011.
System BIOS and option ROMs support Int 13h Extensions

•                            BIOS—0012.
ROM BIOS interrupt handlers preserve values in all registers

•                            BIOS—0014.
BIOS supports remote boot

•                            BIOS—0015.
BIOS supports ACPI legacy-free reporting mechanism

•                            BIOS—0016.
BIOS does not configure I/O systems to share PCI interrupts

•                            BIOS—0017.
BIOS configures boot device IRQ and writes to the interrupt line register

•                            BIOS—0018.
System BIOS supports ATA

•                            BIOS—0019.
BIOS enumeration of all ATAPI devices complies with ATA/ATAPI-5

•                            SYS—0020.
System and component design practices follow accessibility requirements

•                            SYS—0021.
PC 2001 system includes USB with two user-accessible USB ports, minimum

•                            SYS—0022.
If IEEE 1394 is implemented, all components meet PC 2001 requirements

•                            SYS—0023.
System buses meet PC 2001 requirements

•                            SYS—0024.
If CardBus is implemented, all components meet PC 2001 requirements

•                            SYS—0025.
Each device, device driver, and installation of either device or driver, meet
PC 2001 requirements

•                            SYS—0026.
Each bus and device meets Plug and Play specifications

•                            SYS—0027.
Unique Plug and Play device ID provided for each system device and add-on
device

•                            SYS—0029.
Minimal user interaction needed to install and configure devices

•                            SYS—0030. Hot-plugging capabilities for buses and
devices meet PC 2001 requirements

•                            SYS—0032. Multifunction device meets PC 2001 device requirements for each
device

•                            SYS—0033. Each bus meets written specifications and PC 2001 requirements

•                            SYS—0037. If Digital Video Interface is implemented, components comply with PC
2001 requirements

•                            SYS—0038. PC 2001 system includes hard disk and controller

•                            SYS—0041. System does not include ISA expansion devices or slots

•                            SYS—0042. Preinstalled components and upgrades do not require MS-DOS or
legacy interfaces

•                            SYS—0067. Secondary boot and upgrade capability is independent of FDC-based
floppy disk drive

•                            BIOS—0043. BIOS supports required interrupts

•                            BIOS—0013. BIOS supports legacy removal

•                            BIOS—0045. No legacy ports detected

 

15

 

•                            SYS-0040.
If implemented, floppy disk capabilities do not use legacy FDC

•                            SYS-0047.
A20M# is always de-asserted (pulled high) at the processor

•                            SYS-0046.
System supports legacy-free debug capabilities

•                            SYS-0048.
System supports WHIIG

 

In addition to the basic PC2001 System specifications,
the Wildcat tablet shall also comply with all requirements for Mobile PCs.
Specifically, the Wildcat shall be compliant with the following Mobile PC
requirements:

 

•                            MOBL-0061.
Mobile PC performance meets Mobile PC 2001 minimum requirements

•                            MOBL-0062.
Mobile PC supports Smart Battery or ACPI Control Method battery

•                            MOBL-0063.
Mobile PC includes at least one USB port

•                            MOBL-0064.
If implemented, Mobile PC includes compliant IEEE 1394

•                            MOBL-0065.
Mobile PC includes CardBus

•                            MOBL-0066.
Mobile PC keyboard and pointing device meet PC 2001 Mobile requirements

•                            MOBL-0069.
Mobile PC meets PC 2001 Mobile graphics and video requirements

•                            MOBL-0070.
Mobile PC includes PC 2001 hard disk as primary boot device

•                            MOBL-0071.
Communications capabilities meet Mobile PC 2001 requirements

•                            MOBL-0072.
If implemented, CD or DVD drive meets PC 2001 requirements

•                            MOBL-0073.
Docked mobile PC has the ability to identify the specific model of the dock and
to uniquely identify the dock itself

•                            MOBL-0074.
Docked mobile PC combination meets PC 2001 Mobile requirements

•                            MOBL-0075.
Docking station includes driver support

•                            MOBL-0076.
Docked mobile PC meets PC 2001 BIOS requirements

•                            MOBL-0077.
Pre-PC 2001 docking station requirements

•                            MOBL-0078.
Mobile/docking station interface uses ACPI-defined mechanisms

•                            MOBL-0079.
Docking station supports warm docking

•                            MOBL-0080.
Docking system supports fail-safe docking

 

2.4.2       MS Tablet PC Compliance

 

The Wildcat family of tablet
PCs shall meet the supplementary hardware requirements identified by Microsoft
to be compatible with the Windows XP Tablet PC Specification. Specifically,
these requirements pertain to active digitizer selection, digitizer resolution,
quick boot from power state S3 to S0 in less than 2 seconds, automatic
transition from S3 to S4 on low battery detection, XGA screen resolution,
surprise docking and undocking and legacy free BIOS requirements. The digitizer
requirements shall be met when using the active RF digitizer interface.

 

16

 

2.5          Design Requirements

 

The following sections define
the requirements for all of the input/output interfaces including
board-to-board interconnections, tablet to peripheral interconnections and
tablet to docking station interconnections.

 

2.5.1       Tablet Requirements

 

The following sections
identify the functional requirements for the Wildcat tablet.

 

[***]

 

Figure 2-2 — Wildcat
Functional Block Diagram

 

2.5.1.1    Functional Block Diagram

 

The breakdown of the internal
functions of the Wildcat tablet is shown in Figure 2-2. The baseline Wildcat
tablet internal arrangement includes the following Printed Circuit Board (PCB)
assemblies: 1) a Main Logic Board (MLB), 2) a Power Supply Board (PSB), and 3)
a Keypad Controller Board (KCB). The remaining components are connected to the
main PCBs with custom flex harnesses.

 

 

[***]    Confidential treatment requested pursuant to
a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17

 

2.5.1.2     Main Logic Board Primary Components

 

The Wildcat tablet PC is
based on the Intel Mobile Pentium III-M processor and the associated Intel 830M
chipset. This combination provides power saving SpeedStep support, high speed
integrated 2D/3D graphics, integrated AC’97 Audio, integrated 10/100 Ethernet
and integrated 6 port USB hub. The primary MLB components selected for the
Wildcat tablet are shown in Table 2-7.

 

Table 2-7 — Wildcat MLB
Components

 

	
  Ref

  	
   

  	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Suggested Supplier

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CPU

  	
   

  	
  PIII 866 MHz, ULV, BGA (Primary) (PGA Optional)

  	
   

  	
  Intel PIII-M

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Graphics/Memory Controller Hub

  	
   

  	
  1GB PC133 SDRAM Support Integrated 2D/3D Graphics
  Integrated 330 MHz RAMDAC Direct RDRAM Interface

  	
   

  	
  Intel GMCH-M

  	
   

  	
  82830M

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  I/O Controller Hub

  	
   

  	
  PCI 2.2 Bridge

  Ultra ATA 100/66 BMIDE IEEE 802.3x LAN with WOL 6 x USB 1.1 Ports AC97 Audio,
  SMBus 2.0

  	
   

  	
  Intel ICH-3

  	
   

  	
  82801 CAM

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Firmware Hub

  	
   

  	
  LPC Controller, Super I/O

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  PC87591

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  LAN Connect

  	
   

  	
  10/100 LAN

  	
   

  	
  Reltek

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Memory

  	
   

  	
  1 x 144 pin PC133 SODIMM, 3.3v, 128MB/256MB/512MB

  	
   

  	
  Various, ruggedized

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  BIOS

  	
   

  	
  Legacy Free

  	
   

  	
  Phoenix or equivalent

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Audio Codec

  	
   

  	
  AC’97 Rev 2.1 Compliant

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  ALC-201

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Audio Amplifier

  	
   

  	
  2.2 Watt, Headphone Support

  	
   

  	
  National Semiconductor

  	
   

  	
  LM4835

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0 Hub

  	
   

  	
  5 x USB 2.0 Ports

  	
   

  	
  NEC

  	
   

  	
  μPD720100A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Front Panel Interface

  	
   

  	
  USB, on Front Panel Flex

  	
   

  	
  MicroChip

  	
   

  	
  PIC16C745

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Digitizer Controller

  	
   

  	
  4 or 8-Wire Controller, USB, Integrated into MLB

  	
   

  	
  Semtech

  	
   

  	
  UR7HCTS2-U860

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Digitizer Controller

  	
   

  	
  RF Inductive, USB,

  Integrated into MLB

  	
   

  	
  Microchip (USB Port), National Semiconductor

  	
   

  	
  PIC16C745 μPD780024

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  LVDS Encoder

  	
   

  	
  Direct GMCH Support

  	
   

  	
  Intel

  	
   

  	
  FW82807A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  DVI Transmitter

  	
   

  	
  Direct GMCH Support

  	
   

  	
  Texas Instruments

  	
   

  	
  TFP410

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  PCI/OHCI Controller

  	
   

  	
  Type II Low Profile PCMCIA

  	
   

  	
  Texas Instruments

  	
   

  	
  PCI1410A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  IEEE1394a

  	
   

  	
  Firewire Tranceiver, 2 channel

  	
   

  	
  Texas Instruments

  	
   

  	
  TSB43AB22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  PCMCIA Power

  	
   

  	
  PCMCIA Power Switch

  	
   

  	
  Texas Instruments

  	
   

  	
  TPS2211A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Graphics Controller

  	
   

  	
  Integrated into 830M chipset

  	
   

  	
  Intel

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Graphics Memory

  	
   

  	
  32 MB

  	
   

  	
  Shared with System RAM

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  GPS Receiver

  	
   

  	
  Integrated Build-to-Order Option

  	
   

  	
  Custom Module or XPL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Bluetooth Radio

  	
   

  	
  Integrated Build-to-Order Option

  	
   

  	
  Custom Module or XPL

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

18

 

2.5.1.3     Liquid Crystal Display Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
include a Liquid Crystal Display of appropriate size for the family member as
identified in section 2.1. The display mounting shall accommodate displays
using either Transmissive or Transflective construction. The type of display
shall be handled as a Build-to-Order option. The interface to the display shall
utilize Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) to minimize radiated
emissions.

 

2.5.1.4     LCD Backlight

 

The display shall be fitted
with a cold cathode fluorescent backlight with an adjustment range of 0 to 100%
in a minimum of 16 steps (256+ steps desired). The backlight illumination level
corresponding to these 16 steps shall be determined during engineering
development. On its highest setting, the brightness of the display shall be
equal to or greater than the display’s specified brightness. On its lowest
setting, the backlight shall be off.

 

The backlight level shall be
adjustable either automatically, based on ambient light level, or manually
using a front panel control switch. The backlight operating mode shall be
selectable to either MANUAL or AUTO mode using the front panel controls as
identified below and illustrated in Figure 2-3. An green LED shall be provided
near the front panel controls to indicate the backlight control operating mode.
When the system is operating in AUTO mode, the LED shall be illuminated. When
the system is operating in MANUAL mode, the LED shall be off. The default
operating mode to be used at system boot shall be selectable in the system
BIOS.

 

The tablet shall include an
additional front panel control switch to override the backlight control to
switch the backlight off and on with a single command. The backlight on/off
control shall be multiplexed with the power control key and shall function as
identified in section 2.5.1.6.1.5. The on/off control shall not affect the
backlight control mode in effect and shall restore control to the proper mode
when the backlight is toggled on. When operating in MANUAL mode, the on/off
control shall save the illumination level in effect when the backlight is
toggled OFF and shall restore that level when the backlight is toggled ON.

 

2.5.1.4.1   LCD
Backlight Manual Control

 

When the backlight control is
in MANUAL mode, illumination level shall be selectable by the user. To provide
for manual control, the tablet shall include SPST brightness slew switches to
allow the user to adjust the backlight brightness both up and down. The slew
switches shall be located in a position that is readily accessible to the user
when using the tablet in either landscape or portrait mode. The backlight
operating mode may be switched to AUTO by simultaneously pressing both slew
switches.

 

If the MANUAL control mode is
selected as the default mode in the system BIOS, the tablet shall enter MANUAL
mode upon system boot as shown in Figure 2-3. The backlight illumination level
shall be set to the level in effect at the previous system shutdown or to 50%
if no previous level has been recorded. Upon system shutdown, if the MANUAL
mode is selected as the default mode in the system BIOS and the backlight
operating mode at shutdown is MANUAL, then the system shall record the
illumination level in effect at shutdown and use this value as the default at
the next system boot. If the operating mode at shutdown is AUTO, then the
system shall ignore the illumination level in effect at shutdown, and shall
maintain the previously recorded default backlight level

 

19

 

2.5.1.4.2   LCD
Backlight Automatic Control

 

When the backlight control is
in AUTO mode, the tablet BIOS software shall control illumination level. To
provide for automatic control, the Wildcat tablet software shall be equipped
with a front panel mounted light sensor to monitor and measure the ambient
background illumination level. When operating in AUTO mode, the system BIOS
shall provide a minimum of four (4) different LCD backlight power levels to
correspond to different ambient illumination levels. The specific illumination
levels corresponding to these power levels shall be determined during design
and engineering test. The preprogrammed illumination levels shall be
reprogrammable through the system BIOS. The backlight operating mode may be
switched to MANUAL by pressing either brightness slew switch.

 

If the AUTO control mode is
selected as the default mode in the system BIOS, the tablet shall enter AUTO
mode upon system boot as shown in Figure 2-3. The backlight illumination level
shall be set automatically based on measured ambient light level. Upon system
shutdown, if the backlight control is operating in AUTO mode or AUTO mode is
selected as the default operating mode in the system BIOS, then the system
shall ignore the illumination level in effect at shutdown and shall maintain
the previously recorded default backlight level.

 

Figure 2-3 — Backlight
Control State Diagram

 

 

20

 

2.5.1.5    Front Panel Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
contain integrated circuitry to interface with a resistive display digitizer
(touch screen), an RF active pen digitizer and a multi-function keypad, as
identified below. These functions shall be accessed through the integrated USB
1.1 interface and shall include driver software for Windows 2000 and Windows
XP. Each of these functions shall use a dedicated USB 1.1 channel provided by
the Intel ICH-3. The front panel controls and digitizers shall support Windows ‘wake
up from sleep’ functionality.

 

2.5.1.6    Digitizer Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
contain integrated digitizer controllers to interface with a front panel digitizer
(touch screen). One of the integrated controllers shall be capable of operating
a resistive touch screen. The other integrated controller shall be capable of
interfacing with an active pen, RF touch screen. The detailed controller
requirements are defined in the following sections. The tablet MLB design shall
allow for the simultaneous installation of both digitizer types.

 

Each digitizer controller
design shall be fully compliant with Windows USB HID specifications and shall
work with all native Windows 2000 and Windows XP drivers. The controller design
shall support handwriting recognition, through the touch screen interface,
using either type of touch screen technology. The software shall include a
Windows based Control Panel application to provide for multi-point digitizer
calibration and diagnostics. The number of calibration points and the
calibration layout shall be selectable by the user during calibration.

 

2.5.1.6.1.1   Resistive
Digitizer

 

The digitizer controller
shall support both a 4-wire and 8-wire resistive touch screen, as a minimum.
The controller shall interface with the CPU through one of the integrated USB
1.1 serial data ports. The digitizer controller shall provide for at least 1000
points resolution in both the X and Y axes. The data conversion rate shall be
adequate to support handwriting recognition through the touch screen interface.

 

The baseline design includes
a custom Dynapro or equivalent 4-Wire touch panel combined with the Semtech
UR7HCTS2-U860 or equivalent controller. The Semtech controller includes an
integrated USB 1.1 compliant SIE, a four channel 10-bit A/D converter and a
supporting microcontroller in a single 36-pin SSOP package.

 

2.5.1.6.1.2   Active
Pen Digitizer

 

The active digitizer
controller shall provide support for an active pen, RF digitizer. The active
pen interface shall provide a touch screen resolution of at least 600
points/inch in compliance with Windows Tablet PC specifications. The active
controller shall interface with the CPU through one of the integrated USB 1.1
serial data ports.

 

The baseline design includes
the Wacom Integrated Sensor Device (ISD) electromagnetic resonance sensor. The
Wacom sensor is designed to interface with the Wacom W8001 controller IC that
comes mounted to the RF antenna assembly. The Wacom W8001 reference design
includes an embedded microprocessor for driving the interface from a standard
USB 1.1 serial data port. Wacom provides all embedded and Windows HID driver
software for their digitizer that is customized to the specific application.
The system developer is responsible for integrating the Wacom code into the
tablet and ensuring proper integration and operation with the operating system.

 

21

2.5.1.6.1.3   Function
Keypad Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
contain a set of function keys on the front panel. These function keys may be
programmed by the user to perform special purpose functions. The keypad shall
also contains a five-way stick switch control and two associated buttons that
may be used to emulate a standard three-button mouse control. The front panel
key switches and mouse control shall be controlled by a dedicated front panel
controller. The front panel controller shall interface with the MLB through
connector containing, as a minimum, the interface signals identified in Table
2-8. The front panel controller shall communicate with the operating system
software through one of the ICH-3 integrated USB 1.1 serial data ports. The
function key interface shall be programmed to appear to the Windows Operating
System as a Microsoft compatible USB keyboard device with integrated mouse
control.

 

Table 2-8 —
Function Key Interface

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Signal

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Tolerance

  	
   

  	
  Remarks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PWR

  	
   

  	
  +5 Vdc Power

  	
   

  	
  ±10

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  GND

  	
   

  	
  Power Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  CLK

  	
   

  	
  24 MHz System Clock

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  PWRON

  	
   

  	
  Power On Signal

  	
   

  	
  On = <200 milliohms
  to ground

  Off = >10 Meg Ohms

  	
   

  	
  Ground/Open Discrete

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  D+

  	
   

  	
  USB 1.1 Interface

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  D-

  	
   

  	
  USB 1.1 Interface

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2.5.1.6.1.4   Programmable
Function Keys

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include 6 function keys
located on the front panel display. The function keys shall meet the
requirements of Table 2-9. One of the keys shall be hardwired as a dedicated
Power/Display key. The other keys shall be programmable to emulate any of the
standard F1 through F12 keyboard function keys. The mapping of the key switch
to function key shall be programmable from within a Windows Control Panel
application.

 

Table 2-9 —
Function Key Mechanical Requirements

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Requirement

  
	
  Operating Force

  	
   

  	
  >200 grams
  (2.0 N)

  
	
  Travel

  	
   

  	
  >0.5mm

  
	
  Operating Life

  	
   

  	
  >1 million
  cycles

  
	
  Operating
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  -40°C to +85°C

  
	
  Switching
  Capability

  	
   

  	
  >= 20 mA, 15
  Vdc

  
	
  Contact
  Resistance

  	
   

  	
  <100 m Ohms

  
	
  Contact Bounce

  	
   

  	
  <10 ms

  
	
  Switch Contact
  Arrangement

  	
   

  	
  SPST, Momentary,
  Normally Open

  
	
  Suggested Source
  of Supply

  	
   

  	
  Panasonic EVQP2

  

 

 

22

 

2.5.1.6.1.5   Front Panel
Power Switch

 

The power key shall be used to turn the tablet on and
off (soft off). The power key shall also be used to switch the LCD backlight on
and off. The operation of the power switch shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ACPI Specification 2.0 and shall cause a signal to be sent to
the CPU requesting a power down event. The effect of the request on system
operation shall be selectable by the user. The power key shall function in
accordance with the following:

 

·                  Press
and hold the key for > four (4) seconds shall cause an ACPI power change
request to be sent to the operating system. This request shall have the effect
of causing the tablet to change operating mode. If the tablet is in a
mechanically off state (G3) or in a low power state (S1-S5), this action shall
cause the tablet to enter the normal run state (G0). If the tablet is in a
running state (G0), this action shall cause the tablet to enter one of the low
power states (S1-S5 or G3). By default, this action shall be to enter a
soft-off state (G2/S5). The specific low power state resulting from the power
change request shall be programmable in the tablet BIOS and selectable through
a Windows Control Panel application to be any of the sleep states (S1-S5) or
the mechanically off state (G3).

 

·                  Press
and release the key within 2 seconds shall cause the tablet to toggle the LCD
backlight. This operation shall not send an ACPI power change request to the
operating system. If the backlight is on, this action shall cause the backlight
to be switched off. The brightness level at which the display was operating
shall be saved. If the backlight is off, this action shall cause the backlight
to be switched on. The brightness level shall be set to be the same as the
level in effect when the backlight was switched off. If no brightness level was
set, then this action shall cause the backlight to be switched on at
predetermined brightness. The brightness level to be used shall be programmable
in the tablet BIOS and selectable through a Windows Control Panel application.

 

2.5.1.6.1.6   Embedded
Joystick Mouse

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include a five-way stick
switch and two associated key switches located on the front panel. The stick
switch control shall meet the functional requirements of Table 2-10. The
associated single action key switches shall meet the functional requirements of
Table 2-9. These controls shall be programmable to emulate a standard Windows
compatible three-button mouse. The four (4) pivot switch positions shall be
used as a slew control to set the Windows cursor position. The sensitivity
(scaling) of the slew control shall be programmable through a Windows Control
Panel application. The stick switch press position and the two separate keypad
switches shall be used to emulate the three mouse buttons. The three switches
shall be programmable to emulate the left, center or right button of a
three-button mouse. The mapping of switch to mouse button shall be selectable
through a Windows Control Panel application.

 

Table 2-10 — Stick
Switch Mechanical Requirements

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Requirement

  
	
  Operating Force

  	
   

  	
  >200 grams
  (2.0 N) Push, >120 grams (1.2 N) Lean

  
	
  Travel

  	
   

  	
  >0.1mm Push,
  5° Lean

  
	
  Operating Life

  	
   

  	
  >300k cycles,
  all axes

  
	
  Operating
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  -40°C to+85°C

  
	
  Switching
  Capability

  	
   

  	
  >= 20 mA 15
  Vdc

  
	
  Contact
  Resistance

  	
   

  	
  <100 m Ohms

  
	
  Contact Bounce

  	
   

  	
  <10 ms

  
	
  Switch Contact
  Arrangement

  	
   

  	
  SPST, Momentary,
  Normally Open

  
	
  Suggested Source
  of Supply

  	
   

  	
  Panasonic EVQWH

  

 

23

 

2.5.1.7   Built-to-Order
Provisions

 

The Wildcat tablet design
shall provide for the installation of optional Build-to-Order components as
identified in Table 2-4. The following requirements pertain to all BTO
components installed in the PCMCIA, Mini-PCI and OEM locations, any associated
radio antennas, as well as the HDD and system memory modules. BTO options
soldered directly on the MLB (i.e., graphics memory D-RDRAM) are exempt from
this requirement and may only be installed at the factory or at an authorized
repair center.

 

2.5.1.7.1   Build-to-Order
Access

 

The Wildcat tablet design
shall provide an isolated compartment with an access cover in the back surface
to allow for routine system maintenance, installation and replacement of the
Build-to-Order (BTO) components. Opening of the BTO access cover and removal,
installation or replacement of BTO components shall not require breaking the
environmental seal for the main electronics area of the tablet. Custom flex
harnesses or dedicated connectors shall be provided in the BTO area for connection
of the BTO options. The BTO compartment may be fitted with a removable EMI
shield inside the tablet enclosure to meet the regulatory requirements of
section 3.3 and 3.4. The following sections detail the specific BTO access
options required to be provided within the BTO compartment.

 

2.5.1.7.2   BIOS
Reprogramming Connector

 

The BTO compartment shall
contain dedicated header style programming connectors to allow for remote
programming of all system BIOS flash memory components. This shall include the main
system BIOS, the keyboard BIOS (if used) and any other customizable embedded
firmware required to allow the system to boot normally into the Windows
operating system. One time programmable and UV erasable devices, and embedded
controllers which may be reprogrammed after the system boots normally are
exempt from this requirement. The design of the MLB shall allow the flash
memory components to be powered through the programming connector without the
need to power the entire MLB. Reprogramming of the internal flash components
shall be possible through the programming connector without the need to open
the tablet’s main electronics enclosure. If the system design includes a system
boot block capability allowing the BIOS to be flashed through the integrated
USB port, then the requirements of this section are waived.

 

2.5.1.7.3   HDD Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
implement an industry standard ATAPI interface compatible with existing
ruggedized ATA/IDE 2.5” hard disk drives. The BTO compartment shall include a
50-pin ATAPI interface connector for connection of a Master ATA/IDE device. The
BTO drive enclosure area shall accommodate mounting a single standard 2.5” HDD
(9.5mm x 100mm x 70mm) within the tablet enclosure. The drive enclosure area
shall include vibration isolation sufficient to limit the vibration input to
the disk drive to a maximum of 1g-rms, 5 - 500 Hz when exposed to the vibration
environment specified in section 3.2. The isolation shall limit the peak shock
input to the drive to 150g’s when exposed to the shock environment specified in
section 3.2. The mounting of the hard disk drive shall allow for shop
replacement of the drive without special tools. Installation and/or replacement
of the HDD shall be through the BTO access panel without opening the tablet
electronics enclosure.

 

24

 

2.5.1.7.4   PCMCIA Interface

 

The BTO compartment shall
include a single Type II PCMCIA slot to accommodate Build-to-Order options. The
tablet’s PCMCIA power control circuitry shall be capable of supplying up to 1
amp continuously through the card slot AVCC input (both 5Vdc and 3.3Vdc) and up
to 150 ma. continuously through the AVPP input (3.3Vdc, 5Vdc and 12Vdc). The
card slot shall be CardBus compatible. The card slot shall allow for shop
replacement of the BTO options and shall be accessible through the BTO access
panel without opening the tablet electronic enclosure.

 

2.5.1.7.5   Mini-PCI
Interface

 

The BTO compartment shall
include a single Mini-PCI port to allow for the installation of Build-to-Order
options. The tablet shall provide power control circuitry to protect power to
the Mini-PCI port. The tablet’s power control circuitry shall be capable of
providing up to 1 amp continuously through the port’s 3.3Vdc and 5Vdc inputs.
The Mini-PCI slot shall allow for shop replacement of the BTO options and shall
be accessible through the BTO access panel without opening the tablet
electronic enclosure.

 

2.5.1.7.6   OEM Module
Interface

 

The BTO compartment shall
include space for mounting standard OEM modules to allow for the installation
of Build-to-Order options. The interface to the OEM modules shall be through a
dedicated connector. The pinout of the OEM connector is identified in Table
2-11. The OEM module attachment shall allow for shop replacement of the BTO
options and shall be accessible through the BTO access panel without opening
the tablet electronic enclosure.

 

Table 2-11 — OEM
Interface Connector Pinout

 

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Signal

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Tolerance

  	
   

  	
  Destination

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
  Signals to be compatible with selected OEM Modules
  as determined during development

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2.5.1.7.7   XPL Modules

 

The Wildcat development
program shall include the development of custom external modules to be used
with the XPL expansion ports defined in section 2.5.1.18.4. These modules will
be populated by external OEM manufacturers to construct the BTO expansion
modules identified in Table 2-4. The Wildcat program shall be responsible for
all industrial and mechanical design of these modules to ensure physical
compatibility with the tablet enclosure. The minimum internal size of the
modules shall be defined by Xplore Technologies during the engineering
development program. Electrical design and construction of the modules shall be
the responsibility of Xplore Technologies and its outside OEM partners.

 

2.5.1.7.8   Custom
BTO Modules

 

The Wildcat tablet product
line shall include custom designed interface modules to provide specific BTO
radio options as identified below. These custom modules shall be developed as
part of the overall Wildcat tablet development program.

 

2.5.1.7.8.1   Interface
Connector

 

The custom BTO modules shall
be designed to interface with the integrated USB 1.1 ports provided by the
Intel 830M chipset. These modules shall interface with two (2) custom 10-pin
header connectors provided in the BTO area of the tablet. The pinouts of these
two (2) connectors shall be identical and shall conform to the requirements of
Table 2-12. The custom module interface shall

 

25

 

provide up to 300 ma. at 3.3
Vdc and up to 300 ma. at 5.0 Vdc to power the custom modules. The power
connections shall be current limited and over voltage protected in accordance
with the requirements of section 2.5.1.18.1.

 

Table 2-12 —
Custom BTO Connector Pinout

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Signal

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Tolerance

  	
   

  	
  Remarks

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PWR3

  	
   

  	
  +3.3 Vdc Power

  	
   

  	
  ±10%

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  PGND

  	
   

  	
  Power Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  RTCPWR

  	
   

  	
  +3.3 Vdc RTC Power

  	
   

  	
  1.85 Vdc to 3.6 Vdc

  	
   

  	
  Keep Alive Power

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  D+

  	
   

  	
  USB 1.1 Interface

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  D-

  	
   

  	
  USB 1.1 Interface

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  DGND

  	
   

  	
  Digital Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  Spare

  	
   

  	
  Spare

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  Spare

  	
   

  	
  Spare

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  PGND

  	
   

  	
  Power Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  PWR5

  	
   

  	
  +5 Vdc Power

  	
   

  	
  ±10%

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2.5.1.7.8.2   Embedded
GPS

 

(This requirements has been
deleted for Revision 1.2)

 

2.5.1.7.8.3   Embedded
Bluetooth Radio

 

The BTO compartment shall
contain provision for installing a custom Bluetooth radio. The Bluetooth radio
module shall interface with the Wildcat tablet through one of the USB 1.1
serial data channels provided by the ICH-3. The Wildcat shall be designed and
qualified with the Bluetooth radio module installed. However, factory
installation of the Bluetooth module shall be a Build-to-Order option.

 

2.5.1.7.8.3.1   Bluetooth
Receiver

 

The Wildcat Bluetooth radio
module shall include a chipset or multi-chip module meeting the requirements of
Table 2-13. Installation of the Bluetooth radio module in production shall be a
Build-to-Order option.

 

Table 2-13 —
Bluetooth Radio Module Requirements

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  Suggested
  Supplier

  	
   

  	
  Ericsson

  
	
  Link

  	
   

  	
  http://www.
  ericsson.com/

  
	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Bluetooth
  Multi-chip Module

  
	
  Part Number

  	
   

  	
  ROK 104001

  
	
  Form factor

  	
   

  	
  Multi-Chip
  Module

  
	
  Operating
  frequency

  	
   

  	
  2.4 GHz

  
	
  Dimensions

  	
   

  	
  10.5 x 15.5 x
  2.1 mm

  
	
  Power

  	
   

  	
  3.3 Vdc +- 10%,
  <50 ma. max

  
	
  Input Impedance

  	
   

  	
  50 Ohms

  
	
  Operating
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  -20°C to +75°C

  
	
  Interface

  	
   

  	
  USB 1.1

  

 

26

 

2.5.1.7.8.3.2   Bluetooth
Antenna

 

The Bluetooth module shall utilize one of the high
band antennas identified in section 2.5.1.7.9.

 

2.5.1.7.8.4   RF Switch

 

The BTO compartment shall contain provision for
installing an RF switching module to allow for switching between one of the
internal antennas and an external antenna connected through the docking
connector interface. The switching module shall receive a ground/open ANTENNA
discrete from the docking station to control switching of the antenna. The RF
switching module may be combined with the Bluetooth module if desired. Factory
installation of the Bluetooth module shall be a Build-to-Order option.

 

2.5.1.7.9   Embedded BTO
Antenna Requirements

 

The tablet shall include provision for installing two
(2) custom antennas to support the installation of Build-to-Order radio
options. It is highly desired that the antennas shall both be broadband types
capable of covering the entire spectrum from 800 MHz to 5.8 GHz. As a minimum,
both of the antennas shall support the low band frequencies from 800 MHz to
1990 MHz supporting GSM, DCS and PCS applications. At least one of the antennas
shall support the 2.4 GHz industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) band
supporting 802.11b LAN and Bluetooth applications. At least one of the antennas
shall support the 5.2 GHz industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) band
supporting 802.11a LAN applications. The two antennas shall be capable of
simultaneous operation (on different bands) and shall allow operation of the
radios when using the tablet in either the portrait or the landscape
orientation. The antennas shall be integrated into the tablet housing with
minimal protrusion beyond the tablet envelope to maintain the ruggedness of the
overall tablet design. It is acceptable to have a custom antenna solution for
each of the Build-to-Order options. However, within each category, the mounting
of the antennas shall be compatible. A potential common antenna solution is
identified in the Table 2-14.

 

Table 2-14 — BTO
Radio Antenna Requirements

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  Suggested Supplier

  	
   

  	
  Moteco

  
	
  Link

  	
   

  	
  http://www.moteco.com

  
	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  Multi-Band, Embedded,
  (custom design)

  
	
  Frequency Band

  	
   

  	
  800 MHz to 5800 MHz

  
	
  Gain

  	
   

  	
  >0 dBi

  
	
  Connector

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  VSWR

  	
   

  	
  <3.0:1

  
	
  Impedance

  	
   

  	
  50 ohm unbalanced

  
	
  Dimensions

  	
   

  	
  Approx. 36 x 35 x TBD
  mm (custom designed to fit Lynx enclosure)

  

 

2.5.1.8   System Memory
Interface

 

The Wildcat tablet shall accommodate a single custom
multi-chip memory module. The memory module shall support industry standard
3.3v, PC-133 registered SDRAM memory components and allow expansion up to a
maximum capacity of 1024 MB in the following configurations: 128MB, 256MB,
512MB, 1024MB. The memory module shall be mounted to the MLB by means of
impedance matched board-to-board connector(s) to provide reliable operation in
a high ‘g’ shock and vibration environment. The location of the memory
connector(s) shall allow for factory and depot level

 

27

 

replacement through the Build-to-Order access panel.
Removal of an environmental seal within the BTO compartment to access the MLB
is allowed but removal and replacement of the system memory shall not require
disassembly of the tablet or opening of the main electronics enclosure.

 

2.5.1.9   Firmware Memory

 

The Wildcat tablet product shall maintain an unused
memory reserve to accommodate future software revisions. Electrically Erasable
flash memory shall be used for all System BIOS, Keyboard BIOS (if used), and
system setup parameter storage. No battery backed or other volatile memory
shall be used for the storage of system configuration and setup data including
system data required to resume from an S4 sleep state. The internal BIOS memory
shall be in circuit reprogrammable either through a dedicated programming
connector, as identified in section 2.5.1.7.2, or by means of a BIOS boot block
capability. The BIOS memory shall also be reprogrammable using a DOS utility
program as identified in section 2.7.3.2. The flash memory shall be sized to
provide at least a 50% unused memory reserve at the completion of system
integration testing. Code size estimates shall be presented as a part of the
Preliminary Design Review (PDR) to show that the 50% reserve requirement is
met. The 50% growth reserve shall not be used without the expressed written
consent of Xplore Technologies. In addition to the system flash memory
requirements identified above, all embedded processors used in the Wildcat MLB
design shall provide at least a 30% memory reserve.

 

The Engineering Verification Test (EVT) tablets shall
be fitted with socketed BIOS flash memory to simplify the initial system debug
and integration tasks.

 

2.5.1.10   Graphics Memory
Interface

 

The Intel GMCH-M controller supports using shared
SDRAM system memory to provide its display memory buffers. The Wildcat tablet
design shall include a system utility to allow the user to select the amount of
system memory dedicated for graphics memory storage in 16 MB increments from a
minimum of 16 MB to a maximum of 64 MB. The baseline design shall default to
the minimum value.

 

2.5.1.11   Embedded
Speaker Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain two (2) internal
speakers to provide AC’97 compatible stereo audio output. Each speaker shall
have a minimum power output rating of 1.0 watt with a frequency response of at
least 200 Hz to 16 KHz. Each speaker shall have a sound pressure level output
of at least 77 dB measured at 1 meter with one watt input power. The internal
speakers shall be disabled when an external headset is connected to the tablet’s
side speaker output jack. The internal speakers shall also be disabled when the
tablet is docked. The speaker enclosure area shall be isolated from the tablet’s
main electronics enclosure to ensure environmental integrity.

 

2.5.1.12   Embedded
Microphone Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain one (1) internal
noise-canceling microphone to provide for monaural voice input. The microphone
shall have a frequency response of at least 100 Hz to 10 kHz. Microphone
sensitivity shall be at least -50 dB. The signal to noise ration for the
microphone shall be greater than 50 dB. The microphone shall be interlocked
with the microphone jack to disconnect the internal microphone when an external
microphone is in use. The internal microphone shall also be disabled when the
tablet is docked. The microphone enclosure area shall be isolated from the
tablet’s main electronics enclosure to ensure environmental integrity.

 

28

 

2.5.1.13   Status
Indicator LED Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain a three color LED on the front panel
to indicate operating status to the user. The status LED shall be maintained in
one of six (6) states whenever the tablet is operating. The status LED states
are defined as follows:

•                  ST1 State,
Normal Operation, Steady Green: The status LED shall be shown in the ST1 State
when the tablet is running, the battery is fully charged and all tablet
function are operating normally. In the ST1 State, the status LED shall show a
steady green.

•                  ST2 State,
Battery Charging, Pulsing Green: The status LED shall be shown in the ST2 State
when the tablet is running and the battery is charging. In the ST2 State, the
status LED shall show green and shall pulse at a steady 0.5 Hz rate with a 50%
duty cycle (one second on, one second off).

•                  ST3 State, Low
Battery Charge, Pulsing Red: The status LED shall be shown in the ST3 State
when the tablet is running on battery power and the battery capacity remaining
is below 10%. In the ST3 State, the status LED shall show red and shall pulse
at a steady 1 Hz rate with a 50% duty cycle (one-half second on, one-half
second off). The battery level at which the status LED is switched to the ST3
State shall be settable through the BIOS and through a Windows utility program.

•                  ST4 State, Fault
Condition, Steady Red: The status LED shall be shown in the ST4 State when a
fault condition is detected that is preventing normal operation of the tablet.
This state may be triggered due to an excessive over/under temperature
condition, a voltage out of range condition, a memory fault or other hardware
fault that is preventing the tablet from operating normally. The status LED
shall also enter this state when running on battery power and less than 3%
battery capacity is remaining. The battery level at which the status LED is
switched to the ST4 State shall be settable through the BIOS and through a
Windows utility program. In the ST4 State, the status LED shall show a steady
red.

•                  ST5 State, Warm Up,
Steady Yellow: The status LED shall be shown in the ST5 State when the tablet
is running but the LCD is disabled due to its temperature being below
operational limits. The status LED shall remain in the ST5 state until the LCD
reaches operating temperature and them shall switch to the ST1 state. In the
ST5 State, the status LED shall show a steady yellow.

•                  ST6
State, Suspend, Pulsing Yellow: The status LED shall be shown in the ST5 State
when the tablet is in a suspend or sleep state. In the ST5 State, the status
LED shall show yellow and shall pulse at a steady 0.5 Hz rate with a 50% duty
cycle (one second on, one second off).

 

2.5.1.14    Mechanical
Power Switch

 

The Wildcat tablet shall incorporate a SPST switch to
force the tablet into a mechanically powered down state (G3). Activation of the
power switch shall remove all electrical power from the CPU, Memory and
supporting hardware. A small amount of power to the system Real Time Clock is
allowed but total power consumption must be less than 1ma in the powered down
state. The switch shall be located in a protected location to avoid inadvertent
operation by the user but must be accessible in a field environment. It is
recommended that the switch be located within the battery compartment. The
switch must be accessible without opening the tablet enclosure. Remote
activation of the switch is allowed to meet the requirements of this section.

 

29

 

2.5.1.15   Reset
Switch

 

The Wildcat tablet shall incorporate a momentary SPST
switch to force the tablet into a reset state. Activation of the reset switch
shall momentarily remove all electrical power from the CPU, Memory and
supporting hardware and simulate a cold boot from a G3 state. The switch shall
be located in a protected location to avoid inadvertent operation by the user
but must be accessible in a field environment. The switch shall be activated by
inserting the stylus tip through an opening in the tablet enclosure. The
opening shall be sealed to meet the environmental requirements of section 3.2.

 

2.5.1.16   Theft
Protection

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include attachment points for
installing a standard notebook PC security cable. The attachment points shall
allow the unit to be locked when mounted to the desktop docking station in
either a portrait or landscape configuration.

 

2.5.1.17   Battery
Requirements

 

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with two battery
systems as identified below.

 

2.5.1.17.1   Primary
Battery

 

The Wildcat tablet shall incorporate an internal
rechargeable Lithium chemistry battery. The battery solution shall allow for a
battery capacity suitable to meet the runtime requirements of section 2.6.3.
The battery shall contain protection, control and diagnostic circuitry and
shall contain an SMBus 2.0 compliant serial interface for communication with
the tablet charging circuitry. The battery shall be field replaceable and shall
support hot swapping in accordance with section 2.5.1.17.3.

 

The primary battery enclosure area shall be isolated
from the tablet’s main electronics enclosure to ensure environmental integrity
and allow for changing the battery is a harsh outdoor environment without
degradation to the tablet electronics.

 

The baseline battery of choice is a 7.6 volt
lithium-polymer battery to allow for direct charging of the battery from vehicle
12-volt power without the need for an external power supply adapter. The
baseline battery is based on two (2) of the Valence 74J cell2, rated at 4120
mAH, connected in series. This yields a nominal battery capacity of 7.6 volts,
4120 mAH or 31.3 Watt-Hours. The tablet design shall support an optional high
capacity battery composed of four (4) of the Valence cells, providing a nominal
battery capacity of 7.6 volts, 8240 mAH or 62.6 Watt-Hours. The installation of
the higher capacity battery may result in a larger tablet thickness than
specified in section 2.9. The system shall be qualified with both battery
configurations.

 

2.5.1.17.2   Bridge
Battery

 

The Wildcat tablet shall contain a bridge battery to
allow the primary battery to be changed without requiring power to be cycled to
the tablet. The bridge battery shall be capable of operating the tablet in a
low power mode for a minimum of 2 minutes. The bridge battery is not required
to be field serviceable and removal or replacement shall be at the factory or
depot level only. The bridge battery shall meet the hot swapping requirements
of section 2.5.1.17.3.

 

2.5.1.17.3   Hot
Swap Battery

 

The Wildcat tablet shall implement a bridge battery in
accordance with section 2.5.1.17.2 to allow for the hot swapping of the primary
battery. It shall be possible to remove the primary battery and replace it
without having to cycle power to the tablet. The primary battery cover shall
implement an interlock switch to cause the system to automatically enter the
Suspend-to-RAM state (S1 or S3) when the

 

30

 

cover is removed. Recovery from the S3 state shall be
by means of the front panel power control key. Recovery from the S3 state shall
meet the timing requirements of section 2.7.4.4. The bridge battery shall be
trickle charged whenever external power is supplied to the tablet.

 

2.5.1.18   Interface
Port Requirements

 

The following sections detail the individual signal
characteristics of the signals and connectors that interface between the tablet
electronics and external peripherals.

 

2.5.1.18.1   General
Interface Requirements

 

2.5.1.18.1.1   Power
Input Requirements

 

The tablet shall accept an input voltage range from 9
VDC to 18VDC. All power inputs shall include over voltage and over current
protection circuitry to protect the tablet circuitry against input voltages
that fall outside the nominal voltage range. The power inputs shall be capable
of withstanding input voltages up to 36 volts continuously, up to 50 volts for
transients of 50 milliseconds or less and surge transients of up to 100 volts
for 50 microseconds or less. The power inputs shall also contain surge
suppression circuitry to clamp the input voltage to 100 volts or less up to a
peak pulse power rating of 1500 watts. The power input protection circuitry
shall automatically reset upon removal of the out of tolerance condition. No
fuses or circuit interruption devices shall be used which require the unit to
be opened to reestablish proper operation after exposure to over voltage or
over current conditions. All over voltage and surge voltage circuit protection
features shall be operational with the tablet either operational or shut down.

 

2.5.1.18.1.2   I/O
Over/Under Voltage Protection

 

All external inputs and outputs from the Wildcat
tablet shall include protection from under voltage, over voltage and external
shorts to ground. All external I/O shall be protected against input voltage
spikes of three (3) times the associated maximum working voltage for a period
of 50 milliseconds. As a minimum, all external I/O connections shall have catch
diodes to Vcc and Ground to limit input voltages to Vcc + 0.6 VDC and Vss — 0.5
VDC.

 

2.5.1.18.1.3   EMI
Protection Requirements

 

All external inputs and outputs from the Wildcat
tablet shall include circuitry to minimize the conduction of EMI to the
outside. In addition, all inputs and outputs shall contain protection from
externally generated EMI up to the susceptibility levels identified in Section
3.3.3. All signal I/O shall include input and/or output filtering to meet the
radiated and conducted susceptibility requirements of section 3.3.

 

2.5.1.18.2   Battery
Port

 

The following table lists the signals between the
tablet electronics and the internal battery. The battery shall implement a
standard SMBus 2.0 interface to allow communication with the tablet processor.
The battery shall also include fuel gauge circuitry to allow the processor to
monitor the battery charge state and charge/discharge rate. An internal
thermister shall be provided in the battery to allow the processor to monitor
battery temperature.

 

The battery port shall be installed in an isolated
battery compartment within the tablet enclosure to allow for changing the
battery in harsh outdoor environments without compromising the integrity of the
tablet enclosure. The battery port connectors shall be sealed against water and
dust intrusion to the requirements of section 3.2. The battery compartment
shall contain weep holes to allow any water captured within the battery
compartment to drain to the outside of the tablet.

 

31

 

Table 2-15 —
Battery Port Interfaces

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Signal

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Tolerance

  	
   

  	
  Destination

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BATT

  	
   

  	
  Battery Nominal 7.45 VDC

  	
   

  	
  6.0VDC to 8.4VDC

  	
   

  	
  Primary Power

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  GND

  	
   

  	
  Battery Return

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Primary Power

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Clk

  	
   

  	
  Battery SMBus Clock

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  SMBus

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  Data

  	
   

  	
  Battery SMBus Data

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  SMBus

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  RTH

  	
   

  	
  Battery Thermister

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Battery Charger

  	
   

  

 

2.5.1.18.3   Tablet
Docking Port

 

The Docking Port interface shall be implemented
through custom connectors on the bottom surface of the tablet enclosure
containing the signals identified in Table 2-16. These connectors shall be
recessed into the enclosure to reduce the possibility of physical damage. The
Docking Port interface shall be sealed against water and dust intrusion to the
environmental requirements of section 3.2. All docking signals shall be
protected up to the protection requirements of section 2.5.1.18.1.2. All
signals shall include EMI protection as specified in section 2.5.1.18.1.3.

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include internal switching
circuitry on the Docking Port interface such that the docking port connections
are electrically isolated except while the tablet is docked in the docking
station. The presence of the Dock Indicator shall be used to enable signals to
the docking interface. To allow for safe operation in the presence of flammable
or explosive atmospheres, the internal switching circuitry shall ensure that no
signals are activated until the tablet is firmly docked and all electrical
connections have been made to reduce the chance of arcing of the contacts.

 

The Wildcat tablet shall include internal RF switching
circuitry, as identified in section 2.5.1.7.8.4, such that the external antenna
COAX connection is switched to the radio when the tablet is docked. When the
tablet is not docked, the radio shall be switched to the tablet’s internal
antenna. The docking interface shall provide a loop back connection to allow
for control of the RF switching function.

 

Table 2-16 — Dock
to Tablet Interfaces

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Signal

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Tolerance

  	
   

  	
  Destination

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PWR

  	
   

  	
  9-18 VDC (Nominal 15VDC@ 4 A)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dock

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  GND

  	
   

  	
  PWR RTN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dock

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  SHIELD

  	
   

  	
  Chassis Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dock

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  1394Tx+

  	
   

  	
  P1394a Transmit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External 1394a

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  1394Tx-

  	
   

  	
  P1394a Transmit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External 1394a

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  1394Rx+

  	
   

  	
  P1394a Receive

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External 1394a

  	
   

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  1394Rx-

  	
   

  	
  P1394a Receive

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External 1394a

  	
   

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  DGND

  	
   

  	
  Digital Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Dock

  	
   

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  USB1+

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External USB

  	
   

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  USB1-

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External USB

  	
   

  
	
  11

  	
   

  	
  USB2+

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External USB

  	
   

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  USB2-

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External USB

  	
   

  
	
  13

  	
   

  	
  TX+

  	
   

  	
  LAN Transmit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10/100 LAN

  	
   

  
	
  14

  	
   

  	
  TX-

  	
   

  	
  LAN Transmit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10/100 LAN

  	
   

  

 

32

 

	
  15

  	
   

  	
  RX+

  	
   

  	
  LAN Receive

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10/100 LAN

  	
   

  
	
  16

  	
   

  	
  RX-

  	
   

  	
  LAN Receive

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  10/100 LAN

  	
   

  
	
  17

  	
   

  	
  LT_AUDIO

  	
   

  	
  Audio Left
  Channel

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Audio Out

  	
   

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  RT_AUDIO

  	
   

  	
  Audio Right
  Channel

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Audio Out

  	
   

  
	
  19

  	
   

  	
  MIC

  	
   

  	
  Audio Microphone

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Audio In

  	
   

  
	
  20

  	
   

  	
  AGND

  	
   

  	
  Audio Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Audio Ground

  	
   

  
	
  21

  	
   

  	
  Dock

  	
   

  	
  Dock
  Indicator/Interlock

  	
   

  	
  Ground/Open

  	
   

  	
  Dock

  	
   

  
	
  22

  	
   

  	
  VIDEO-R

  	
   

  	
  Analog Video Red

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External Monitor

  	
   

  
	
  23

  	
   

  	
  VIDEO-G

  	
   

  	
  Analog Video
  Green

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External Monitor

  	
   

  
	
  24

  	
   

  	
  VIDEO-B

  	
   

  	
  Analog Video
  Blue

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External Monitor

  	
   

  
	
  25

  	
   

  	
  VIDEO-HSYNC

  	
   

  	
  Analog Video H.
  Sync

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External Monitor

  	
   

  
	
  26

  	
   

  	
  VIDEO-VSYNC

  	
   

  	
  Analog Video V.
  Sync

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External Monitor

  	
   

  
	
  27

  	
   

  	
  VIDEO-GND

  	
   

  	
  Analog Video
  Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External Monitor

  	
   

  
	
  28

  	
   

  	
  +5Vdc

  	
   

  	
  5Vdc, 500ma.
  Power to USB 1 ports on DIM

  	
   

  	
  ±10%

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  29

  	
   

  	
  Antenna Coax

  	
   

  	
  CDPD/GPRS
  External Antenna

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External Antenna

  	
   

  
	
  30

  	
   

  	
  ANTENNA+

  	
   

  	
  Antenna
  switching loop back discrete

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  External jumper

  	
   

  
	
  31

  	
   

  	
  ANTENNA-

  	
   

  	
  Antenna
  switching loop back discrete

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2.5.1.18.4   XPL
Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with two (2) XPL
ports to allow the attachment of custom OEM modules. One XPL port shall be
located on the top edge of the tablet. The second XPL port shall be located on
the left side of the tablet. The XPL Port interface shall be implemented
through custom interface connectors to be used for connection to the external
modules. These connectors shall be recessed into the enclosure to reduce the
possibility of physical damage. The XPL Port interface shall be sealed against
water and dust intrusion to the environmental requirements of section 3.2. Both
XPL port locations shall contain mechanical provisions for the mounting of the
external XPL modules. All XPL signals shall be protected against voltage
transients and EMI up to the limits defined in section 2.5.1.18.1.2 and
2.5.1.18.1.3.

 

Table 2-17 — XPL Port
Interfaces

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Signal

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Tolerance

  	
   

  	
  Destination

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  +5v

  	
   

  	
  +5 volts, 500ma

  	
   

  	
  +- 5%

  	
   

  	
  OEM Module

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  PWRGND

  	
   

  	
  Power Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OEM Module

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  USB+

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0
  Interface

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OEM Module

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  USB-

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0
  Interface

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OEM Module

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  Chassis Ground

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OEM Module

  	
   

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  Rx

  	
   

  	
  RS-232 Receive

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OEM Module

  	
   

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  Tx

  	
   

  	
  RS-232 Transmit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  OEM Module

  	
   

  

 

Notes: The RS-232 signals shall be shared between the
two XPL connectors. Only a single RS-232 to USB adapter shall be provided on
the MLB.

 

33

 

2.5.1.18.5   Side
Ports

 

The Wildcat tablet shall have
ports located on the right side of the unit to allow connection to external
peripherals. The I/O connections identified in Table 2-18 are required to be
installed internal to the tablet. The I/O connectors shall meet the
environmental sealing requirements of section 3.2. These requirements may be
met through the use of external connector covers or plugs, if desired. If
external covers or plugs are used, they shall contain no loose parts that could
be lost during field operation. While open, all sealing components shall remain
fixed to the tablet structure.

 

All interface signals shall
be protected up to the protection requirements of section 2.5.1.18.1.2. All
signals shall include EMI protection as specified in section 2.5.1.18.1.3.

 

Table 2-18 — Side Port
Connectors

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Connector

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Destination

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  USB

  	
   

  	
  4-pin USB 2.0
  Connector

  	
   

  	
  External USB 2.0
  Interface

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Audio

  	
   

  	
  RCA 3.5mm Stereo
  Mini-Phono Jack

  	
   

  	
  External
  Speakers

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Microphone

  	
   

  	
  RCA 3.5mm
  Mini-Phono Jack

  	
   

  	
  External
  Microphone

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  3.5mm Power

  	
   

  	
  Standard
  External Power Jack

  	
   

  	
  External Power,
  Nominal 15VDC @ 4A

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  P1394#2

  	
   

  	
  6-pin P1394a
  Connector

  	
   

  	
  External IEEE1394a
  Interface

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  VGA Video

  	
   

  	
  VGA Port, see
  section 2.5.1.18.5.1

  	
   

  	
  External Video

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  RJ45

  	
   

  	
  10/100 Ethernet
  Jack

  	
   

  	
  External LAN

  

 

Table 2-19 — Side Port
Connectors, Group 2 (DELETED)

 

	
  No.

  	
   

  	
  Connector

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Destination

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2.5.1.18.5.1   VGA
Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
include a standard, 15-pin VGA video port. The VGA port shall conform to the
mechanical and electrical requirements of PC99 Specification.

 

Figure 2-4 — DVI
Connector (DELETED)

 

 

Table 2-20 — DVI
Connector Pinout (DELETED)

 

	
  Pin
  

  	
   

  	
  Function

  	
   

  	
  Pin

  	
   

  	
  Function

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2.5.1.18.5.2   RJ11
Port (DELETED)

 

2.5.1.18.5.3   RJ45
Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
include a standard IEEE 802.3 RJ45 connector supporting up to 100 Mbps as
identified in Table 2-18.

 

2.5.1.18.5.4   Audio
Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
include a 3.5mm stereo headphone jack and a 3.5mm microphone input jack as
identified in Table 2-18.

 

34

 

2.5.1.18.5.5   Power
Input Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
include a 2.5mm power connector jack as identified in Table 2-18. The power
port shall support input voltages from 9 to 18 Vdc at up to 60 watts (nominal
15 Vdc, 4 amps). The power jack shall be compatible with the jack mounted on
the docking stations to allow for common use of the docking station’s external
power supply.

 

2.5.1.18.5.6   USB
Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
include a 4-pin USB 2.0 Type A compatible connector as identified in Table
2-18.

 

2.5.1.18.5.7   IEEE1394
Port

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
include a 6-pin IEEE 1394a, Type A compatible connector as identified in Table
2-18.

 

2.5.2   Docking
Station Requirements

 

The baseline Wildcat family of products includes two
custom docking solutions supporting both indoor desktop operation, service bay
wall-mounted operation and field ruggedized vehicle-mounted operation. Each
docking station solution shall be configurable to accommodate all three members
of the Wildcat family mounted in either a landscape or portrait configuration.
The following sections provide a high level definition of the docking station
requirements. Detail docking station requirements shall be controlled through a
separate Product Requirements Document, document number DOC20020019.

 

A minimal proposed docking solution would be composed
of two functional modules. These functional modules are the Docking Interface
Module (DIM) and the Remote Electronics Module (REM). These modules are common
to both the vehicle docking installation and the desktop docking installation.
The DIM, described in section 2.5.2.1, provides the interface to the tablet’s
docking interface connector and functions as a “mini port replicator”. The REM,
described in section 2.5.2.1.7, contains electronics to support a CDROM/DVD, an
optional Hard Disk Drive, and an optional Floppy Disk Drive. The REM also
contains a universal power supply to support externally connected peripherals.
Functional block diagrams for the two docking modules are presented in Figure
2-5.

 

To customize the two standard modules for their
intended operating environment, the Wildcat product family also includes two
custom adapter kits. The Desktop Adapter Kit, described in section 2.5.2.2.6.5,
provides a stylized mounting stand, enclosure and bezel assembly for the DIM
and REM modules that adapt them for use in an office environment. The Vehicle
Adapter Kit, described in section 2.5.2.4, provides a ruggedized vehicle mount
for the DIM and a watertight bezel assembly for the REM. The Vehicle Adapter
Kit customizes the docking station components to allow them to survive the more
harsh environmental conditions encountered in mobile and vehicle operating
environments.

 

35

 

Figure
2-5 - Docking Station Functional Block Diagram

 

[***]

 

2.5.2.1   Docking Interface Module (DIM)

 

The DIM should contain no active electrical components
and shall function as a simple port replicator for standalone applications. The
DIM shall contain an interface connector to allow connection to the Remote
Electronics Module, providing additional expansion capability for more complex
installations. The DIM shall contain a row of interface connectors along the
lower edge for connection to external peripherals. The DIM shall be designed to
provide the smallest thickness possible in order to provide flexibility in
vehicle mounting and remain free of the vehicle airbag zone. The DIM shall be
designed to meet all of the environmental requirements of section 3.2 except
that the DIM shall be exempt from the Blowing Rain requirements of section
3.2.6 and the Salt Fog requirements of section 3.2.9.

 

When used in a vehicle environment, the DIM shall
provide a means of locking the tablet in position and holding the tablet during
the crash load conditions identified in section 3.2.15. The locking

 

[***]                   Confidential treatment requested pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

36

 

mechanism shall allow the tablet to be easily removed
from the DIM for mobile operation. A key lock shall be provided in vehicle
applications to lock the tablet to the DIM. When mounted in a vehicle, the DIM
enclosure shall be grounded to the vehicle structure to minimize EMI and
radiated emissions.

 

2.5.2.1.1   Docking Interface Connector

 

The DIM shall contain a docking connector to mate with
the docking interface on the Wildcat tablet. The docking connector shall use
spring-loaded contacts to ensure reliable connection to the tablet and minimize
the effects of manufacturing tolerances. The DIM shall include internal
switching circuitry on the Docking Interface such that the docking port
connections are electrically isolated except while the tablet is docked in the
docking station. The physical presence of the tablet and the presence of the
Dock Indicator shall be used to enable signals to the docking interface. To
allow for safe operation in the presence of flammable or explosive atmospheres,
the internal switching circuitry shall ensure that no signals are activated
until the tablet is firmly docked and all electrical connections have been made
to reduce the chance of arcing of the contacts.

 

2.5.2.1.2   Power Input Port

 

The DIM shall include a 2.5mm power connector jack to
provide a means of powering the tablet from vehicle or desktop power. Power
input to the DIM shall be 9 to 18 Vdc, 60 watts (nominal 12 Vdc, five (5)
amps). The DIM shall contain over voltage and surge suppression circuitry in
accordance with the requirements of section 2.5.2.2.6.4.

 

2.5.2.1.3   USB Port

 

The DIM shall include an integrated USB 2.0 Type A
connector along the bottom edge. The USB signals shall be a pass of signals
from the tablet’s docking station interface. The USB interfaces shall meet the
protection and EMI requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3.

 

2.5.2.1.4   RJ45 Port

 

The DIM shall include a standard IEEE 802.3 RJ45
connector along the bottom edge. The RJ45 connector shall be capable of
supporting up to 100 Mbps. The RJ45 signals shall be a pass through of the LAN
signals from the tablet’s docking station interface. The interface shall meet
the protection requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3.

 

2.5.2.1.5   Video Port

 

The DIM shall include a standard, high-density 15-pin
VGA compatible connector along the bottom edge. The VGA connector shall provide
for a pass through of the analog video output from the tablet’s docking station
interface.

 

2.5.2.1.6   Audio Port

 

The DIM shall provide 2.5mm phone jacks, along the
bottom edge, for connection of external stereo audio equipment and an external
microphone input. The signals for these connectors shall be a pass through of
the audio signals from the tablet’s docking station interface. The interface
shall meet the protection requirements of sections 2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3.

 

2.5.2.1.7   REM Interface Port

 

The DIM shall contain an industry standard D15
connector, along the bottom edge, for connection to the Remote Electronics
Module (REM). The REM interface connector shall pass through one channel of USB
2.0 and the single channel of IEEE1394 signals to the REM. The interface shall
also provide multiple power and ground pins to allow the tablet to be powered
from the REM. The REM connectors

 

37

 

shall also provide one chassis ground pin to allow for
connection of the shields in the interfacing cable.

 

2.5.2.1.8   External Power Indicator

 

The docking interface module shall include a green
indicator light to indicate that external power is being applied. The indicator
light shall be illuminated whenever the external voltage applied to the DIM is
greater than 9 volts. The indicator light shall be readily visible to the user
when the DIM is used in either a desktop or vehicle installation.

 

2.5.2.1.9   REM Remote Power Switch

 

The docking interface module shall include a remote
power switch to control power in the remote electronics module (if attached).
The remote power switch shall supply a ground/open output discrete to the REM
to allow it to perform power switching. The output discrete shall be grounded
(impedance to ground < 100 milliohms) when the switch is in the ‘ON’
position and shall be open (impedance to ground > 10 Meg Ohms) when in the ‘Off’
position. The remote power switch shall be easily accessible to the user in
either the desktop or vehicle installation. The DIM module shall also include a
red indicator light to indicate when power is being supplied to the REM module.
The indicator light shall be lit whenever external power is being received from
the REM module. If no REM is attached, the remote power switch shall have no
effect and the indicator light shall remain in the off condition. The docking
interface module shall include a yellow over/under temperature LED to indicate
when the REM is operating outside its design limits. This LED shall be driven
from the 5Vdc OVERTEMP output discrete from the REM.

 

2.5.2.1.10   External Radio Antenna

 

The docking interface module shall include a BNC style
connector to allow the installation of a remote antenna supporting CDPD/GPRS
radio operation. The antenna connector shall be internally connected to the 50
ohm docking port COAX pin interface. The docking interface shall also include a
wrap back ANTENNA discrete to allow automatic switching of the radio antenna
source within the tablet.

 

2.5.2.2   Remote Electronics Module (REM)

 

The Wildcat docking solution shall include a Remote
Electronics Module (REM) to provide for additional expansion of the system in
complex installations. The REM shall be configurable for use in either a
vehicle or a desktop environment. In the vehicle configuration, the REM shall
be sealed to meet the full environmental requirements of section 3.2. When
configured for use as a desktop installation, the REM meet standard office
design standards and shall be exempt from the environmental requirements of
sections 3.2.6, 3.2.7, 3.2.8, 3.2.9 and 3.2.10.

 

2.5.2.2.1   Main Logic Board Primary Components

 

The REM contains a single main logic board containing
a 5-port USB 2.0 compliant hub, a USB to Floppy Disk controller, a
three-channel IEEE 1394a Firewire hub, and a 1394 to ATA/66 Bridge. The REM
shall also contain a wide input voltage power supply to provide power to
internal and external components. The REM shall provide two (2) standard 5”
drive bays capable of containing an up to two ATAPI compatible devices
(internal DVD/CDR/CDROM drive or optional 2.5” Hard Disk Drive), or one ATAPI
compatible device and an optional Floppy Disk drive. The REM shall also contain
sealed connectors to allow attachment of external USB 2.0 or IEEE1394
peripherals, as identified in the following sections.

 

38

 

Table 2-21 —
Remote Electronics Module MLB Components

 

	
  Ref

  	
   

  	
  Component

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Supplier

  	
   

  	
  PN

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  IEEE1394
  Interface

  	
   

  	
  Three (3)
  channel Transceiver

  	
   

  	
  Lucent FW803

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ATA/66 Bridge

  	
   

  	
  ATA/ATAPI-5
  Compliant ATA/66 Performance PIO Mode 0-4, DMA Mode 0-2 Ultra DMA Mode 0-4

  	
   

  	
  Indigita

  	
   

  	
  IND80C09

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0 Hub

  	
   

  	
  5 Port 

  USB 2.0 Compliant

  	
   

  	
  NEC

  	
   

  	
  μPD72012

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  USB to Floppy
  Disk Bridge

  	
   

  	
  720k, 1.44MB

  	
   

  	
  SMSC

  	
   

  	
  USB97CFDC

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Floppy Disk
  Drive

  	
   

  	
  720k, 1.44 MB

  	
   

  	
  Teac

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  DVD/CDROM

  	
   

  	
  4 x DVD 

  24 x CDROM

  	
   

  	
  Various

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  HDD

  	
   

  	
  Optional 2.5” 20
  GB, 40 GB

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba

  	
   

  	
  MK4018GAP (40gb)
  MK2018GAP (20gb)

  

 

2.5.2.2.2   Internal IDE Interface

 

The REM shall include
circuitry to provide an industry standard ATA/ATAPI-5 compliant IDE interface
driven from the tablet’s IEEE1394a serial bus. The interface shall support
high-speed ATA/66 transfers. The interface shall also support PIO Mode 0-4, DMA
Mode 0-2, and Ultra DMA Mode 0-4. The REM shall contain mounting provisions for
an internal ATA/ATAPI CDROM and an optional 2.5” HDD. The tablet shall support
booting from either of the REM internal ATA/ATAPI devices.

 

2.5.2.2.3   USB Floppy Disk Interface

 

The REM shall contain
circuitry to provide an industry standard 1.44 MB Floppy Disk Drive interface
driven from the tablet’s USB 2.0 interface. The tablet shall support booting
from the external floppy disk drive.

 

2.5.2.2.4   Internal Power Supply

 

The REM shall contain an
internal DC-DC power supply to provide the following outputs. Power outputs
from the docking station to the Wildcat tablet and all external peripherals
shall be short circuit and over voltage protected in accordance with sections
2.5.2.5.1 and 2.5.2.5.2.

•                  Unregulated +15
VDC, 4-amp output to the DIM for driving the docked tablet.

•                  Regulated +5 VDC and 
+12 VDC to support internal drives, internal circuitry and integrated
peripherals.

•                  Four (4) regulated +5 VDC, 500 ma outputs to
support external USB connections.

•                  Two (2) regulated +5 VDC, 1000 ma outputs to support external
1394 connections.

 

The REM power supply shall
include an over temperature and under temperature sensor to protect the REM
components from operation outside the design temperature limits. The over
temperature sensor shall remove power from the REM components when the internal
temperature of the REM module exceeds 80°C. The low temperature sensor shall
remove power from the REM components when the temperature is below -25°C. A
+5v, 30ma. OVERTEMP discrete shall be activated whenever an over or under
temperature condition exists and the power supply is commanded on through the
remote interface.

 

39

 

2.5.2.2.5   Remote Power Switching

 

The REM module shall accept a
ground/open remote power input discrete from the docking interface module to
control power to the REM. When the signal is present (ground), the REM shall
engage input power to the internal power supply and shall supply charging
voltage to the DIM. When the remote power switch is inactive (open), the REM
shall remain in a power off condition.

 

2.5.2.2.6   I/O Port Assignments

 

The REM shall contain the
output connections identified in the following sections and summarized in Table
2-22. The REM shall also contain two (2) additional DB9 connector knockouts and
two (2) additional DB15 knockouts to allow for future I/O expansion. The
expansion connector locations shall be fully sealed to the environmental
requirements of section 3.2.

 

Table 2-22 — REM
External Connectors

 

	
  Px

  	
   

  	
  Connector

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Destination

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  DB9 Female

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.2 Ports 1
  & 2

  	
   

  	
  Undefined

  	
   

  	
  Internal +5VDC,
  500ma max. each channel

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  DB9 Female

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.2 Ports 3
  & 4

  	
   

  	
  Undefined

  	
   

  	
  Internal +5VDC,
  500ma max. each channel

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  DB15 Female

  	
   

  	
  IEEE 1394
  Channels 1 & 2

  	
   

  	
  Undefined

  	
   

  	
  Internal +5VDC,
  1000ma max. each channel

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  MS3102E-10SL-3P

  	
   

  	
  Power Input, 3x
  16ga, 

  MIL-C-5015 Series 1

  	
   

  	
  External Power

  	
   

  	
  9-36VDC, 6A max.

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  DB 15 Female

  	
   

  	
  REM Interface
  Connector

  	
   

  	
  DIM

  	
   

  	
  USB 2.0, IEEE1394,
  Tablet Power

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  DB9 Male

  	
   

  	
  CAN Bus Ports 1
  & 2

  	
   

  	
  CAN

  	
   

  	
  Not populated,
  DB9 knockout location only

  

 

2.5.2.2.6.1   IEEE1394 Ports

 

The REM shall include an
integrated IEEE1394a compliant hub controller providing two (2) IEEE 1394a
compliant ports on the backside of the housing. The 1394 hub controller shall
be driven by the Wildcat tablet IEEE1394a output. These ports shall be supplied
through a single 15-pin, female D connector. The connector shall be sealed to
IP67 requirements and the environmental requirements of section 3.2. The two
1394 interfaces shall be protected internally to the requirements of sections
2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3. The REM shall provide +5 VDC, 1A (max) power to each
of the 1394 ports. The power outputs shall be protected to the requirements of
section 2.5.2.2.6.4.

 

2.5.2.2.6.2   USB Ports

 

The REM shall include an
integrated USB 2.0 compliant hub controller providing four (4) USB 2.0 ports on
the backside of the housing. The USB hub shall be driven from the tablet USB
2.0 output. The four (4) USB ports shall be brought out to two (2) industry
standard 9-pin, female D connectors located on the backside of the REM housing.
The four USB interfaces shall meet the protection requirements of sections
2.5.2.5.2 and 2.5.2.5.3. The REM shall provide +5 VDC, 0.5A (max) power to each
of the USB ports. The power outputs shall be protected to the requirements of
section 2.5.2.2.6.4.

 

40

 

2.5.2.2.6.3   Power Input Port

 

The REM shall include a 3-pin
MIL-C-5015 Series 1 connector to provide input power as identified in Table
2-22. One pin shall be used to bring out chassis ground to allow grounding of
the REM to the vehicle structure to minimize EMI & radiated emissions.

 

2.5.2.2.6.4   REM Interface Port

 

The REM shall include an
industry standard, 15-pin female D type connector to provide an interface for
connection to the Docking Interface Module as identified in Table 2-22.

 

2.5.2.2.6.5   CAN Bus Interface

 

The REM shall contain
provisions to allow the field installation of a USB to Controller Area Network
(CAN) adapter as shown in Table 2-23. The USB-to-CAN adapter provides two (2)
CAN bus channels driven from a single USB data port. The main logic board shall
contain a 4-pin header connector providing access to one of the integrated USB
2.0 ports. The header shall also provide +5 Vdc and Ground connections to allow
installation and attachment of the CAN adapter. The REM housing shall provide
sufficient internal volume to allow the adapter to be installed above the logic
board. The I/O area of the REM chassis shall contain two DB-9 connector
knockouts to allow field installation of the CAN bus interface connectors.

 

Table 2-23 — CAN
Bus Adapter

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  Suggested Supplier

  	
   

  	
  IXXAT Automation GMBH

  
	
  Link

  	
   

  	
  http://www.ixxat.de/

  
	
  Model

  	
   

  	
  USB-to-CAN

  
	
  PC Interface

  	
   

  	
  USB 1.1, 12 Mbit/s

  
	
  CAN Bus Interface (2)

  	
   

  	
  ISO/IS 11898, Sub D9 connector to DS 102

  
	
  Power

  	
   

  	
  5 VDC, 200ma (typical) provided by USB port

  
	
  Size

  	
   

  	
  165 x 85 x 32 mm

  

 

2.5.2.3   Desktop Adapter Kit

 

The Wildcat docking station
package shall include a customization kit to allow operation of the docking
station in an office environment. As a minimum, the Desktop Adapter Kit shall
contain the following components:

•                  DIM Mounting
Adapter: The DIM Mounting Adapter shall provide a means of customizing the
Docking Interface Module to allow it to function as a desktop cradle for the
Wildcat tablet. The adapter shall be configurable for height and adjustable in
rotation about the horizontal axis to allow the user to adjust the tablet for
optimum viewing angle. The DIM mounting adapter shall provide the ability to be
assembled to the REM module as a single integrated unit. The DIM adapter shall
also provide the ability to be used alone as a minimal desktop installation.

•                  REM Adapter: The
REM Adapter shall provide a means of enclosing the REM module in a stylish
desktop case that is coordinated with the Wildcat tablet industrial design. The
adapter shall include a front bezel assembly, a stylish enclosure and internal
adapter cables. The customized enclosure shall provide a 2.5mm power jack, four
(4) USB Type

 

 

41

 

 

A and two (2) IEEE1394a Type A connectors on the back
surface. Internal cables shall be used to adapt the REM I/O connectors to industry standard
connectors.

2.5.2.4   Vehicle
Adapter Kit

The Wildcat docking station package shall include a customization kit
to allow operation of the docking station in a mobile or vehicle environment.
As a minimum, the Vehicle Adapter Kit shall contain the following components:

·                            DIM
Vehicle Mounting Adapter: The DIM Vehicle Mounting Adapter shall provide a
means of customizing the Docking Interface Module to allow it to be attached to
a vehicle mount. The vehicle mount shall be provided by Xplore Technologies and
shall be customized for each installation. The adapter shall provide an
adjustment in height and in rotation about the horizontal and vertical axes to
allow the installer to adjust the tablet for optimum viewing angle. Once
installed, the adapter shall be locked in the desired position. It is not
necessary for the end user to be able to adjust tablet orientation after the
mount has been installed. The mounting adapter shall provide a means of locking
the tablet into the DIM if that capability is not provided by the DIM itself.
Once installed in a vehicle, the DIM, mounting adapter and tablet shall meet
the crash safety requirements of section 3.2.15.

·                            REM
Vehicle Mounting Kit: The vehicle REM mounting kit shall include a bracket
assembly that may be used to mount the REM in a suitable location on the
vehicle. The mounting adapter kit shall include a watertight bezel assembly to
seal the CDROM and Floppy drive access. The bezel assembly shall include a
hinged door with quick release fasteners to provide easy access to the drives
when necessary. With the door closed, the REM shall meet all environmental
requirements of section 3.2 and 3.3.

2.5.2.5   General
Interface Requirements

All docking module interfaces shall conform to the following protection
requirements.

2.5.2.5.1   Power
Input Requirements

All power inputs shall include over voltage
and over current protection circuitry to protect the dock circuitry against
input voltages that fall outside the nominal voltage range. The power inputs
shall be capable of withstanding input voltages up to 36 volts continuously, up
to 50 volts for transients of 50 milliseconds or less and surge transients of
up to 100 volts for 50 microseconds or less. The power inputs shall also
contain surge suppression circuitry to clamp the input voltage to 100 volts or
less up to a peak pulse power rating of 1500 watts. The power input protection
circuitry shall automatically reset upon removal of the out of tolerance
condition. No fuses or circuit interruption devices shall be used which require
the unit to be opened to reestablish proper operation after exposure to over
voltage or over current conditions. All over voltage and surge voltage circuit
protection features shall be operational with the docking station and
associated tablet either operational or shut down.

2.5.2.5.2   I/O
Over/Under Voltage Protection

All external inputs and outputs from the
docking stations shall include protection from under voltage, over voltage and
external shorts to ground. All external I/O shall be protected against input
voltage spikes of three (3) times the maximum working voltage for a period of
50 milliseconds. As a minimum, all external I/O connections shall have catch
diodes to Vcc and Ground to limit input voltages to Vcc + 0.6 VDC and Vss — 0.5
VDC.

 

42

 

2.5.2.5.3   EMI
Protection Requirements

All external inputs and outputs from the Wildcat tablet shall include
circuitry to minimize the conduction of EMI to the outside. In addition, all
inputs and outputs shall contain protection from externally generated EMI up to
the susceptibility levels identified in Section 3.3.3. All signal I/O shall
include input and/or output filtering to meet the conducted and radiated
susceptibility requirements of section 3.3.

2.5.3   Desktop
Power Supply

The Wildcat product family shall include a universal DC power supply
for use in a desktop environment. The external power supply shall be powered
from A/C power and shall be auto switching over the input range 100 to 240 VAC,
50 to 60 Hz. The power supply shall supply a nominal +15 VDC at a maximum
output current of 4 amps (60 watts). The power supply shall be fitted with a
detachable UL/CSA approved 6-foot power cord. The power cord shall be
configured with a LP-5W polarized wall connector and LS-7C power supply
connector (reference LineTek http://www.linetek.com.tw/linetek e/products/products1-1asp). The power supply shall have a 6-foot
extension cable for connection to the tablet PC. The extension cable shall have
a power connector compatible with the tablet and docking interface adapter
connectors identified in sections 2.5.1.18.5.5 and 2.5.2.1.2.

2.6   Functional
Requirements

The tablet shall meet the following functional
requirements.

2.6.1   Thermal
Management

The wildcat tablet shall implement passive
cooling through the tablet enclosure. The use of heat exchangers or internal
fans shall require the specific approval of Xplore Technologies. The tablet
shall contain active power management to reduce the internal thermal load
during high temperature operation. Using power management, the tablet shall be
operational over the temperature range specified in section 3.2.1.

2.6.1.1   Temperature
Monitoring

The Wildcat tablet shall implement temperature monitoring of critical
components. As a minimum, the tablet shall monitor the temperature of the
components identified below. The tablet software shall be capable of generating
an alert to the user for both high and low temperature out of tolerance
conditions as identified below. Basic operation shall be in accordance with
Figure 2-6 and the following sections.

·                            CPU
utilizing the embedded on-die thermal diode

·                            Primary
Battery utilizing its embedded thermister

·                            HDD
ambient air temperature

·                            LCD
ambient air temperature

·                            GMCH/ICH
utilizing thermister on MLB

 

43

 

Figure
2-6 — Tablet Thermal State Diagram

2.6.1.2   High
Temperature Operation

The Wildcat tablet BIOS shall monitor the critical components
identified in section 2.6.1.1 and shall implement a thermal protection scheme
to prevent damage to any of the critical components in the tablet due to
operation outside their operating limits. As a minimum, the thermal protection
software shall implement the thermal protection protocols identified in Table
2-24 — Thermal State Definitions.

Table
2-24 — Thermal State Definitions

	
  Thermal
  State

  	
   

  	
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  Functional Mode

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  TZ0

  	
   

  	
  Tm < Tcl

  	
   

  	
  Low Temperature 

  Shutdown

  	
   

  	
  Tablet held in
  shutoff state, requires reboot

  
	
  TZ1

  	
   

  	
  Tcl < Tm <
  T0

  	
   

  	
  Normal Operation

  	
   

  	
  Full Performance
  Operation

  
	
  TZ2

  	
   

  	
  T0 <Tm <T1

  	
   

  	
  SpeedStep
  Operation

  	
   

  	
  Low Performance
  Operation

  
	
  TZ3

  	
   

  	
  T1 < Tm <
  T2

  	
   

  	
  Fan Operation

  	
   

  	
  Low Performance
  Operation with Fan On

  
	
  TZ4

  	
   

  	
  T2 < Tm <
  T3

  	
   

  	
  High Temperature
  Alert

  	
   

  	
  Visual and
  Audible Warning to User

  
	
  TZ5

  	
   

  	
  Tm > Tch

  	
   

  	
  High Temperature
  Shutdown

  	
   

  	
  Tablet held in
  shutoff state, requires reboot

  

 

	
  Notes:

  	
   

  	
  Tcl

  	
   

  	
  = Critical low
  temperature limit for any tablet components identified in section 2.6.1.1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tch

  	
   

  	
  = Critical high
  temperature limit for any tablet components identified in section 2.6.1.1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  T0-T3

  	
   

  	
  = Control
  temperatures determined during engineering development

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Tm

  	
   

  	
  = Measured
  temperature of any of the components identified in section 2.6.1.1

  

 

 

44

 

2.6.1.3   Low
Temperature Operation

The Wildcat tablet thermal protection software
shall implement power control to critical components to prevent damage due to
operation at low temperatures. This control shall include at least the
following areas:

•                            Tablet
Low Temperature Shutdown — The tablet critical operating temperature shall be
the lower limit of the operation temperature range identified in section 3.2.1.
Based on the ambient temperature readings taken from the LCD and HDD ambient
sensors, the thermal protection software shall maintain the tablet in the OFF
state when either of these readings is below the lower operating limit. Upon
attempting to boot under this condition, the system BIOS shall emit a Critical
Temperature alarm beep during POST and shall return to the OFF state. The
system status LED shall indicate a fault condition (ST4 state) as identified in
section 2.5.1.13.

•                            Liquid
Crystal Display — The LCD critical operating temperature shall be —10 degrees
C. Based on the ambient temperature readings taken from the LCD ambient sensor,
the thermal protection software shall maintain the LCD in the OFF state when
the reading is below the critical limit. Upon attempting to boot under this
condition, the system BIOS shall emit a Critical Temperature alarm beep during
POST and shall continue to boot normally. The BIOS shall maintain the LCD in
the OFF state. The system status LED shall indicate a warm up condition (ST5
state) as identified in section 2.5.1.13. After the LCD warms to above the
critical temperature, the BIOS shall power up the display and continue normal
operation.

2.6.1.4   Over
Temperature Alarm

The Wildcat tablet shall be capable of
generating a high temperature alarm to the user if any of the critical
components exceeds their appropriate design limits (Thermal State TZ4). The set
point for the over temperature alarm shall be settable for each of the
components independently through the system BIOS. The BIOS shall support the
ability to enable and/or disable both audible and visual alerts to the user.

2.6.1.5   Low Temperature
Alarm

The Wildcat tablet shall be capable of generating
a low temperature alarm to the user if any of the critical components exceeds
their appropriate design limits (Thermal State TZ0) during normal tablet
operation. If the tablet is operating when the condition is detected, the
tablet shall continue to operate until it is rebooted. If the condition is
detected at system boot, then the operation shall be in accordance with section
2.6.1.3. The set point for the low temperature alarm shall be settable for each
of the components independently through the system BIOS. The BIOS shall support
the ability to enable and/or disable both audible and visual alerts to the
user.

2.6.1.6   Temperature
Histogram

The Wildcat tablet shall maintain a log of the
number of power on cycles experienced and a long-term histogram of the
operating environment seen by the tablet over its operational life. As a
minimum, the readings for the LCD ambient sensor, the HDD ambient sensor, the
CPU and the Battery shall be recorded. Data for the histogram shall be
collected at least once every 15 minutes of operation for a projected product
lifecycle of 4 years. The histogram shall provide for a resolution of at least
5 degrees C over the range of -5 to +125 degrees C. In addition to the temperature histogram, the
tablet shall maintain an event log with timestamp for any out of tolerance
temperature condition, either high or low, along with the identity of the
component that registered the event. The event log,

 

 

45

 

temperature log and temperature histogram data
shall be able to be read by a utility program running under Windows.

2.6.2   Battery Charge
Regulation

The Wildcat tablet’s internal battery charger
circuitry shall implement a smart charging scheme to regulate charge current
and charge algorithm based on operating condition. The current status of the
battery charger shall be able to be monitored using a Windows battery charger
utility program. The charge algorithm and cutoff limits for each operating
condition shall be reprogrammable. Thermal monitoring software shall be used to
control the operation of the battery charger and to prevent damage to the
battery in over/under temperature conditions. Operation of the charger
circuitry shall be in accordance with the following sections and Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-7 — Battery
Charger Thermal State Diagram

2.6.2.1   Normal
Operation

During normal operation the battery charger
shall maintain the primary battery between a maximum of 4.2 volts/cell (charging
cutoff) and 3.0 volts/cell (discharge cutoff). The battery shall monitor each
cell individually to ensure that no cell is charged or discharged beyond these
limits. The charger shall implement a constant current charge algorithm with a
switch to a constant voltage charge upon reaching the charging cutoff voltage.
The charging circuitry shall constantly monitor input voltage and input
current. Actual charging current shall be continuously adjusted based on tablet
internal power consumption and external input voltage to limit power draw from
the external source to 60 watts maximum (4.0 amps at a nominal input voltage of
15 volts).

The charger shall contain failsafe circuitry
to protect the battery in the event of failure of the charging circuitry. The
failsafe circuit shall limit charging current to below a C/2 rate (2 amps peak
with the baseline Valence 4120 cells) under all charge conditions. The failsafe
circuitry shall also protect against over charge or discharge of any battery
cell beyond the range of 4.5 to 2.4 volts.

 

 

46

 

2.6.2.2   High
Temperature Operation

For battery temperatures
above 30°C, the battery charger shall adjust the discharge cutoff voltage to a
higher value based on measured battery temperature. The cutoff voltage shall be
linearly scaled from 3.0 volts at 30°C to 3.6 volts at 60°C. For battery
temperatures above 45°C, the maximum charge current allowed shall be reduced to
prevent excessive battery internal temperatures. The maximum allowable charge
current shall be scaled linearly from a C/2 rate at 45°C to a C/10 rate at
60°C. Actual charge current shall be adjusted as required to maintain battery
temperature at or below 60°C. Battery charging shall be inhibited for battery
temperatures above 60°C. Critical shutdown temperature for the battery shall be
70°C. The high temperature limit for battery charging and critical system
shutdown shall be programmable through the tablet BIOS.

2.6.2.3   Low
Temperature Operation

Battery charging shall be
inhibited for battery temperatures below -10°C. The low temperature limit for
battery charging shall be programmable through the tablet BIOS.

2.6.3   Power
Consumption

The Wildcat tablet shall
contain active power management to maximize battery run time and reduce the
internal thermal load on the tablet. The maximum power consumption with all
internal components active shall be less than 22 watts, excluding the power
consumed by any installed factory options. An estimate of the power consumed by
the individual components is given in Table 2-25

Table
2-25 — Estimated Power Consumption

 

	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Voltage (DC)

  	
   

  	
  Current (mA)

  	
   

  	
  Power (W)

  	
   

  	
  Remarks

  
	
  Intel Plll 800/400

  	
   

  	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  6360

  	
   

  	
  7.0/0.5

  	
   

  	
  SpeedStep

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  1.25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2?

  	
   

  	
  M82830

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  1.8/3.3

  	
   

  	
  440/420

  	
   

  	
  2.18

  	
   

  	
  M82801

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  .3

  	
   

  	
  82562ET

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2?

  	
   

  	
  PCI4410A

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  5.0/3.3

  	
   

  	
  100/40

  	
   

  	
  .33

  	
   

  	
  AD1885 Audio Chip

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  600

  	
   

  	
  2+

  	
   

  	
  256MB SODIMM

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  ?

  	
   

  	
  Mini-PCI

  
	
  HDD

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  700

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba 20GB 2.5”

  
	
  LCD & Backlight

  	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.7
  typ

  	
   

  	
  Toshiba LTM10C313K

  
	
  PCMCIA

  	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  600

  	
   

  	
  2.0

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  USB

  	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  500

  	
   

  	
  1.7

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

2.6.3.1   Battery
Run Time

The Wildcat tablet primary
battery shall provide at least four (4) hours runtime, with power management
active, as measured by the Ziff Davis Business Winstone 2001 BatteryMark
program. The design goal is to provide at least six (6) hours runtime. The BIOS
shall implement programmable power saving profiles to allow for maximizing the
total battery run time.

 

47

 

2.6.3.2   Battery Suspend
Time

The Wildcat tablet shall provide at least 96
hours of runtime with the system in an S3 (suspend to RAM) state, assuming a
fully charged battery.

2.6.3.3   Low Battery
Operation

The Wildcat tablet shall implement a low
battery alarm and indicator using the front panel status LED as identified in
section 2.5.1.13. There shall be two levels of low power alarm that may be set
in the system BIOS.

When operating in the S0 state (normal G0
global operation state), upon reaching a battery capacity of 10%, the system
shall enter the ST3 alert state as indicated in section 2.5.1.13. The user
shall be provided with a visual indication of low battery and the system shall
enter the Battery Optimized power management mode as identified in section 2.7.2.1.
The user shall also be provided with an audible alert. The audible alert may be
disabled in the system BIOS.

When operating in the S0 state (normal G0
global operation state), upon reaching a battery capacity of 3%, the system
shall enter the ST4 alert state as indicated in section 2.5.1.13. The user
shall be given notice that the system will be entering a hibernate mode and
shall be instructed to perform a normal exit from any running applications.
Upon reaching 1% remaining capacity, the system shall automatically enter the
S4 sleep state, saving all user data and CPU context information to hard disk.

When operating in any of the S1 through S3
sleep states, the system shall not perform the user alert processing identified
in this section. However, upon reaching 1% remaining capacity, the system shall
automatically enter the S4 sleep state, as identified above. To minimize S3
entry latency, it’s probably desirable to implement the S3->S4 transition
using an intermediate step at S0, but it’s not required.

2.6.4   Hot Docking
Support

The Wildcat tablet shall support surprise
connection and disconnection of devices from the USB and IEEE 1394 connections.
The Wildcat tablet shall provide a means for the user to identify that the
tablet is being undocked and a visible indication when undocking is allowed as
required by the Microsoft Tablet PC specifications. Reconnection of external
peripherals shall be automatic upon docking with the docking stations
identified in section 2.5.2. Interlocks shall be provided on all power and
signal lines as identified in sections 2.5.1.18.3 and 2.5.2.1.1 to protect
against arcing for operation in hazardous atmospheric conditions.

2.7   Software
Requirements

The following sections outline specific
software requirements peculiar to the Wildcat tablet.

2.7.1   Operating
System Software

The Wildcat tablet shall support installation
and operation using Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional and
Windows XP for Tablets (when available). All driver development performed for
the Wildcat program shall support all of the above operating systems.

2.7.2   Application
Software

The Wildcat development program includes the
development of custom Windows Control Panel Applications (or the modification
of existing Windows generic Control Panel Applications) to allow for the proper
control of the Wildcat unique interfaces. The items identified below are
suggested

 

 

48

 

implementations. The system developer is free
to define an alternate means for providing the necessary features and
configurability.

2.7.2.1   Power
Management Control Panel

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a
control panel application to allow the user to control the operation of the
power management features built into the tablet. This software may be an
extension to the standard Windows power management software or may be a
completely new application. The power management software shall allow the user
to create, edit, delete and activate unique power management profiles to
customize the operation of the power management software for specific
applications. The power management software shall provide, as a minimum, the
following capabilities:

•                            A/C
Power Profile: The power management software shall provide one setting for use
when the tablet is running off external power. This mode shall default to a
performance profile with the CPU at maximum speed, the backlight at full
brightness and all power saving timeouts disabled. The user may edit this
profile through the power management control panel application. However, all
changes made shall apply to the current session only and shall default to the
original system profile upon reboot of the system. Permanent changes to the A/C
Power Profile are not allowed.

•                            Battery Optimized Profile: The power
management software shall provide at least one battery optimized setting for
use when the tablet is running off internal battery power. This mode shall
default to a maximum battery life profile with the CPU in its battery optimized mode, the backlight to
minimum, and all peripheral timeouts set to minimum. The user may edit this
profile through the power management control panel application. However, all
changes made shall apply to the current session only and shall default to the
original system profile upon reboot of the system. Permanent changes to the
Battery Optimized Profile are not allowed.

•                            User defined Profiles: The power management
software shall allow the user to create, edit, copy and delete any number of
user defined power management
profiles. These profiles shall be saved to hard disk and shall be accessible
for user selection through a Windows system tray icon. Within each profile, the
user shall be allowed to set the power saving mode for the following:

•                            CPU
speed: The CPU speed may be set between four (4) levels (Low, Mid, High, Full).
The specific CPU speed settings corresponding to these settings shall be
determined during development.

•                            Display
Brightness: The backlight level shall be settable between three (3) levels
(Low, Mid, High). The specific brightness level corresponding to these settings
shall be determined during development.

•                            Backlight
Timing: The timeout for the backlight shall be settable to the following times:
1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30 minutes, then 15 minute
intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours and Never. After the
timeout, if no user activity has been detected, the backlight shall be turned
off. The backlight shall be restored to its previous value upon detection of
any user interaction (keyboard entry, mouse movement, digitizer input, etc.).

•                            Hard
Disk Timing: The timeout for the internal hard disk drive shall be settable to
the following times: 1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30
minutes, then 15 minute intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours
and Never.

 

 

49

 

After the timeout, if no user
activity has been detected, the hard disk drive shall be turned off.

•                            System
Standby: The timeout for going to standby mode shall be settable to the
following times: 1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30 minutes,
then 15 minute intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours and Never.
After the timeout, if no user activity has been detected, the system will
automatically enter the sleep state selected in the System BIOS.

•                            System
Hibernate: The timeout for going to hibernate mode (S4) shall be settable to
the following times: 1, 2, 3 and 5 minutes, then 5 minute intervals to 30
minutes, then 15 minute intervals to 1 hour, then 1 hour intervals to 5 hours
and Never. After the timeout, if no user activity has been detected, the system
will automatically enter the S4 hibernate state, saving all CPU and memory
context to hard disk. Recovery from the S4 state shall require a reboot of the
system but system context shall be restored.

The A/C Power Profile shall be selected
automatically by the system whenever the system detects that external power is
being supplied. Whenever the system detects that the system is running off
internal battery power alone, the power management software shall activate the
last user profile selected. The user profile selection shall persist across
system power cycles. If no user profiles are defined, or none have been
selected, then the system will automatically select the Battery Optimized
Profile.

2.7.2.2   Digitizer
Control Panel

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with
digitizer utility software to allow for testing and calibration of the
installed digitizer (RF, resistive or both as appropriate). The number or
points of calibration and the pattern of the calibration points on the screen
shall be selectable by the user. The calibration data shall be stored to the
hard disk drive or within the digitizer controller and automatically restored
upon system boot up.

2.7.2.3   Monitor Control
Panel

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a
customized version of the Windows Display control panel application. This
customization shall allow for setting the Advanced features of the display
control based on the video system provided in the Wildcat tablet.

2.7.2.4   Keypad Control
Panel

The Wildcat tablet keypad shall be designed to
be identified by the system as a standard USB keyboard device. Standard windows
software shall be provided to allow for mapping of the keypad function keys to
specific operating system commands.

2.7.3   Utility
Software

The Wildcat development program shall include
the development of the following utility software applications.

2.7.3.1   BIOS Setting
Utility

The Wildcat shall be provided with a Windows
utility application that allows selection and setting of all BIOS level
functions. The selected BIOS functions shall become effective immediately upon
closing the application. A reboot of the system is allowed if necessary to
enable any changes.

 

 

50

 

2.7.3.2   Firmware
Reprogramming Utility

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a
DOS utility for reprogramming all configurable embedded firmware. This shall
include the System and Keyboard BIOS, the touch screen controllers, the front
panel controller, the power supply controller and any other configurable
component. One time programmable components are exempt from this requirement.
The reprogramming utility shall allow for booting the system from any internal
or external device (USB, IEEE 1394, CDROM) and uploading the embedded firmware
code. The system and keyboard BIOS shall also be in-circuit reprogrammable
remotely through the BTO access panel as specified in section 2.5.1.7.2.

2.7.3.3   Hardware
Diagnostics Utility

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a Windows
utility program for system test and system diagnostics. This utility program
shall be capable of reading out the system temperatures, both real time and
those saved by the temperature monitoring circuitry identified in section
2.6.1.1. The utility shall allow all temperature and diagnostic data to be
stored to hard disk in a comma-delimited format.

2.7.3.4   Charger Control
Utility

The Wildcat tablet shall be provided with a
Windows utility program to control and reprogram the battery charger system.
The utility shall allow the user to modify the charging system parameters and
charging algorithm and reprogram the charger controller firmware.

2.7.4   BIOS Software

The Wildcat tablet hardware design and
supporting BIOS shall be compatible with Microsoft PC2001 System Design
Requirements and Windows XP Tablet PC Specifications. This shall include, but
not be limited to, compliance with the following specifications and
requirements:

1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, Release
1.1

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/1394/

http://developer.intel.com/technology/1394/download/ohci_11.htm

1394 Trade Association Power Specification Part 1: Cable
Power Distribution

1394 Trade Association Power Specification, Part 3: Power
State Management

ftp://ftp.p1394pm.org/pub/p1394pm/

Accelerated Graphics Port Interface Specification, Revision
2.0

http://developer.intel.com

“ACPI Docking for Windows 2000”

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/onnow/ACPIdock.htm

Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification,
Revision 2.0 (ACPI 2.0)

http://www.teleport.com/~acpi/

AGP Pro Specification, Revision 1.1a

http://www.agpforum.org/downloads/apro_r10.pdf

Application Specification for Microsoft Windows 2000, for
desktop applications, Version 1.0

http://msdn.microsoft.com/certification/appspec.asp

AT Attachment with Packet Interface — 5 (ATAIATAPI-5)

ftp://fission.dt.wdc.com/pub/standards/x3t13/project/d1321r3.pdf

ATAPI Removable Media Device BIOS Specification, Version 1.0

 

 

51

http://www.ptltd.com/techs/specs.html

ATAPI Removal Rewriteable Media Devices
(INF-8070i)

ftp://fission.dt.wdc.com/pub/standards/SFF/specs/INF-8070.PDF

Audio Codec ‘97, Revision 2.1

http://developer.intel.com/ial/scalableplatforms/audio/index.htm

Audio Device Class Power Management
Reference Specification, Version 1.0

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

BIOS Boot Specification, Version 1.01

http://www.ptltd.com/techs/specs.html

Boot Integrity Services Application
Programming Interface, Version 1.0

http://developer.intel.com/ial/wfm/wfmspecs.htm

Common Application Environment (CAE)
Specification

http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9629399/toc.htm

Communications Device Class Power
Management Reference Specification, Version 1.0

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

Computer Display Monitor Timing
Specifications, Version 1, Rev. 0.8

http://www.vesa.org/standards.html

Default Device Class Power Management
Reference Specification, Version 1.0

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

Digital
Visual Interface (DVI), Revision 1.0

http://www.ddwg.org

Display Device Class Power Management
Reference Specification, Version 1.0b

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

DVD Specification, Version 1.0

Toshiba Corporation

http://www.toshiba.com

DVD Specifications for Rewritable Disc,
Part 1: Physical Specifications

Toshiba Corporation

http://www.toshiba.com

ECMA Standards: ECMA-267 (DVD-ROM),
ECMA-272, 273 (DVD-RAM) and ECMA-274 (+RW)

http://www.ecma.ch/

Enhanced Host Controller Interface
Specification for Universal Serial Bus 2.0

To be published on
http://www.usb.org/ when available

IEEE 1394-1995 Standard for a High
Performance Serial Bus

http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/std/busarch/1394-1995.pdf

http://standards.ieee.org/index.html

http://global.ihs.com

Instantly Available PC System Power
Delivery Requirements and Recommendations

http://developer.intel.com/design/power/supply98.htm

Instantly Available Power Managed Desktop
PC Design Guide

http://developer.intel.com/technology/iapc/tech.htm

 

52

 

Low Pin Count (LPC) Interface Specification

Network Device Class Power Management
Reference Specification, Version 1.0a

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

OpenHCI: Open Host Controller Interface
Specification for USB, Release 1.0a

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/respec/busspecs.htm

OnNow and Power Management Web page

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/onnow/

PC Card and CardBus Guidelines, Version 1.1

http://www.pcdesguide.org/library/pccard.htm

PCI Bus Power Management Interface
Specification, Revision 1.1

PCI Bus Power Management Interface
Specification, Revision 1.0

PCI SIG

Phone: (800) 433-5177

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

PCI Hot-Plug
Specification, Revision 1.0

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

PCI IDE
Controller Specification, Revision 1.0

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/docs/

PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 2.2
(PCI 2.2)

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

PCI to PCI Bridge Architecture
Specification Rev. 1.1

PCI SIG

Phone: (800) 433-5177

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specificatton/

PCI-X Specification, Revision 1.0 (PCI-X
1.0)

http://www.pcisig.com/developers/specification/

Plug and Play Design Specification for IEEE
1394, Version 1.0c

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/respec/pnpspecs.htm

Preboot Execution Environment (PXE)
Specification, Version 2.1

http://developer.intel.com/ial/wfm/wfmspecs.htm

Reduced Block Commands (RBC)

ftp://ftp.t10.org/t10/drafts/rbc/rbc-r10a.pdf

“Scan Codes for Keyboard Power Switches”

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/desinit/scancode.htm

Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2)

ANSI NCITS 325-1998

http://web.ansi.org/public/std_info.html

Smart Battery Charger Specification,
Revision 1.1

Smart Battery Data Specification, Revision
1.1

Smart Battery System Manager Specification,
Revision 1.0

http://www.sbs-forum.org/specs/

Specification of the Bluetooth System,
Volume 1: Core, v1.0 B

Specification of the Bluetooth System,
Volume 2: Profiles, v1.0 B

Bluetooth Special Interest
Group (SIG)

http://www.bluetooth.com

 

53

 

Storage Device Class Power Management Reference
Specification, Version 1.0a

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/specs/PMref/

System Management BIOS Reference Specification, Version 2.3

http://www.phoenix.com/techs/specs.html

Universal Serial Bus Class Definitions for Communication Devices,
Version 1.0

Universal Serial Bus Common Class
Specification, Revision 1.0

Universal Serial Bus Device Class
Definition for Audio Devices, Release 1.0

Universal Serial Bus Device Class
Definition for Device Bay Controllers

Universal Serial Bus Device Class
Definition for Printing Devices, Version 1.1

Universal Serial Bus Mass Storage Class
Specification Overview, V1.0 Revision

Universal Serial Bus PC Legacy
Compatibility Specification, 0.9 Draft Revision

http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs.html

Universal Serial Bus Specification,
Revision 1.1

Universal Serial Bus Specification,
Revision 2.0

http://www.usb.org/developers/docs.html

Universal Serial Bus (USB) Device Class
Definition for Human Interface Devices (HID), Version 1.1

http://www.usb.org/developers/data/devclass/hid1_1.pdf

USB HID Usage Tables, Version 1.1

http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage.html

VESA BIOS Extension Standard/Core Functions
2.0 (VBE/Core 2.0)

VESA Display Data Channel (DDC) Standard,
Version 3

VESA Enhanced Extended Display Data Channel
Standard (E-DDC), Version 1

VESA Enhanced Extended Display
Identification Data Standard (E-EDID), Release A

VESA Extended Display Identification Data
(EDID) Standard, Version 3

VESA Generalized Timing Formula (GTF),
Version 1.1

Video Electronics Standards
Association (VESA)

Phone: (408) 435-0333

Fax: (408) 435-8225

http://www.vesa.org/standards.html

Windows Hardware Instrumentation
Implementation Guidelines, Version 1.0

White papers and guidelines
for WMI

http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/WMI/

 

2.7.4.1   Configuration

 

The BIOS shall support
numerous configurable options as identified in the hardware design requirements
sections 2.5 and 2.6. All BIOS settings shall be configurable from within
Windows using a BIOS utility program as identified in section 2.7.3.1.

 

54

 

2.7.4.2   Reprogrammability

 

The BIOS shall be
reprogrammable using a system utility as identified in section 2.7.3.2. The
BIOS shall also be reprogrammable remotely through the BTO access panel as
specified in section 2.5.1.7.2.

 

2.7.4.3   ACPI
Support

 

The BIOS shall support active
power management in accordance with the requirements of Advanced Configuration
and Power Interface Specification, Revision 2.0. The ACPI functionality shall
be configurable using a Windows application as identified in section 2.7.2.1.

 

2.7.4.4   Boot
Timing

 

The BIOS shall support a
normal system boot from S4 within 30 seconds. This shall include BIOS
initialization and test, device initialization and operating system
initialization. No applications need to be running for the normal boot timing verification.
The BIOS shall also support a “Quick Boot” capability in accordance with the
Windows XP Tablet PC Specification. The system must meet the following
specification regarding resume from S3 sleep timing as closely as possible.

 

P1.
Resume from S3 to SO must reliably complete in less than 2 seconds. Resume time
is measured by Bootvis.exe (available at http://www.microsoft.com/hwdev/fastboot/)
and includes the sum of “Bios Wake + Device init + Apps init”. No applications
are required to be running during the bootvis test, but test must be executed
with the Tablet PC configured as it’s expected to ship. Any applications or
services that will run automatically out-of-the-box (such as OEM-provided tray
applications, not run-once apps such as end-user registration) must be running
during the test. No external peripherals are required to be connected, but all
built-in devices must be enabled during the test.

 

2.7.4.5   SpeedStep
Processing

 

The BIOS shall provide full
support for operation of the CPU and the supporting hardware at less than full
speed and full voltage to take advantage of the processor’s speedstep
capability. Transition between modes shall be transparent to the end user.

 

2.7.4.6   IEEE1394
Support

 

The BIOS shall provide full
support for IEEE1394 devices attached directly to the tablet and through the
docking adapters. The BIOS shall support system boot from any attached 1394
block devices (DVD, CDRW, CDROM, HDD). The BIOS shall support hot docking and
surprise attachment of devices to the integrated 1394 bus.

 

2.7.4.7   USB
2.0 Support

 

The BIOS shall provide full
support for Universal Serial Bus, Revision 2.0 devices. The BIOS shall support
system boot from any attached USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 block devices (CDROM, HDD,
Floppy Disk). The BIOS shall support hot docking and surprise attachment of USB
1.1 or USB 2.0 devices to the integrated USB bus.

 

55

 

2.8   Testability
Requirements

 

The design of the Wildcat tablet and
associated printed circuit boards (PCBs) shall support automatic test and the
attachment of diagnostic equipment. As a minimum, the PCB design shall include
the following:

•                            Buried
vias shall be avoided to the maximum extent possible.

•                            All
signal traces that are routed entirely or mostly with the inner layers of the
PCB shall be provided with vias and/or test connectors to allow for
In-Circuit-Test of the signal lines and attachment of diagnostic equipment
(signal generators, logic analyzers, oscilloscopes, etc.). This includes traces
from BGA components that are not otherwise readily available for probing during
debug and test.

•                            All
JTAG outputs from major system components (CPU, supporting chipset and any
other components providing JTAG test connections) shall be provided with test
points to assist in board level diagnostics and debug.

•                            All
bus connections from the Main Processor, the GMCH and the ICH shall be fitted
with high density AMP Matched Impedance Connectors (Mictor). This shall apply to
the GTL bus, the PC133 system memory bus, the GMCH to ICH interconnect bus, the
PCI bus, the LVDS and TMDS video data bus interfaces and the LPC bus. The
Mictor connectors shall be installed for all EVT and DVT tablets but may be
omitted during production.

•                            All
embedded processors and components containing firmware shall be in circuit
programmable and re-programmable. Diodes shall be provided in the design such
that component re-programming shall not require powering of the entire PCB.
Reprogramming connectors shall be provided adjacent to the components as
required or as otherwise specified in this document.

•                            For
all EVT units, the CPU, the system BIOS flash memory, and the embedded
processors shall be installed on socketed adapter boards to allow their removal
and the attachment of integrated in circuit emulation (I2CE)
equipment.

 

2.9   Reliability

 

The Wildcat family of products shall be
designed for a service life of 40,000 operating hours (minimum) using
MIL-HDBK-217F as a guide. The electronic design shall, as a minimum, meet the
following guidelines:

•                            All
passive components shall be established reliability (ER) types and shall be
derated to at least the requirements of MIL-HDBK-217F

•                            Where
available, all components shall be certified for temperature extremes to at
least industrial limits (-40°C to +70°C). Use of commercial standard components
shall require the written approval of Xplore Technologies.

•                            No
Aluminum or paper electrolytic capacitors shall be used.

•                            All
resistors shall be established reliability (ER) metal film types. Where the
electrical design requires the use of alternate resistor types, their use shall
be approved in writing by Xplore Technologies.

•                            A
complete worst-case thermal analysis shall be performed. All high power
components shall be provided with heat sinks and thermal pads. No component
case temperatures above +100°C shall be allowed when operating at full performance at an ambient temperature
of +60°C. The thermal analysis shall be validated by performing a thermal scan
of the EVT units during development.

 

56

 

2.10   Physical
Characteristics

 

Table 2-26 —
Physical Characteristics

 

	
  Height

  	
   

  	
  Width

  	
   

  	
  Depth

  	
   

  	
  Weight

  
	
  203mm

  	
   

  	
  275mm

  	
   

  	
  41mm

  	
   

  	
  4.5 lbs.

  

 

57

 

2.11    Design and
Construction

 

The Wildcat tablet shall be
designed in accordance with the general guidelines provided by MIL-STD-454 and
the requirements of this section.

 

2.11.1   Socketed
Microcircuits

 

Due to their lack of
reliability in high vibration environments, no sockets shall be used for
microcircuit installation, except as expressly identified in this PRD, without
the written approval of Xplore Technologies. This requirement does not preclude
the use of circuited microcircuits on Engineering Verification Test (EVT) units
where their use will simplify system bring up and debug.

 

2.11.2    Materials

 

All materials used in the
construction of the Wildcat tablet products, docking stations and peripheral
equipment shall meet the requirements of this section.

 

2.11.2.1   Flammability
& Safety Requirements

 

All materials, components,
and interconnect wire and cable used in the construction of products shall meet
the flammability and electrical safety requirements defined in UL 60950.

 

2.11.2.2   Compatibility
Requirements

 

Materials used in the
construction shall withstand all of the environmental requirements of section
3.2 and the fluid compatibility requirements of section 3.2.10. This shall
include exposure to aromatic hydrocarbons (fuels and oils), alcohols, cleaning
solvents, brake fluid, hydraulic fluid and biologic and chemical
decontamination fluids.

 

2.11.2.3   Corrosion Resistance

 

Materials used in the
construction of the Wildcat tablet and associated equipment shall be chosen to
minimize the effects of galvanic corrosion between mating components in
accordance with the design guidelines of MIL-STD-889. All materials shall be
corrosion resistant or shall be coated or metallurgically processed to resist
corrosion. Materials and processes for metallic parts should conform to
applicable guidelines in MIL-STD-889 and MIL-STD-1516. Coatings should be
selected from MIL-STD-1516. Where the use of non corrosion resistant materials
is required for the electrical performance purposes, its used shall be
minimized.

 

2.11.3   Electrical Wire

 

All internal wiring, with the
exception of custom flex circuitry, shall conform to the requirements of
MIL-W-22759/18 for shielded wiring and MIL-W-22759/16 for unshielded wiring. No
wiring utilizing PVC insulation shall be used.

 

2.11.4   Fasteners and
Hardware

 

All screws, fasteners and
attachment hardware shall be of corrosion resistant steel. No cadmium-plated
fasteners or hardware shall be used. All attachments shall conform to Unified
American Standard (UNF) thread forms. No special tooling shall be required for
the assembly or service of the tablet.

 

2.11.5   Conformal
Coating

 

All printed circuit cards
used in the manufacturing of the Wildcat tablet shall be conformal coated using
an acrylic (Type AR) resin meeting the requirements of MIL-I-46058 &
IPC-CC-830. Connectors

 

58

 

shall be masked prior to
application. High temperature components requiring special heat sinks shall be
masked in the heat sink area to prevent coating between the component and the
heat sink.

 

2.11.6   Seals and
Gaskets

 

All exterior openings shall
be fitted with seals or gaskets to prevent entry of dust and water in
accordance with the environmental requirements of section 3.2. Internal
compartments, which might be exposed in a field environment, shall be
internally isolated from the main electronics area of the enclosure to maintain
electrical and mechanical integrity of the tablet electronics. Shop replaceable
components shall be located in their own internal compartment and shall be
serviceable without opening the main electronics enclosure as identified in
section 2.5.1.7.

 

Seals and plugs covering
external I/O ports shall be tight fitting to ensure that they do not become
dislodged due to the shock and vibration environments of section 3.2. All plugs
and seals that are opened by the user shall be physically attached to the
tablet enclosure such that they cannot come loose or be lost. Hinges and
attachments of seals and plugs shall withstand a minimum of 10,000 cycles
before failure.

 

2.11.7   EMI Sealing
Requirements

 

All mating surfaces of the
tablet enclosure shall be fitted with EMI seals to minimize radiated emissions.
All gaskets and seals shall be constructed from conductive material or be
fitted with conductive ‘whiskers’ to maintain the EMI seal. All ports that are
designed to be opened in the field shall be fitted with internal EMI shields
and shall meet all requirements of section 3.3 with the ports open.

 

2.11.8   Bonding and
Grounding

 

The Wildcat tablet shall
provide grounding and shielding provisions in accordance with MIL-B-5087.

 

2.11.9   User
Information

 

The FCC requires specific
information be furnished to the user of digital devices which are subject to
regulatory compliance. The content of the user information is dependent on the
intended application of the product. The following statement shall be placed
within a prominent location within the user documentation.

 

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1) This device may
not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

 

No changes, modifications or
adjustments should be made to this device. Changes or modifications to any
other portion of this device not expressly approved by the manufacturer could
void the user’s authority to operate the device.

 

2.11.10   Product Marking

 

All products that may be
operated in a commercial or residential area shall include a label with the
following statement placed in a prominent location on the device. The label
shall be readily legible and permanently affixed to the main unit in a
conspicuous manner. “Permanent” means etched, engraved, stamped, silk-screened,
or indelibly printed on a permanent part of the equipment or on a plate welded,
riveted, or attached by permanent adhesive (i.e. not readily detachable).

 

59

 

This device contains a transmitter
type accepted under Part 2 of the FCC Rules:

 

This device also contains digital circuitry that has been
tested and found to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operations. 

 

	
  FCC ID 

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  TYPE OR MODEL No. 

  	
   

  
	
  SERIAL
  No.

  	
   

  	
   

  
					

 

Application Note: If the unit already includes a bar code label with the serial number clearly
inscribed, it is not necessary to include the serial number on the FCC label.

 

2.11.11   Workmanship

 

The workmanship of all
electronics assemblies and subassemblies shall be in accordance with Acceptability of Electronic Assemblies (IPC-A-610B).

 

60

 

3.0  CONFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

3.1   General
Requirements

 

Unless specified otherwise,
the following requirements shall apply to all tests.

 

3.1.1   Ambient
Conditions

 

Ambient conditions including
room temperature and humidity are defined as from 18 to 28 °C @ 50%,
respectively.

 

3.1.2   Accuracy
and Calibration

 

The accuracy of test
conditions shall be ± 1% for voltage, frequency, time, torque, and distance.
Accuracy of temperature shall be ± 2° C and the accuracy of humidity and
pressure shall be ± 5%. Calibration of lab instruments is usually performed on
an ‘as need’ basis. The calibration of test equipment and the resultant
accuracy thereof is the responsibility of the test laboratory or test engineer.

 

3.1.3   Samples

 

Sample size for a given
product may vary depending on product maturity and availability. Recommended
sample sizes for singular environmental tests is from 3 to 6 and for combined,
endurance or stress tests is a minimum of 10. For product screening, a minimum
of 50 samples is recommended to ensure an accurate statistical representation
is achieved during the screening process. It is required that ALL samples be
inspected before and after test. Where deviations in sample size are required,
there shall be mutual agreement between the design engineer and test engineer
prior to test. Test samples shall be randomly selected and allocated for tests.
Each sample shall be permanently identified with a unique unit under test (UUT)
sample number. Acceptable methods of marking shall be permanent markers,
etching, labels, or tags.

 

3.1.4   Sample
Inspection

 

Without exception, all test
samples shall be inspected for conformance to engineering documentation
including drawings/schematics, compliance with workmanship and material
standards or specifications, an compliance with functional requirements.

 

3.1.5   Test
Coverage

 

Unless otherwise specified,
all products shall be subjected to every part of this standard.

 

3.1.6   Acceptance
Criteria

 

In addition to the
requirements defined in applicable product specifications, samples shall be
fully functional and undamaged before and after each test.

 

3.1.7   Test
Reports

 

Subsequent to the execution
of the test plan, a detailed test report summarizing the results obtained shall
be generated. The test report shall include executive summary including a list
of or reference to test requirements, list of deviations or exceptions to these
requirements, sample description and identification, test setup, and any
limitations of the test.

 

61

 

3.2      Environmental Requirements

 

Table 3-1 —
Environmental Qualification Requirements

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Requirement

  	
   

  	
  Test Method

  	
   

  	
  Configuration

  
	
  3.2.1

  	
   

  	
  Operating
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  -20° C to +60° C
  (Note 1)

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Methods 501.4, 502.4

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.2.2

  	
   

  	
  Storage
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  -40°C to +75° C
  (Note1)

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Methods 501-4, 502-4

  	
   

  	
  Non-operating,
  power up from storage extremes

  
	
  3.2.3

  	
   

  	
  Thermal
  Shock

  	
   

  	
  > 1.5° C <
  5° C / min -20° C to +60° C

  	
   

  	
  Verified during
  temperature cycle testing above

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.2.4

  	
   

  	
  Relative
  Humidity

  	
   

  	
  0% to 95%
  (+3/-5%) non-condensing, 23° C to 60° C, 10 cycles of 48 Hr.

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 507.4

  	
   

  	
  Operating during
  test periods as per test procedures

  
	
  3.2.5

  	
   

  	
  Solar
  Radiation

  	
   

  	
  1120 W/m2 (355
  Btu/ft2/hr) UVB @ 50oC, 7x24 ;hr cycles

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 505.4

  	
   

  	
  Non-operating

  
	
  3.2.6

  	
   

  	
  Rain

  	
   

  	
  Blowing Rain
  4”/Hr, 40mph Wind

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 506.4 Procedure I

  	
   

  	
  Operating,
  Tablet and Remote Electronics Module

  
	
  3.2.7

  	
   

  	
  Rain

  	
   

  	
  Drip Proof 7
  gal/ft2/hr

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 506.4 Procedure III (Drip)

  	
   

  	
  Operating,
  Docking Interface Module

  
	
  3.2.8

  	
   

  	
  Sand
  & Dust

  	
   

  	
  Particle Size
  <149 mm. 10 ± 7 g/m3
  particle density 1.5 m/s to 8.9 m/s Wind Speed

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 510,4 Procedure I (Blowing Dust)

  	
   

  	
  Operating, all
  seals in place.

  
	
  3.2.9

  	
   

  	
  Salt
  Fog

  	
   

  	
  5% saline for 48
  hr (12 hr. wet, 12 hr. dry, 2 cycles)

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 509.4

  	
   

  	
  Non-operating,
  Tablet and Remote Electronics Module

  
	
  3.2.10

  	
   

  	
  Contamination
  by Fluids (note 2)

  	
   

  	
  Detergents,
  brake fluid, aromatic hydrocarbons

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 504

  	
   

  	
  Non-Operating

  
	
  3.2.11

  	
   

  	
  Low
  Pressure (Altitude)

  	
   

  	
  15,000 Feet in
  accordance with Procedure I

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 500.4

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.2.12

  	
   

  	
  Vibration
  (Integrity)

  	
   

  	
  Minimum
  Integrity Test 0.04g^2/Hz, 20Hz — 1000Hz-6dB/octive 1000Hz —
  2000Hz Figure 514.5C-17

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 514.5

  	
   

  	
  Non-Operating

  
	
  3.2.13

  	
   

  	
  Vibration
  (Vehicle)

  	
   

  	
  Composite
  Wheeled Vehicle Figure 514.5C-3

  	
   

  	
  MSL-STD-810F
  Method 514.5

  	
   

  	
  Mounted on
  Vehicle Mount, Operating

  
	
  3.2.14

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical
  Shock

  	
   

  	
  20g, 11ms,
  Terminal Sawtooth, Operating 40g, 11ms, Terminal Sawtooth, Non-Operating

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 516.5

  	
   

  	
  Mounted on
  Vehicle Mount

  
	
  3.2.15

  	
   

  	
  Crash
  Shock 

  (note 3)

  	
   

  	
  75g, 11ms,
  Terminal Sawtooth

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 516.5

  	
   

  	
  Mounted in
  Vehicle Mount, Non-Operating, Unit must remain attached

  
	
  3.2.16

  	
   

  	
  Transit
  Shock

  	
   

  	
  48 in drop,
  concrete, all surfaces, edges and corners (26 drops) spread over 5 test units

  	
   

  	
  MIL-STD-810F
  Method 516.5

  	
   

  	
  Drop Test,
  Tablet only

  

Notes:

1.                          The
Wildcat tablet computers shall be fitted with temperature sensors to allow
control of the table operation over temperature extremes. These sensors shall
monitor CPU, LCD and HDD temperatures. When the computer is operating in
temperatures outside the normal temperature range of the associated components,
functions within the

 

62

 

BIOS shall regulate the duty cycle of the components
to minimize the potential damage to these components. The details of the
operation of these functions shall be documented in the BIOS design
requirements document.

2.                          This
requirement may be satisfied by analysis if the materials used can be shown to
be compatible with the associated contaminant materials.

3.                          Crash
shock testing shall be used to verify the safety and integrity of the vehicle
mounting system during accidental vehicle crash conditions. The tablet computer
does not have to survive exposure to these shock levels. In addition, some
yielding of the mounting structure is allowed. However, the tablet is to remain
firmly attached to the mount during and after exposure to the crash shock
levels. No piece of the tablet or the mounting system, that would pose a
potential hazard to vehicle occupants, is allowed to detach from the
installation.

 

3.3      Electromagnetic Compatibility

 

Table 3-2 —
Electromagnetic Compatibility

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Specification

  	
   

  	
  Requirement Limits

  	
   

  	
  Test Method

  
	
  3.3.1

  	
   

  	
  Electrostatic
  Discharge

  	
   

  	
  EN55024

  	
   

  	
  20kV

  	
   

  	
  EN 61000-4-2

  
	
  3.3.2

  	
   

  	
  Radiated
  Susceptibility

  	
   

  	
  EN55024 

  MIL-STD-461E

  	
   

  	
  5.1.7 Electric
  Field, 2 MHz to 40 GHz

  	
   

  	
  EN61000-4-3
  RS103

  
	
  3.3.3

  	
   

  	
  Radiated
  Emissions

  	
   

  	
  EN55022 

  FCC 47CFR 

  MIL-STD-461E

  	
   

  	
  5.1.6 Electric
  Field Radiation, 2MHz to 10GHz

  	
   

  	
  EN55022, Class B
  Part 15, Subclass B RE102

  
	
  3.3.4

  	
   

  	
  Conducted
  Susceptibility

  	
   

  	
  EN55024 

  MIL-STD-461E

  	
   

  	
  5.1.2 Power
  Leads, 30 Hz to 150 kHz 

  5.1.3 Bulk Cable Injection, 10 kHz to 200 MHz 

  5.1.4 30 ns Impulse Excitation, 30Hz 

  5.1.5 Damped Transients, 10kHz to 100MHz

  	
   

  	
  EN61000-4-6 

  CS101 

  CS114 

  CS115 

  CS116

  
	
  3.3.5

  	
   

  	
  Conducted
  Emissions

  	
   

  	
  EN55022 

  MIL-STD-461E

  	
   

  	
  5.1.1 Power
  Leads, 10 kHz to 10 MHz

  	
   

  	
  EN55022 

  CE102

  

 

3.4      Regulatory Compliance

The Wildcat tablet PC products shall be certified to
be in compliance with the regulatory standards identified in Table 3-3 and any
other safety or emissions standards required to meet the regulatory statutes in
the following countries: 

	
  US

  
	
  Argentina

  
	
  Australia

  
	
  Austria

  
	
  Belgium

  
	
  Brazil

  
	
  Canada

  
	
  China

  
	
  Colombia

  
	
  Denmark

  
	
  France

  
	
  Germany

  
	
  Hong Kong

  
	
  Israel

  
	
  Italy

  
	
  Japan

  
	
  Korea

  
	
  Malaysia

  
	
  Mexico

  
	
  Netherlands

  
	
  Norway

  
	
  Singapore

  
	
  South Africa

  
	
  Spain

  
	
  Sweden

  
	
  Switzerland

  
	
  Taiwan

  
	
  United Kingdom

  
	
   

  

 

Table 3-3 —
Regulatory Compliance

 

	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Requirement

  	
   

  	
  Test Method

  	
   

  	
  Configuration

  
	
  3.4.1

  	
   

  	
  CISPR
  22

  	
   

  	
  FCC Part 15
  Class B

  	
   

  	
  ANSI

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.4.2

  	
   

  	
  CE
  Mark

  	
   

  	
  EN 55022; EN
  50082-1

  	
   

  	
  EN 55022

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.4.3

  	
   

  	
  E
  Mark

  	
   

  	
  EEC Directive
  72/245/EEC (95/54/EC)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.4.4

  	
   

  	
  VCCI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.4.5

  	
   

  	
  BMSI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.4.6

  	
   

  	
  TUV

  	
   

  	
  UL 60950

  	
   

  	
  UL 60950

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.4.7

  	
   

  	
  RRL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  
	
  3.4.8

  	
   

  	
  C-Tick
  Mark

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Operating

  

 

63

 

4.0   QUALITY ASSURANCE

 

4.1   Environmental Stress Screening

Environmental stress screening (ESS) involves the
application of multiple stress stimuli beyond specification limits to reveal
latent defects in components, subassemblies, assemblies and systems. It includes
HALT and HASS processes intended to cause product failures by turning latent
defects into patent defects, analyze their root causes, and correct the
problems before the product reaches the customer. The application of HALT and
HASS play a critical role in improving the inservice reliability of a product
through better, more robust designs and manufacturing processes. HALT and HASS
audits should be performed subsequent to significant design changes or on a
periodic basis as determined necessary. The Generic Requirements for Environmental Stressing Applied to Telecommunications
Products (GR-2840-CORE) shall be used as a guideline in
determination and execution of the ESS.

 

4.1.1   Highly Accelerated Life Test (HALT)

HALT is a process used during the product design phase that provide
environments which force design and process issues to become manifest. It is a
discovery tool for engineering, no a pass/fail test. The objectives of HALT are
to,

•                            quickly
discover design and process flaws

•                            evaluate
and improve design margins

•                            verify
environmental operating limits

 

HALT is to be first applied at the lowest modular unit
level: typically individual PCBs. The HALT process is then applied to
increasing levels of complexity: typically subassemblies or assemblies and
systems. HALT should be performed at all assembly levels prior to release for
production.

 

Application Note:  A typical
HALT involves thermal stress from -60° C to +90° C at up to 60° C per minute rate combined with mechanical stress of from 28 Grms measured
product response.

 

A typical HALT profile includes step stress using from
3 to 6 samples. Power to the UUT is cycled and functional tests performed at
each step. All failures are subject to a detailed fault analysis to determine
mode of failure and any weaknesses or defects. The following stress sequence is
recommended:

 

1.                         Low
Temp Step Stress: includes -10° C steps (starting from 0°) with ten minute
dwells until both operational and destruct/test limits are determined. High
Temp Step Stress: includes +10° C steps (starting from 50°) with ten minute
dwells until both operational and destruct/test limits are determined.

2.                         High
Rate Temp Cycling: includes cycling temperature between operational
extremes at a high rate of change (>30° C per minute) with ten minute dwells
at each extreme.

3.                         Vibration
Step Stress: includes 2 Grms steps (starting at 10 Grms product response)
with ten minute dwells until both operational and destruct/test limits are
determined.

4.                         Combined
Vibration & Temp Cycling: includes cycling between operational
temperature extremes and stress step vibration up to the operational limit with
ten minute dwells at each extreme.

 

4.1.2   Highly Accelerated Stress Screening (HASS)

 

HASS is a process used in manufacturing, that allows
the discovery of process changes. It prevents products with latent defects from
getting to our customers. The purpose of HASS is to,

 

64

 

1.                         determine
need and nature of any burn-in or screening process required to address infant
mortality

2.                         determine
acceptable manufacturing tolerances before release to manufacturing and the
customer

3.                         use
as a sustaining engineering tool to evaluate impact of modifications to the
product or process by which it is manufactured

 

Each HASS profile is peculiar to each product and must
be derived from HALT results. When the HALT destruct limits have been
determined, the HASS limits can be derived by applying the 80/50 Rule. This
rule of thumb suggests using 80% of the destruct temperature limits and 50% of
the destruct vibration limit and using the resulting limits for the HASS
profile. In the event that the derived HASS limit is less than the operational
limit, the operational limit shall be used.

 

A typical HASS profile is shown below. A specific
profile should be used for each particular product and the profile run at least
10 times at the beginning of the screening process to ensure product life is
not adversely affected. It is recommended that a minimum of 50 samples be
subjected to HASS to establish a reasonable statistical model of the product
for determination of burn-in processes and affects to product infant mortality.

 

Figure
4.1 — Combined Stress Profile

4.1.3   Audits

Highly accelerated stress audits (HASA) shall be
performed for each significant product design or manufacturing process change.
HASA is a quality control tool using HASS results as a baseline in detecting
shifts in manufacturing processes.

 

65

 

4.2   Compliance Matrix

Table 4.1 —
Qualification Compliance Matrix

	
  Ref

  Section

  	
   

  	
  Characteristic

  	
   

  	
  Method

  	
   

  	
  Design

  	
   

  	
  EVT

  	
   

  	
  DVT

  	
   

  	
  NPI

  
	
  2.3

  	
   

  	
  Major Components

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.3.1

  	
   

  	
  Wildcat Tablet

  	
   

  	
  Inspection

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  23.2

  	
   

  	
  Docking Stations

  	
   

  	
  Inspection

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.3.3

  	
   

  	
  Build to Order
  Options (note 1)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.4

  	
   

  	
  MS
  Compliance

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5

  	
   

  	
  Design
  Requirements

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.5.1

  	
   

  	
  Tablet
  Requirements

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.5.2

  	
   

  	
  Docking Station
  Requirements

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.5.3

  	
   

  	
  Desktop Power
  Supply

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.6

  	
   

  	
  Functional
  Requirements

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.6.1

  	
   

  	
  Thermal
  Management

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.6.2

  	
   

  	
  Battery Charge
  Regulation

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.6.3

  	
   

  	
  Power
  Consumption

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.6.4

  	
   

  	
  Hot Docking
  Support

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.7

  	
   

  	
  Software
  Requirements

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.7.1

  	
   

  	
  Operating System

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.7.2

  	
   

  	
  Application
  Software

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.7.3

  	
   

  	
  Utility Software

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.7.4

  	
   

  	
  BIOS Software

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  2.8

  	
   

  	
  Testability
  Requirements

  	
   

  	
  Inspection

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.9

  	
   

  	
  Reliability (note
  2)

  	
   

  	
  Inspection, Eng.
  Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.10

  	
   

  	
  Physical
  Characteristics

  	
   

  	
  Inspection

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.11

  	
   

  	
  Design and
  Construction

  	
   

  	
  Inspection

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2

  	
   

  	
  Environmental
  Requirements

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.1

  	
   

  	
  Operating
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.2

  	
   

  	
  Storage
  Temperature

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.3

  	
   

  	
  Thermal Shock

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.4

  	
   

  	
  Relative
  Humidity

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.5

  	
   

  	
  Solar Radiation

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.6

  	
   

  	
  Rain, Blowing

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.7

  	
   

  	
  Rain, Drip

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.8

  	
   

  	
  Sand & Dust

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.9

  	
   

  	
  Salt Fog

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.10

  	
   

  	
  Contamination by
  Fluids

  	
   

  	
  Analysis

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.11

  	
   

  	
  Low Pressure
  (Altitude)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

66

 

	
  3.2.12

  	
   

  	
  Vibration
  (Integrity)

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.13

  	
   

  	
  Vibration
  (Vehicle)

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.14

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical Shock

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.15

  	
   

  	
  Crash Shock

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.2.16

  	
   

  	
  Transit Shock

  	
   

  	
  Analysis, Test

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.3

  	
   

  	
  Electromagnetic
  Compatibility

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.3.1

  	
   

  	
  Electrostatic
  Discharge

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.3.2

  	
   

  	
  Radiated
  Susceptibility

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.3.3

  	
   

  	
  Radiated
  Emissions

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.3.4

  	
   

  	
  Conducted
  Susceptibility

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.3.5

  	
   

  	
  Conducted
  Emissions

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4

  	
   

  	
  Regulatory
  Compliance

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.1

  	
   

  	
  CISPR 22

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.2

  	
   

  	
  CE Mark

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.3

  	
   

  	
  E Mark

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.4

  	
   

  	
  VCCI

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.5

  	
   

  	
  BMSI

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.6

  	
   

  	
  TUV

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.7

  	
   

  	
  RRL

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.4.8

  	
   

  	
  C-Tick Mark

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4.1

  	
   

  	
  Environmental
  Stress Screening

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4.1.1

  	
   

  	
  Highly
  Accelerated Life Test (HALT)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  
	
  4.1.2

  	
   

  	
  Highly
  Accelerated Stress Screening (HASS)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  

Notes:

1.  BTO
components shall be installed and tested to verify compatibility and regulatory
compliance. The configurations tested shall include, as a minimum, the
components listed in Table 2-4 and Table 2-6, installed in the combinations
shown in Table 2-5.

 

2.  Reliability
analysis is not required unless called out in the project Statement-of-Work.
Compliance with the design for reliability guidelines shall be verified during
design review. A thermal survey is required on EVT and DVT designs to verify
thermal analysis and verify that heat sinking is operating as designed. Actual
tablet reliability shall be augmented by HALT testing of NPI units and corrective action
shall be required to remove any first or second round component failures.

 

4.3   Factory Acceptance Test

Factory acceptance test requirements, specifications
and procedures shall be developed by the contract manufacturer as part of the
engineering development activity and must be approved in writing by Xplore
Technologies prior to new product introduction. The contract manufacturer is
responsible for the development of all special purpose test equipment, test
software and test fixtures. The factory testing shall be sufficient to ensure
that the products being produced meet all of the design, functional,
construction, and quality requirements of this document.

 

67

 

5.0   APPENDIX

 

5.1   EMI Test Limits

 

The following section details the specific tailoring
to the applied to the EMI/EMC test requirements defined in section 3.3.

 

5.1.1   CE102 Conducted Emissions, Power Leads, 10 kHz to 10 MHz

 

The Wildcat tablet power input ports and the REM power
input shall be tested to the limits defined in Figure 5-1. The test limits
shall use the Basic Curve without relaxation. These limits apply to all power
inputs and ground returns. The test shall be conducted with the tablet
operating, mounted to the DIM and connected to the REM.

 

Figure 5-1 — CE102
Test Limits

 

68

 

5.1.2   CS101 Conducted Susceptibility, Power Leads, 30 Hz to 150 kHz

 

The Wildcat tablet power input ports and REM power
input shall be tested to the limits defined in Figure 5-2.

 

Figure 5-2 — CS101
Test Limits

 

69

 

5.1.3   CS114 Conducted Susceptibility, Bulk Cable Injection, 10 kHz to 200 MHz

 

The Tablet and REM shall be subjected to the limit
tests associated with ground based operation from Table 5-1. The associated
test limits shall be in accordance with the test curves from Figure 5-3.

 

Table 5-1 — CS114
Test Limit Selection

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  LIMIT CURVE # FROM FIGURE CS114-1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  ALL SHIPS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  AIRCRAFT

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (ABOVE DECKS)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PLATFORM

  	
   

  	
  (EXTERNAL OR

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  AND

  	
   

  	
  SHIPS

  	
   

  	
  SHIPS (NON-

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FREQ.

  	
   

  	
  SAFETY

  	
   

  	
  AIRCRAFT

  	
   

  	
  SUBMARINES

  	
   

  	
  (METALLIC)

  	
   

  	
  METALLIC)

  	
   

  	
  SUBMARINES

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RANGE

  	
   

  	
  CRITICAL)

  	
   

  	
  INTERNAL

  	
   

  	
  (EXTERNAL)*

  	
   

  	
  (BELOW DECKS)

  	
   

  	
  (BELOW DECKS)

  	
   

  	
  (INTERNAL)

  	
   

  	
  GROUND

  	
   

  	
  SPACE

  
	
  10 KHz

  	
   

  	
  A

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  â

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2 MHz

  	
   

  	
  AF

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2 MHz

  	
   

  	
  A

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  â

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  30 MHz

  	
   

  	
  AF

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  30 MHz

  	
   

  	
  A

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  â

  	
   

  	
  N

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  200 MHz

  	
   

  	
  AF

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  3

  

 

	
  KEY: A   = Army
        N   = Navy
        AF = Air Force

  	
  *         For equipment located external to the
  pressure hull of a submarine but within the superstructure, use SHIPS
  (METALLIC)(BELOW DECKS)

  

 

70

 

Figure 5-3 — CS114
Test Limit Curves

 

 

71

 

 

5.1.4       CS115
Conducted Susceptibility, 30 ns Impulse Excitation, 30Hz

This test shall apply to all power and data cables between the tablet,
the DIM and the REM. This test shall also apply to any peripheral cables
attached to these units.

Figure 5-4 — CS115 Test Limits

 

72

 

5.1.5       CS116
Conducted Susceptibility, Damped Sinusoidal Transients, 10kHz to 100MHz

These limits apply to the power input leads
to the Wildcat tablet and REM module only.

Figure
5-5 — CS116 Test Limits

 

NOTES:

1. For Army and Navy procurements,
IMAX = 10 amperes

2. For Air Force
procurements, IMAX = 5 amperes

 

73

 

5.1.6       RE102
Radiated Emissions, Electric Field Radiation, 2MHz to 10GHz

The following test limits shall be applied to the Wildcat tablet
mounted on the DIM and to the REM. These tests may be run independently.

Figure 5-6 — RE102 Test Limits

 

5.1.7       RS103
Radiated Susceptibility, Electric Field, 2 MHz to 40 GHz

The Wildcat tablet and REM shall be subjected to the radiated
susceptibility testing of RS103 up to a minimum design limit of 10 volts/meter.
50 volts/meter shall be a design goal in order to provide all services
compliance for ground-based equipment in accordance with Table VII,
MIL-STD-461E.

 

74

 

5.2          List
of Acronyms

 

	
  A/D

  	
   

  	
  Analog-to-Digital

  
	
  AC

  	
   

  	
  Alternating Current

  
	
  ACPI

  	
   

  	
  Advanced
  Configuration and Power Interface

  
	
  A,amp

  	
   

  	
  Ampere

  
	
  ANSI

  	
   

  	
  American
  National Standards Institute

  
	
  AQL

  	
   

  	
  Acceptable
  Quality Level

  
	
  AT

  	
   

  	
  Advanced
  Technology

  
	
  ATA

  	
   

  	
  AT Attachment

  
	
  ATAPI

  	
   

  	
  ATA Packet
  Interface

  
	
  ATP

  	
   

  	
  Acceptance Test
  Procedure

  
	
  BIOS

  	
   

  	
  Basic
  Input-Output System

  
	
  BIT

  	
   

  	
  Built-In Test

  
	
  BOM

  	
   

  	
  Bill Of
  Materials

  
	
  BTO

  	
   

  	
  Build-to-Order

  
	
  BTR

  	
   

  	
  BlueTooth Radio

  
	
  CAN

  	
   

  	
  Controller Area
  Network

  
	
  CardBus

  	
   

  	
  32-bit PCMCIA PC
  Card Standard

  
	
  CCB

  	
   

  	
  Change Control
  Board

  
	
  CD

  	
   

  	
  Compact Disk

  
	
  CDMA

  	
   

  	
  Code Division
  Multiple Access

  
	
  CDPD

  	
   

  	
  Code Division
  Packet Data

  
	
  CDROM

  	
   

  	
  Compact Disk
  Read-Only-Memory

  
	
  CDRW

  	
   

  	
  Compact Disk
  Read/Write

  
	
  CMOS

  	
   

  	
  Complimentary
  Metal-Oxide Semiconductor

  
	
  CODEC

  	
   

  	
  COmpressor/DECompressor
  (data compression technology)

  
	
  CPU

  	
   

  	
  Central
  Processing Unit

  
	
  DC

  	
   

  	
  Direct Current

  
	
  DDC

  	
   

  	
  Display Data
  Channel

  
	
  DIM

  	
   

  	
  Docking
  Interface Module

  
	
  DMA

  	
   

  	
  Direct Memory
  Access

  
	
  DOS

  	
   

  	
  Disk Operating
  System

  
	
  DVD

  	
   

  	
  Digital Video
  Disk

  
	
  DVI

  	
   

  	
  Digital Video
  Interactive, Digital Visual Interface

  
	
  DVT

  	
   

  	
  Design
  Verification Test

  
	
  EIA

  	
   

  	
  Electronic
  Industries Alliance

  
	
  EMC

  	
   

  	
  ElectroMagnetic
  Compatibility

  
	
  EMI

  	
   

  	
  ElectroMagnetic
  Interference

  
	
  ESS

  	
   

  	
  Environmental
  Stress Screening

  
	
  EVT

  	
   

  	
  Engineering
  Verification Test

  
	
  FCC

  	
   

  	
  Federal
  Communications Commission

  
	
  FDD

  	
   

  	
  Floppy Disk
  Drive

  
	
  FVT

  	
   

  	
  Functional
  Verification Test

  
	
  GB

  	
   

  	
  Giga-Byte

  
	
  GMCH

  	
   

  	
  Graphics/Memory
  Controller Hub (Intel Chipset)

  
	
  GPS

  	
   

  	
  Global
  Positioning System

  
	
  GPRS

  	
   

  	
  General Packet
  Radio System

  
	
  GSM

  	
   

  	
  Global Standard
  Mobile

  

 

75

 

	
  HALT

  	
   

  	
  Highly
  Accelerated Life Test

  
	
  HASA

  	
   

  	
  Highly
  Accelerated Stress Audits

  
	
  HASS

  	
   

  	
  Highly
  Accelerated Stress Screening

  
	
  HID

  	
   

  	
  Human Interface
  Device

  
	
  HDD

  	
   

  	
  Hard Disk Drive

  
	
  I/O

  	
   

  	
  Input-Output

  
	
  ICH

  	
   

  	
  I/O Controller
  Hub (Intel Chipset)

  
	
  ICT

  	
   

  	
  In-Circuit Test

  
	
  IDE

  	
   

  	
  Intelligent (or
  Integrated) Drive Electronics

  
	
  IEEE

  	
   

  	
  Institute of
  Electrical and Electronic Engineers

  
	
  ISM

  	
   

  	
  Industrial,
  Scientific, Medical (2.4 GHz band)

  
	
  ISO

  	
   

  	
  International
  Organization for Standardization

  
	
  KCB

  	
   

  	
  Keypad
  Controller Board

  
	
  LAN

  	
   

  	
  Local Area
  Network

  
	
  LCD

  	
   

  	
  Liquid Crystal
  Display

  
	
  LED

  	
   

  	
  Light Emitting
  Diode

  
	
  LPC

  	
   

  	
  Low Pin Count
  bus

  
	
  LVDS

  	
   

  	
  Low Voltage
  Differential Signaling

  
	
  LYNX

  	
   

  	
  Product code
  name

  
	
  MA, mA

  	
   

  	
  milliampere

  
	
  MAH, mAH

  	
   

  	
  Milliamp hours

  
	
  MB

  	
   

  	
  Mega-Byte

  
	
  Mb

  	
   

  	
  Mega-bit

  
	
  MLB

  	
   

  	
  Main Logic Board

  
	
  MMC

  	
   

  	
  MultiMedia Card

  
	
  MRD

  	
   

  	
  Marketing
  Requirements Document

  
	
  MTBF

  	
   

  	
  Mean Time
  Between Failure

  
	
  NA

  	
   

  	
  Not Applicable

  
	
  NDA

  	
   

  	
  Non-Disclosure
  Agreement

  
	
  NEMA

  	
   

  	
  National
  Equipment Manufacturer’s Association

  
	
  OEM

  	
   

  	
  Original
  Equipment Manufacturer

  
	
  OHCI

  	
   

  	
  Open Host
  Controller Interface

  
	
  OSC

  	
   

  	
  Oscillator

  
	
  PC

  	
   

  	
  Personal
  Computer

  
	
  PCB

  	
   

  	
  Printed Circuit
  Board

  
	
  PCI

  	
   

  	
  Peripheral
  Component Interconnect

  
	
  PCMCIA

  	
   

  	
  Personal
  Computer Memory Card International Association

  
	
  PDA

  	
   

  	
  Personal Digital
  Assistant

  
	
  PDR

  	
   

  	
  Packet Data
  Radio (alternate)

  
	
  PDR

  	
   

  	
  Preliminary
  Design Review (alternate)

  
	
  PHY

  	
   

  	
  PHYsical
  interface hardware components (i.e., transceiver)

  
	
  PRD

  	
   

  	
  Product
  Requirements Document

  
	
  PMP

  	
   

  	
  Program
  Management Plan

  
	
  PN

  	
   

  	
  Part Number

  
	
  PS

  	
   

  	
  Power Supply

  
	
  PSB

  	
   

  	
  Power Supply
  Board

  
	
  QA

  	
   

  	
  Quality
  Assurance

  
	
  RAM

  	
   

  	
  Random Access
  Memory

  

 

76

 

	
  REM

  	
   

  	
  Remote Interface
  Module

  
	
  RF

  	
   

  	
  Radio Frequency

  
	
  RMA

  	
   

  	
  Returned
  Material Authorization

  
	
  ROM

  	
   

  	
  Read Only Memory

  
	
  RTC

  	
   

  	
  Real-Time Clock

  
	
  SAE

  	
   

  	
  Society of
  Automotive Engineers

  
	
  SBC

  	
   

  	
  Single Board
  Computer

  
	
  SDRAM

  	
   

  	
  Synchronous
  Dynamic Random Access Memory

  
	
  SMBIOS

  	
   

  	
  System
  Management BIOS

  
	
  SMBus

  	
   

  	
  System
  Management Bus

  
	
  SODIMM

  	
   

  	
  Small-Outline
  Dual In-line Memory Modual

  
	
  SOW

  	
   

  	
  Statement of
  Work

  
	
  SPDT

  	
   

  	
  Single Pole,
  Double Throw

  
	
  SPST

  	
   

  	
  Single Pole,
  Single Throw

  
	
  TBD

  	
   

  	
  To Be Determined

  
	
  TIA

  	
   

  	
  Telecommunications
  Industry Association

  
	
  TMDS

  	
   

  	
  Transition
  Minimized Differential Signaling

  
	
  UL

  	
   

  	
  Underwriters
  Laboratory

  
	
  USB

  	
   

  	
  Universal Serial
  Bus

  
	
  UUT

  	
   

  	
  Unit Under Test

  
	
  VDC, Vdc

  	
   

  	
  Volts, Direct
  Current

  
	
  VGA

  	
   

  	
  Video Graphics
  Adapter

  
	
  WAN

  	
   

  	
  Wireless Area
  Network

  
	
  WLAN

  	
   

  	
  Wireless Local
  Area Network

  
	
  XGA

  	
   

  	
  eXtended
  Graphics Array

  
	
  XPL

  	
   

  	
  Xplore
  Technologies

  

 

77

 

5.3          PC
Sleep State Definitions

Sleeping states (Sx states) are types of sleeping states within the
global sleeping state, G1. The Sx, states are briefly defined below. For a
detailed definition of the system behavior within each Sx state, see section
7.3.4, “System \_Sx States.” For a detailed definition of the transitions
between each of the Sx states, see Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
Specification, Revision 2.0 (ACPI 2.0), section 9.1, “Sleeping States.” While
there is no formal definition of a sleep state S0, it is sometimes used to
represent the normal operating mode of the processor.

S1 Sleeping State

The S1 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state. In this
state, no system context is lost (CPU or chip set) and hardware maintains all
system contexts.

S2 Sleeping State

The S2 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state. This state
is similar to the S1 sleeping state except that the CPU and system cache
context is lost (the OS is responsible for maintaining the caches and CPU
context). Control starts from the processor’s reset vector after the wake
event.

S3 Sleeping State

The S3 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state where all
system contexts are lost except system memory. CPU, cache, and chip set context
are lost in this state. Hardware maintains memory context and restores some CPU
and L2 configuration context. Control starts from the processor’s reset vector
after the wake event.

S4 Sleeping State

The S4 sleeping state is the lowest power, longest wake latency
sleeping state supported by ACPI. In order to reduce power to a minimum, it is
assumed that the hardware platform has powered off all devices. Platform
context is maintained.

S5 Soft Off State

The S5 state is similar to the S4 state except that the OS does not
save any context. The system is in the “soft” off state and requires a complete
boot when it wakes. Software uses a different state value to distinguish
between the S5 state and the S4 state to allow for initial boot operations
within the BIOS to distinguish whether or not the boot is going to wake from a
saved memory image.

5.4          System
Global State Definitions

Global system states (Gx states) apply to the entire system and are
visible to the user.

Global system states are defined by six principal criteria:

•                            Does
application software run?

•                            What
is the latency from external events to application response?

•                            What
is the power consumption?

•                            Is
an OS reboot required to return to a working state?

•                            Is
it safe to disassemble the computer?

•                            Can
the state be entered and exited electronically?

The following is a list of the defined system states:

G3 Mechanical Off

This represents the computer state that is entered and left by a
mechanical means (for example, turning off the system’s power through the
movement of a large red switch). Various government

 

78

 

agencies and countries require this operating mode. It is implied by
the entry of this off state through a mechanical means that no electrical
current is running through the circuitry and that it can be worked on without
damaging the hardware or endangering service personnel. The OS must be
restarted to return to the Working state. No hardware context is retained.
Except for the real-time clock, power consumption is zero.

G2/S5 Soft Off

This represents the computer state where the computer consumes a
minimal amount of power. No user mode or system mode code is run. This state
requires a large latency in order to return to the Working state. The system’s
context will not be preserved by the hardware. The system must be restarted to
return to the Working state. It is not safe to disassemble the machine in this
state.

G1 Sleeping

This represents the computer state where the computer consumes a small
amount of power, user mode threads are not being executed, and the system “appears”
to be off (from an end user’s perspective, the display is off, and so on).
Latency for returning to the Working state varies on the wake environment
selected prior to entry of this state (for example, whether the system should
answer phone calls). Work can be resumed without rebooting the OS because large
elements of system context are saved by the hardware and the rest by system
software. It is not safe to disassemble the machine in this state.

G0 Working

This represents the computer state where the system dispatches user
mode (application) threads and they execute. In this state, peripheral devices
(peripherals) are having their power state changed dynamically. The user can
select, through some UI, various performance/power characteristics of the
system to have the software optimize for performance or battery life. The
system responds to external events in real time. It is not safe to disassemble
the machine in this state.

S4 Non-Volatile Sleep

This represents the special global system state that allows system
context to be saved and restored (relatively slowly) when power is lost to the
motherboard. If the system has been commanded to enter S4, the OS will write
all system context to a file on non-volatile storage media and leave
appropriate context
markers. The machine will then enter the S4 state. When the system leaves the
Soft Off or Mechanical Off state, transitioning to Working (G0) and restarting
the OS, a restore from a NVS file can occur. This will only happen if a valid
non-volatile sleep data set is found, certain aspects of the configuration of
the machine have not changed, and the user has not manually aborted the
restore. If all these conditions are met, as part of the OS restarting, it will
reload the system context and activate it. The net effect for the user is what
looks like a resume from a Sleeping (G1) state (albeit slower). The aspects of
the machine configuration that must not change include, but are not limited to,
disk layout and memory size. It might be possible for the user to swap a PC
Card or a Device Bay device, however.

Notice that for the machine to transition directly from the Soft Off or
Sleeping states to S4, the system context must be written to non-volatile
storage by the hardware; entering the Working state first so that the OS or
BIOS can save the system context takes too long from the user’s point of view.
The transition from Mechanical Off to S4 is likely to be done when the user is
not there to see it.

Because the S4 state relies only on non-volatile storage, a machine can
save its system context for an arbitrary period of time (on the order of many
years).

 

79

 

Table 5-2 — Summary of Global Power States

 

	
  Global System

  State

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Software

  Runs

  	
   

  	
  Latency

  	
   

  	
  Power

  Consumption

  	
   

  	
  OS

  Restart

  Required

  	
   

  	
  Safe to

  Disassemble

  Computer

  	
   

  	
  Exit
  State

  Electronically

  
	
  G0 Working

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  Large

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  
	
  G1 Sleeping

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  >0, varies
  with sleep state

  	
   

  	
  Smaller

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  
	
  G2/S5 Soft Off

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Long

  	
   

  	
  Very near 0

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  
	
  G3 Mechanical
  Off

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Long

  	
   

  	
  RTC battery

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  No

  
	
  S4 Non-Volatile
  Sleep

  	
   

  	
  No

  	
   

  	
  Long

  	
   

  	
  Very near 0

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  

Notice that the entries for G2/S5 and G3 in the Latency column of the
above table are “Long.” This implies that a platform designed to give the user the
appearance of “instant-on,” similar to a home appliance device, will use the G0
and G1 states almost exclusively (the G3 state may be used for moving the
machine or repairing it).

 

80

 

5.5 Reference Documents

The following listed documents of the latest issue
form a part of this document. If no date is given, the most current date is
applicable. In the event of conflict between the documents referenced herein
and the contents of this document, the contents of this document are considered
a superseding requirement.

1.                         Limits
and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Information
Technology Equipment; EN 55022; 1994.

2.                         Electromagnetic
Compatibility — Generic Immunity Standard, Part 1: Residential, Commercial and
Light Industry; EN 50082-1; 1998.

3.                         Electromagnetic
Compatibility Part 4: Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 2:
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test; EN 61000-4-2; 1995.

4.                         Acceptability
of Electronic Assemblies; IPC-A-610B; ANSI; Jan 96.

5.                         Sampling
Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes; ANSI/ASQC Z1.4-1993.

6.                         Enclosures
for Electrical Equipment; National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA);
Standard 250; 1991.

7.                         Environmental
Test Methods and Engineering Guidelines, Military Standard; MIL-STD-810E.

8.                         Recommended
Environmental Practices for Electronic Equipment Design; SAE J1211.

9.                         Joint
SAE/TMC Recommended Environmental Practices for Electronic Equipment Design

(Heavy-Duty Trucks); Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE); J1455; Aug 94.

10.                   Code of Federal
Regulations — Telecommunication; Federal Communications Commission (FCC); CFR
47; Oct 95.

11.                   Limits and
Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Information
Technology Equipment; International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC); CISPR
22; 1995.

12.                   Standard Test
Method for Drop Test of Loaded Containers by Free Fall; American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM); D 5276; 1994.

13.                   Standard,
Electrostatic Discharge for Industrial Process Control; International Electromechanical
Commission (IEC); Pub. 1000-4-2; 1995-01.

14.                   Electromagnetic
Susceptibility Measurement Procedures For Vehicle Components (Except Aircraft);
Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE); J1113; Aug 87.

15.                   Environmental
Stress Screening (ESS) Technical Seminar; Screening Systems, Inc.; 1995/1996.

16.                   Safety of
Information Technology Equipment; Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; ANSI/UL
1950-1997 (CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 950-95); July 95.

 

81

 

17.                   Telecommunications
User Premises Equipment Environmental Considerations; ANSI/TIA/EIA-571-A; May
99.

18.                   Electromagnetic
Compatibility and Electrical Safety — Generic Criteria for Network
Telecommunications Equipment; Bellcore; GR-1089-CORE; Dec 97.

19.                   Generic
Requirements for Environmental Stressing Applied to Telecommunications
Products; GR-2840-CORE, Issue #1; Bell Communications Research; June 1995.

20.                   IPC-CC-830 Qualification and Performance of
Electrical Insulating Compounds for Printed Board Assemblies

21.                   MIL-B-5087, Bonding, Electrical and
Lightning Protection, for Aerospace Systems

22.                   MIL-I-46058C, Insulating Compound,
Electrical

23.                   MIL-HDBK-217F, Reliability Prediction of
Electronic Equipment

24.                   MIL-W-22759, Wire, Electrical,
Fluoropolymer-lnsulated, Copper or Copper Alloy

25.                   MIL-STD-454, 28 April, 1995, General
Guidelines for Electronic Equipment

26.                   MIL-STD-461E, Requirements for the Control
of Electromagnetic Interference

27.                   MIL-STD-704E, Interface Standards for
Aircraft Electric Power Characteristics

28.                   MIL-STD-810F, Test Method Standard for Environmental
Engineering Considerations and Laboratory Tests

29.                   MIL-STD-883, Test Method Standard for
Microcircuits

30.                   MIL-STD-889, Dissimilar Metals

31.                   MIL-STD-1516, Unified Code for Coatings and
Finishes

 

82

EXHIBIT D

TO THAT CERTAIN

TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

DATED
                                           ,
2003

BY AND BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND
WISTRON CORPORATION.

G3 Wildcat Payment Schedule for Design Services* (10.4"
TABLET)

 

	
  6/19/2002

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wildcat
  Payments to Wistron

  	
   

  	
  Target Date

  	
   

  	
  Payment

  	
   

  	
  Description

  
	
  NRE Payment 1A
  (15%)

  	
   

  	
             2/28/2002

  Rest of payment made on 6/14/02

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Project start,
  MOU signing (Feb. 28, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NRE Payment 1B
  (15%)

  	
   

  	
  7/15/02

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Contract signing
  (ASAP within 30 days of MOU signing)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NRE Payment 2
  (40%)

  	
   

  	
  8/2/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Tooling Start
  Date (August 2, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NRE Payment 3
  (15.3%)

  	
   

  	
  9/12/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Hard Tool T-1—First
  Try of 1st Prototype (September 12, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Final NRE
  Payment (14.7%)

  	
   

  	
  11/28/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Final Product
  Acceptance by Xplore (November 28, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1st Tooling
  Payment (30%)

  	
   

  	
  6/28/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Tooling Design
  Start (June 28, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2nd Tooling
  payment (40%)

  	
   

  	
  8/2/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Tooling Start
  Date (August 2, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3rdTooling
  payment (30%)

  	
   

  	
  9/12/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Hard Tool T-1—First
  Try of 1st Prototype (September 12, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EVT Prototypes
  (Qty 15)

  	
   

  	
  7/23/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  EVT Prototypes—Payment
  Due CDR (July 23, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Certification
  Testing Payment

  	
   

  	
  8/2/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Regulatory
  Compliance Testing (August 2, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ICT/ATE Test
  Fixtures

  	
   

  	
  8/2/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  ICT/ATE
  fixtures/Stencils/Test Fixtures (August 2, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  DVT Prototypes
  (Qty 55)

  	
   

  	
  9/26/2002

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  DVT Prototype—Payment
  Due (September 26, 2002)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Subtotal

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1

G3 Wildcat Assumptions:

1. Docking Station Interfaces not included

2. Wistron's tooling estimate is [***]. Tooling payment will be based
on actual tooling costs.

3. EVT & DVT Prototypes (unit cost $[***] each x 140%=$[***].
Wistron is including 5 units (Qty 2 for EVT; Qty 3 for DVT) in NRE.

NRE rebate based on first year unit shipment (from
mass production date):

 

	
  1st Year Shipment

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Disc

  	
   

  	
  total Rebate

  	
   

  	
  Net NRE

  	
   

  
	
  Up to 36K
  units

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
  %

  	
  $

  	
  —

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >36K
  units

  	
   

  	
  16

  	
  %

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >100K
  units

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
  %

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >120K
  units

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
  %

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >140K
  units

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  

*Purchase orders for the agreed upon Design Services
shall be made by Xplore to Wistron in US Dollars. Wistron will invoice Xplore
for the design services milestones. The payments will be made via wire transfer
to Wistron specified bank account within five (5) business days after Xplore
acceptance and receipt of invoice(s).

Prototypes:

Prototype systems will be at the mass production cost plus a 40% adder
for design and test purpose at different development stages (EVT, DVT, QT).
Both Xplore and Wistron engineering teams will mutually define quantity and
allocation of each system build in the SOW. The number of systems with the cost
adder is shown in the Payment Schedule above. These quantities are subject to
change, so the payment amounts may change. Included in the NRE, Wistron will
provide a total of 5 prototype units for Xplore's testing purposes, for
example, two (2) EVT units and three (3) DVT units.

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2

Xplore Wildcat Tooling Cost Estimate

Note:
subject to update based on 1st ME design review and spec. frozen

 

	
  ITEM

  	
   

  	
  PART NAME

  	
   

  	
  CAV

  	
   

  	
  Tool Cost (US$)

  	
   

  	
  Unique

  	
   

  	
  max/DGR

  	
   

  	
  Life

  	
   

  	
  Remarks

  
	
  Plastic/Magnesium Parts

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1200

  	
   

  	
  120K

  	
   

  	
  AZ=91D

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  UPPER CASE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1200

  	
   

  	
  120K

  	
   

  	
  AZ=91D

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  LOWER CASE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1200

  	
   

  	
  I20K

  	
   

  	
  AZ=91D

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  BTO COVER

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1400

  	
   

  	
  120K

  	
   

  	
  AZ=91D

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  BATTERY LATCH
  COVER

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1400

  	
   

  	
  120K

  	
   

  	
  AZ=9ID

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 1
  DOOR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1600

  	
   

  	
  120K

  	
   

  	
  AZ=91D

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 2
  DOOR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1600

  	
   

  	
  120K

  	
   

  	
  AZ=91D

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  HDD COVER

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1600

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  BATTERY
  LATCH

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1400

  	
   

  	
  300K

  	
   

  	
  Plastic

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 1
  FRAME

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1600

  	
   

  	
  300K

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  11

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 1
  LATCH

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1600

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 2
  FRAME

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1600

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  13

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 2
  LATCH

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1600

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  14

  	
   

  	
  XPL PORT
  FRAME

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  3200

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  15

  	
   

  	
  DOCKING
  FRAME

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1800

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  16

  	
   

  	
  ANTENNA
  MODULE COVER

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  3200

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  17

  	
   

  	
  BATTERY PACK
  (62W)

  	
   

  	
  l+l

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1200

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  18

  	
   

  	
  BATTERY PACK
  (31W)

  	
   

  	
  l+l

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
  1200

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TOTAL:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  Metal/Rubber Parts

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  BUMPER L

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  BUMPER R

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  LCD FRONT
  SEAL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  "

  	
   

  	
  "

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3

 

	
  4

  	
   

  	
  LCD BACK SEAL

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  HDD CUSHER

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  6

  	
   

  	
  BTO EMI PLATE

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  7

  	
   

  	
  BTO COVER SEAL

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  8

  	
   

  	
  BATTERY LATCH SPRING

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  9

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 1 SEAL

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  10

  	
   

  	
  SIDE PORT 2 SEAL

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  11

  	
   

  	
  KEY PAD

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  12

  	
   

  	
  UPPER CASE SEAL

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  13

  	
   

  	
  LOWER CASE SEAL

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  14

  	
   

  	
  CPU SUPPORT PLATE

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TOTAL:

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FPC Tooling

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  LCD/LVDS FPC

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  HDD

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  BLUETOOTH

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4

  	
   

  	
  TOUCHPAD

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5

  	
   

  	
  PALMREST

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TOTAL:

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FIXTURE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PAINTING FOR APPEARANCE

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Y

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  HOT INSERT

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TOTAL:

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Pending EC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Total
  Tooling Cost

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4

 

Notes
:

1.                          Actual
tool cost dependent on final design and the number of slides and lift pins

2.                          Invoice
amount will reflect cost plus 1/2% handling and administrative fee

3.                          Cost
above is for system only and does not include docks.

4.                         Payment Schedule:

 

	
  30% due by 4/1/02

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  40% due by Tooling Start Date

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  30% due by Hard Tool T1 Date

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  Total

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  

 

5.                          Tooling
cost rebates based on first year unit shipment (from mass production date):

 

	
  1st Year Shipment Disc

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Resulting NRE

  	
   

  
	
  upto 36K
  units

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
  %

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >36K
  units

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
  %

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >75K
  units

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
  %

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >100K
  units

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
  %

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >120K
  units

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
  %

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  >150K
  units

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
  %

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5

 

Xplore
Wildcat Factory Test Fixture Cost Estimate

 

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Amount (US$)

  	
   

  	
  Remarks

  	
   

  
	
  Stencil (2
  sets)

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1CT/ATE
  fixtures

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  1500 nodes, 20 pcs sc

  	
   

  
	
  Punch for
  PCB cutting

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Functional
  test fixtures*

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  Wistron standard

  	
   

  
	
  TOTAL

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

Payment Schedule:

100% due by Tooling Start Date

 

NOTE: Cost
above is for system only and does not include docks.

 

* Additional functional test fixtures needed by Xplore may be purchased
from Wistron.

 

Xplore
Wildcat Compliance Matrix

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Conformance
  

  Requirements

  	
   

  	
  Verification
  Method

  	
   

  	
  Responsible
  

  Party

  	
   

  	
  Budgetary
  Cost 

  US
  Dollars

  
	
  Environmental

  	
   

  	
  Operating
  temperature

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  in
  NRE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Storage
  temperature

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  in
  NRE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Thermal
  shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  in
  NRE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Relative
  humidity

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  in
  NRE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Solar
  radiation

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Rain

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Sand and
  dust

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Salt fog

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Contamination
  by fluids

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Low pressure

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Vibration
  (integrity)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Vibration
  (vehicle)

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical
  shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Crash shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Transit
  shock

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

6

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  C-Tick

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CCC

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  KTL

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SII

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  FCC

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  VCCI

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  BSM1

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  RRL

  	
   

  	
  Need more information

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Modem PTT

  	
   

  	
  Test and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Bluetooth

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  
	
  RF

  	
   

  	
  Defined in
  PRD table 2-4

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
  [***]

  

 

Payment Schedule:

 

	
  100% due by Tooling Start Date

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  

 

 

	
  Notes:

  	
   

  	
  1.

  	
   

  	
  Above test costs do not
  include prototype sample costs of test units.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  2.

  	
   

  	
  Above tests are conducted
  in-house; if third party is required by Xplore, cost will be separately
  quoted.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.

  	
   

  	
  Modem test assumes using
  standard Wistron V.90/V.92 MDC modem, which already has PTT approvals in
  China, USA, Canada, Hongkong,
  CTR-21 (Greece, Turkey, Netherlands, Germany, Austria, UK, Spain, France,Norway, Switzerland, Sweden, Ireland,
  Finland, Denmark, Italy, Belgium, Portugal). Australia, Singapore and S. Africa require Xplore to apply via local
  offices. If Xplore requires new modem, then will quote separately.

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7

 

EXHIBIT
E - VERSION 2.8

 

 

 

EXHIBIT
E

 

 

TO THAT
CERTAIN

 

TURNKEY
DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

DATED
                              ,
2003

 

BY AND
BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND WISTRON CORPORATION

 

 

Base
Unit

 

	
  Note:

  	
   

  	
  Base Unit Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Main Logic Board

  	
   

  	
  Input Power (9-18 VDC.4A)

  	
   

  	
  AC adapter

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Function key assembly

  	
   

  	
  RJ-45 10/100 LAN

  	
   

  	
  Labels

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Speakers (2)

  	
   

  	
  Integrated 5-port USB 2.0
  OHCI

  	
   

  	
  Ghost Lic.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Microphone

  	
   

  	
  15-pin External VGA

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Flex Cables

  	
   

  	
  40-pin Docking port
  connector

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Enclosure/ Case/Display
  Gasket

  	
   

  	
  2x XPL Expansion Ports (USB
  2.0)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Bridge battery

  	
   

  	
  lx Internal Type II PCMCIA
  Slot

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Small boards (inverter,
  etc.)

  	
   

  	
  lx Internal Mini-PCI Slot

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Resistive Digitizer &
  Stylus

  	
   

  	
  2x Embedded Wireless
  Antennas

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  16 level Autodimming
  Backlight

  	
   

  	
  lx 4-pin USB2.0 (500ma)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Function keys

  	
   

  	
  lx 4-pin IEEE1394a
  "Firewire"

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

1

 

EXHIBIT E - VERSION 2.8

Product Costs for 10.4" Lynx Tablet

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  YEAR l

  
	
  Configuration
  #1

  	
   

  	
  866 /
  Baseline

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N:
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  *OS WIN XP & license

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866Mhz ULV

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transmissive Display assembly, UNenhanced

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  256MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty,
  including radios

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the first
  20,000 units in total, starting April '03

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HDD 20GB

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

	
  Configuration #2

  	
   

  	
  866/ BTO XP Pro

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N: [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  *OS, none (no HDD)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty,
  including radios

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the first
  20,000 units in total, starting April '03

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

	
  Configuration
  #3

  	
   

  	
  866 /
  TPC,20,256,4500

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N:
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  *OS MS Tablet PC &
  license

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RF Digitizer & Stylus

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty,
  including radios

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in total,
  starting April '03

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  256MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HDD 20GB

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2

 

	
  Configuration
  #4

  	
   

  	
  866 / XP
  Pro,20,256,4500

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N:
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  *OS MS XP Professional
  & license

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty,
  including radios

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the first
  20,000 units in total, starting April '03

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  256MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HDD 20GB

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separatelv

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

	
  Configuration
  #5

  	
   

  	
  866 /
  BTO TPC

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N:
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  *OS, none (no HDD)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RF digitizer and stylus

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty, with
  radios

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the first
  20,000 units, starting April '03

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

	
  Configuration
  #6

  	
   

  	
  866 /
  TPC, 20,512,4500

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N:
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  *OS MS Tablet PC &
  license

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866 MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Transmissive Display assembly, enhanced

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty, including
  radios

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the first 20,000 units in
  total, starting April '03

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  512MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2-cell Lithium Phosphate, 7.6V, 4500 mAH Battery

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HDD 20GB

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3

EXHIBIT E - VERSION 2.8

 

	
  Configuration #7

  	
   

  	
  866 /
  TPC,40,512,9000

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N: [***]

  	
   

  	
  $[***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit 

  	
   

  	
  *OS MS Tablet PC &
  license 

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866
  MHz ULV 

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals 

  
	
  Transmissive Display
  assembly, enhanced 

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead 

  
	
  RF digitizer and stylus

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty, with
  radios 

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the
  first 20,000 units, starting

  
	
  512MB memory SDRAM SODIMM  

  	
   

  	
  April ‘03 

  
	
  4-cell Lithium Phosphate,
  7.6V, 9000 mAH Battery 

  HDD 40GB

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled separately

  

 

	
  Configuration #8

  	
   

  	
  866/Acrylic
  TPC,40,512,9000 

  	
   

  	
  XPLP/N: [***]

  	
   

  	
  $[***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
  *OS MS Tablet PC &
  license

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866
  MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals 

  
	
  Transmissive Display
  assembly, enhanced 

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  
	
  RF digitizer and stylus 

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty,
  including radios 

  
	
  Acrylic window, NO
  touchscreen 

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the
  first 20,000 units in total,

  
	
  Screen protector

  	
   

  	
  starting April ‘03

  
	
  512MB memory SDRAM SODIMM

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4-cell Lithium Phosphate,
  7.6V. 9000 mAH Battery

  HDD 40GB

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  
									

 

	
  Configuration #9

  	
   

  	
  866 /
  Acrylic BTO TPC

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N: [***]

  	
   

  	
  $[***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
  *OS, none (no HDD)

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866
  MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals 

  
	
  Transmissive Display assembly,
  enhanced

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead 

  
	
  RF digitizer and stylus

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty, with
  radios

  
	
  Acrylic window, NO
  touchscreen

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the
  first 20,000 units, starting

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  April ‘03

  
	
  Screen
  protector

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  

 

[***]    Confidential treatment
requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately
with the Commission.

4

 

 

	
  Configuration #10

  	
   

  	
  866 /
  BTO XP Pro w/ screen 

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N: [***]

  	
   

  	
  $[***]

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
  *OS none (no HDD)

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866
  MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  
	
  Transmissive Display
  assembly, enhanced

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  
	
  Screen protector

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty,
  including radios $[***] NRE for the first 20,000
  units in total, starting April ‘03

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  

 

	
  Configuration #

  	
   

  	
  866/

  	
   

  	
  XPL P/N: [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Includes:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Base unit

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Processor Pentium III 866
  MHz ULV

  	
   

  	
  Shipping container &
  manuals

  
	
  Transmissive Display
  assembly, enhanced

  	
   

  	
  G & A plus overhead

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  18 month Warranty, with
  radios

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  $[***] NRE for the
  first 20,000 units, starting April ‘03

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  * OS cost handled
  separately

  

[***]    Confidential treatment
requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately
with the Commission.

 

5

 

DRAFT 2.0

Exhibit F

QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR WILDCAT LYNX

 

 

1

 

1.                         Introduction

This document details the quality plan concepts of
XPLORE Technologies Corporation of America. The Quality Management Plan (QMP)
outlines interactions between the two companies with respect to the quality of
products. The supplier agrees to comply with the intent of this plan and
shall work in cooperation with XPLORE.

2.                         Critical
Contact Information

The supplier should provide XPLORE a listing of the
critical contact information for key suppliers. Desired information is as
follows:

The Executive Sponsor

The Responsible Quality
Engineer (SUPPLIERS QUALITY REPRESENTATIVE)

The Quality Account Manager
(QAM)

The Failure Analysis
Engineers (FAE)

3.                         Quality
Goals

Quality goals from suppliers should be documented from
a perspective of field DPPM goals and future quarterly objectives. The
establishment of Supplier Internal Quality Goals for incoming inspection, final
assembly, and QA out going should be implemented.

4.                         Component
Information

Component information from key suppliers should
include:

WISTRON
Part Number:

Supplier
Part Number:

Approved
Manufacturing Location(s):

5.                         ECN
Process Documentation:

Advance notice must be provided to XPLORE Engineering
for all ECN/PCN’s involving changes that impact form, fit or function or unless
otherwise stated in the Agreement.

Note: Supplier will not make any changes in its
process, location, material or to the product without prior approval from
Xplore via the Change Request Form/ECR. All ECR’s must include at a minimum: a)
justification for the change—cost savings, process improvement, design
improvement, schedule impact; b) test results to validate the change, i.e.
process control data.

5-1 ECN / PCN
Identification

All implemented engineering
changes (ECN) and major process changes (PCN’s) may increment the revision
tracking digits within the barcode label as agreed to by Xplore.

 

2

 

6.
Failure Analysis Expectations

6-1 Xplore Minimum Requirements

1.     Supplier to perform defect verification on
a regular basis.

2.     Supplier will prepare a verification
report.

3.              A sample of the
top failures, including any uncommon failures, will be returned to Supplier for
further analysis and corrective action (CLCA).

4.     Supplier to perform failure analysis and
generate a failure report by failing symptom.

5.              Supplier will
perform 100% failure analysis from pilot build to understand root cause and to
generate effective corrective action (CLCA).

6.     Supplier should utilize a closed loop
corrective action approach.

6-2 Stop Ship/Stop Build at Supplier Factory

Stop Ship/Stop Build will be
formally tracked through the issuance of a SCAR (or approved method) to the
supplier.

1.              When a stop
ship/stop build is instituted, the supplier will provide failure
analysis/engineering resources.

2.              The Supplier
will develop a containment/reaction plan that includes the suppliers’ facility,
sub-tier suppliers and subcontractors. 3. XPLORE will be immediately notified
of the stop ship plans.

4.              The supplier
will also determine field risks associated with the stop ship (# units
affected).

5.              Failed part
will be transported by best available means, including possible hand carrying
directly to supplier factory or other location for failure analysis.

6.              Full details of
the problem to root cause will be completed with the corrective action plan.

6-3 Failure Analysis response time for Normal Failures

A comprehensive F/A report
will be completed for product failures including root cause and effective
corrective action. This will be submitted to XPLORE. The supplier shall strive
to meet the recommended times outlined below:

1.              Validation of
Failure: 24 Hours

2.              Failure
Analysis and containment action: additional 4 Working Days

3.              Detailed final
F/A (must be to root cause), corrective action plan within: additional 5 Working Days

4.              If it takes
more than 10 working days after receipt of part to submit detailed final FA
report to XPLORE, the supplier will notify XPLORE for extension.

6-4 Failure Analysis response time for High Visibility
Failures

XPLORE Quality Engineer will
identify high visibility failures to the supplier. Events triggering a high
visibility failure may be purges, engineering holds, any reliability failures,
OBE failures or trends. All of these types of failures will be formally tracked
through the issuance of a SCAR to the supplier. SCAR will be initiated by the
Xplore SQE. A comprehensive F/A report will be completed for product failures
including root cause and effective corrective action. This will be submitted to
the Xplore SQE via email response to the original SCAR within the times as
outlined below upon receipt of defective parts at the supplier site:

1.              Validation of
Failure: 24 Hours

2.              Failure
Analysis and containment action: 48 Hours

3.              Detailed final
F/A (must be to root cause), corrective action plan within: 5 Calendar Days.

 

3

 

6-5 Rework and Screening of Product

Any rework/screening of
product will be performed under a controlled process. Rework/screening process
should include, at a minimum, the following:

•      Serial Number Traceability of
rework/screened product

•      Handling/ESD Precautions

•      Testing Methodology

•      Effectiveness Justification

•      Yield Data Reporting

•      Re-audit/Re-inspection

7.                         Factory
Audit Results

7-1 Results of Xplore SQE Quality Systems Audit

XPLORE SQE will perform a
Quality Systems Audit at a minimum of once every other year or at the
discretion of the XPLORE SUPPLIER QUALITY ENGINEER. Full latest audit report(s)
will be placed with corrective action status in the identified QMP analysis.

7-2 Results
of Xplore SQE Quality Process Audit

XPLORE SQE will perform a
Quality Process Audit at a minimum of once every year or at the discretion of
the XPLORE SUPPLIER QUALITY ENGINEER. Full latest audit report(s) will be
placed with corrective action status.

8.                         Sub-Supplier
Control

The supplier will make best efforts to establish a
sub-supplier/subcontractor quality management program to effectively control
incoming quality through the use of closed loop corrective action and
continuous improvement activities. The intent of this section is to ensure that
all incoming components meet the suppliers design specifications and quality
standards.

8-1 Minimum requirements

1.              Perform quality
audits a minimum of twice per year for the suppliers of critical components.

2.              Only components
from sub-suppliers listed in the formal approved vendor list (AVL) and approved
by XPLORE will be utilized in the manufacture of XPLORE product.

3.              Sub-suppliers
removed from the AVL for any reason must be formally re-qualified and approved
by XPLORE prior to being added back onto the AVL. Additions to the AVL will be
processed through the XPLORE ECN approval process.

4.              Incoming
quality goals shall be established and monitored for components.

5.              Formal closed
loop corrective action will be utilized for all sub-supplier components not
meeting the quality goals.

6.              If a certain
component causes a quality excursion, then the component will be disqualified.

8-2 Procedures to be provided by supplier:

1.              Supplier survey
procedure

2.              Supplier
site/component qualification procedure

3.              Supplier audit
procedure

4.              Supplier
ranking & rating procedure

5.              Supplier CIP
program

6.              Incoming
inspection procedure for each component

 

4

 

9.                         First
Article Inspection

Supplier is required to perform a First Article
Inspection (FAI) to assure all products meet design-engineering parameters
based on an approved First Article Inspection Procedure. This is normally done
on the first production build lot for a newly designed component or revision.
The purpose of the FAI is to verify compliance of a part or finished product
produced in a normal production environment to the Supplier’s design
specifications (Product BOM is frozen). First Article Inspection may include
verification of mechanical dimensions, chemical finishes, solder workmanship
verification, configuration, and test data. Normally a First Article Inspection
report is generated that defines the Supplier, part number, and revision.
Included in this report is a list of inspection attributes to be verified,
either visually or through the use of standard inspection tools. An inspector
or quality engineer usually performs the First Article Inspection. However,
final approval of the success of the First Article Inspection is the
responsibility of XPLORE.

Supplier to provide documented proof that components
and finished product were inspected per supplier FAI procedure and meet supplier
design specifications.

9-1 FAI for Critical Components

•                 FAI should be done on each
Critical component according to supplier FAI procedure. 

•                 Every item on drawing needs
to be verified during FAI.

9-2 FAI for Finished Product

•                 Measurement method should be
based on XPLORE’s specification 

•                 FAI for finished product
will be applied for the first 20 systems. 

•                 Optical, mechanical and
electrical characteristics 

•                 Mechanical:

•                  Upper and lower case mating

•                  Battery fit

•                  Centering of digitizer
within bezel

•                  Peripheral connector
integrity 

•                  Switch activation 

•                  Unit docking

•                  General cosmetic

•                 Electrical:

•                TBD

9-3 Information to be Verified

•                 Equipment

•      Name
/ Model

•       Calibration Frequency / Record

•       Gauge R&R Record

•       PM record

10.                          Critical Process Parameter 

10-1 Minimum Requirements

The supplier will identify
the critical process parameters and work with the XPLORE to generate an agreed
upon list. These parameters will be monitored and results reported to XPLORE on
a TBD basis after the data was collected.

 

5

 

11.                  On-going
Reliability Test

Supplier shall carry out an On-going reliability test
to ensure that the quality of the product is maintained over lifetime of the
product. This testing method will be governed by the PRD on “Reliability
Testing”.

12.                  Quality
Reporting

The supplier shall submit a monthly quality report to
the XPLORE Supplier Quality Engineer per the following requirements or as
defined in the main Agreement:

12-1
Quality Data: Monthly

Quality Data should be
supplied for each of the inspection processes as defined below:

•      Assembly Final Test (if applicable)

•      Test (Prior to Aging)

•      Outgoing Inspection

The following is the data
required from each process:

•      Failure (DPPM) trend chart

•      Pareto of top 5 failures (4 week rolling
graph)

•                 Root Cause & Corrective
Action Summary required for the top 3 failures (detail not required)

12-2 ECN Status: Monthly

Supplier to provide a list
of ECN’s which are approved by XPLORE along with the following information
relating to each of the ECN’s:

•      ECN number

•      Summary of the change being requested

•      Revision number

•      Factory cut-in date

12-3
Ongoing Reliability Test Results (ORT): TBD

ORT test results should be
included in the monthly report.

13.                  Barcode Label
Tracking and Cross Referencing

Supplier is required to
establish and maintain a system to track and cross reference product barcode to
the product serial number. Unless otherwise specified, supplier shall maintain
all the barcode and Serial Number tracking records for minimum of 3 years. 

Supplier to provide
documented evidence of cross reference of supplier serial numbers to XPLORE
barcode. 

 

6

 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

This Exhibit G - Service and Support Addendum of
TURNKEY DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), effective this 1
day of July, 2002, is made and entered into by and between XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION of AMERICA and
its subsidiaries and affiliates (“XPLORE”), a
Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 11675 Jollyville
Road, Suite 150, Austin, Texas 78759 U.S.A. and WISTRON CORPORATION (“WISTRON), and its subsidiaries and
affiliates, a Taiwan corporation having its principal place of business at 21F,
88, Sec. 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd., Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Effective Date shall commence on the first day after
receipt by Xplore of Product manufactured under mass production.

Table of Contents

	
  1. 

  	
  Scope / Checklist

  
	
   

  	
  1.1

  	
  General
  Classification

  
	
   

  	
  1.2

  	
  Purpose

  
	
   

  	
  1.3

  	
  Geographical
  Scope

  
	
   

  	
  1.4

  	
  Days and Hours
  of Support

  
	
   

  	
  1.5

  	
  Contact Points -
  Service Issues

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2. 

  	
  Definitions

  
	
   

  	
  2.1

  	
  Abused

  
	
   

  	
  2.2

  	
  Authorized Caller

  
	
   

  	
  2.3

  	
  Component Level
  Repair

  
	
   

  	
  2.4

  	
  Customer / End
  User

  
	
   

  	
  2.5

  	
  Dead on Arrival
  Failure Rate

  
	
   

  	
  2.6

  	
  Error

  
	
   

  	
  2.7

  	
  Failed Unit

  
	
   

  	
  2.8

  	
  Fixtures

  
	
   

  	
  2.9

  	
  Good Operating
  Condition

  
	
   

  	
  2.10

  	
  Incident

  
	
   

  	
  2.11

  	
  Like New
  Condition

  
	
   

  	
  2.12

  	
  Modular Level
  Repair

  
	
   

  	
  2.13

  	
  Monthly Failure
  Rate (MFR)

  
	
   

  	
  2.14

  	
  No Trouble Found

  
	
   

  	
  2.15

  	
  On-Site Repair

  
	
   

  	
  2.16

  	
  Preventive
  Maintenance

  
	
   

  	
  2.17

  	
  Problem

  
	
   

  	
  2.18

  	
  Product

  
	
   

  	
  2.19

  	
  Repair

  
	
   

  	
  2.20

  	
  Service Center
  Repair

  
	
   

  	
  2.21

  	
  Severity Level

  
	
   

  	
  2.22

  	
  Software
  Corrective Action

  
	
   

  	
  2.23

  	
  Software
  Maintenance Upgrade

  
	
   

  	
  2.24

  	
  Software Patch

  
	
   

  	
  2.25

  	
  Software Version
  Release

  
	
   

  	
  2.26

  	
  Spare Parts

  
	
   

  	
  2.27

  	
  Subassemblies

  
	
   

  	
  2.28

  	
  Tier I

  
	
   

  	
  2.29

  	
  Tier II

  
	
   

  	
  2.30

  	
  Tier III

  
	
   

  	
  2.31

  	
  Turnaround Time

  
	
   

  	
  2.32

  	
  Warranty Failure
  Rate

  
	
   

  	
  2.33

  	
  Workaround

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3. 

  	
  Technical Support
  Responsibilities

  
	
   

  	
  3.1 

  	
  Support Services

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.1.1   Tier
  I and Tier II Responsibilities

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.1.2   Tier
  III Responsibilities

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  3.1.3   Support
  Procedures

  
	
   

  	
  3.2

  	
  Emergency
  Technical Support

  
	
   

  	
  3.3

  	
  Problem
  Resolution

  
	
   

  	
  3.4

  	
  Software
  Maintenance

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4.

  	
   Repair Responsibilities

  
	
   

  	
  4.1

  	
  Repair of
  Products

  
	
   

  	
  4.2

  	
  Preferred Repair
  Strategy

  
	
   

  	
  4.3

  	
  Warranty Costs

  
	
   

  	
  4.4

  	
  Out of Warranty
  Costs

  

 

 

 

	
   

  	
  4.5

  	
  Warranty on Repairs

  
	
   

  	
  4.6

  	
  Standards for Condition
  of Repaired Product

  
	
   

  	
  4.7

  	
  Workmanship Standards

  
	
   

  	
  4.8

  	
  Repair Turnaround Time
  for Product

  
	
   

  	
  4.9

  	
  Repair Turnaround Time
  for Subassemblies

  
	
   

  	
  4.10

  	
  Packaging

  
	
   

  	
  4.11

  	
  Shipping

  
	
   

  	
  4.12

  	
  Abused Product or
  Subassembly

  
	
   

  	
  4.13

  	
  Mean Time to Repair

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5.

  	
  Training

  
	
   

  	
  5.1

  	
  Initial Support
  Training

  
	
   

  	
  5.2

  	
  Refresher Support
  Training

  
	
   

  	
  5.3

  	
  Repair Training

  
	
   

  	
  5.4

  	
  Scope of Training

  
	
   

  	
  5.5

  	
  Costs

  
	
   

  	
  5.6

  	
  Product Change
  Notification

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.

  	
  Documentation and
  Software Tools

  
	
   

  	
  6.1 

  	
  Delivery of
  Documentation

  
	
   

  	
  6.2 

  	
  Electronic Copies

  
	
   

  	
  6.3 

  	
  Updated Documentation

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.

  	
  Testing

  
	
   

  	
  7.1

  	
  Test Fixtures

  
	
   

  	
  7.2

  	
  No Trouble Found Test

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.

  	
  Spare Parts

  
	
   

  	
  8.1

  	
  Spare Parts List

  
	
   

  	
  8.2

  	
  Discontinuance of Spare
  Parts

  
	
   

  	
  8.3

  	
  Failure Rates

  
	
   

  	
  8.4

  	
  Inventory

  
	
   

  	
  8.5

  	
  Lead Time

  
	
   

  	
  8.6

  	
  Urgent Orders

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9.

  	
  Reporting

  
	
   

  	
  9.1

  	
  Problem Status

  
	
   

  	
  9.2

  	
  WISTRON Service Return
  Process

  
	
   

  	
  9.3

  	
  Individual and Monthly
  Repair Reports

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.

  	
  Billing

  
	
   

  	
  10.1

  	
  Fees

  
	
   

  	
  10.2

  	
  Invoicing Procedure

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.

  	
  Remedies

  
	
   

  	
  11.1

  	
  Additional Spares

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  12.

  	
  Miscellaneous

  
	
   

  	
  12.1 

  	
  Entire Agreement

  
	
   

  	
  12.2 

  	
  Conflict

  
	
   

  	
  12.3 

  	
  Term

  
	
   

  	
  12.4 

  	
  Compliance with Laws

  
	
   

  	
  12.5 

  	
  Hazardous Materials

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

Appendix A:          Product and Spares Part Listing

Appendix
B:          Activated WISTRON Service
Locations

Appendix
C:         Repair Fee Structure

Appendix
D:         Test Fixture Listing and
Associate Pricing

Appendix E:          General Service and Support Conditions

1.                         Continuing
Availability of Maintenance, Replacement, and Repair Parts

2.                           Notification of
Engineering Changes

3.                           Reliability
Standards

 

1

 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey
Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

SCOPE

 

1.1           General Classification. This Service and Support
Addendum applies to [check all that apply]:

a.             Hardware

x           XPLORE Product and Docking Station Interfaces;

b.             Software

x           XPLORE
Software Products and BIOS;

XPLORE
Software Products (Software, or software herein) do not include third party
software that Xplore is licensing itself or third party products for which
XPLORE is just an intermediary. Examples include but are not limited to
Microsoft Windows.

c.             Integration and Installation of
Hardware/Software at End-User Sites

o            (1)
Standard XPLORE Hardware and Software Products;

o            (2)
Mixed Standard and Modified Custom Hardware and Software Products;

o            (3)
Custom Hardware and Software Products

The
warranty period shall be as set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing
Agreement.

1.2                                 Purpose. WISTRON is engaged in the design, manufacture, and service of the
Products, excluding the design of the docking station interfaces. This Addendum
provides the framework under which WISTRON provides the training and
documentation for XPLORE to perform Tier I and Tier II for the identified
Products in Appendix A and the procedures under which WISTRON shall provide
support to XPLORE, principally Tier III support. This Addendum further provides
the process under which product repair is performed by either WISTRON or
XPLORE.

1.3           Geographical Scope.

 

The
following are geographical locations in which the Products will require support
and/or repair services by either XPLORE or WISTRON.

 

x           United
States and Canada—Warranty Depot Service at Acer in El Paso, TX

x           Latin
America—Warranty Depot Service at Acer in El Paso, TX

x           EMEA
(Europe, Middle East, and Africa)—Warranty Depot Service at Den Bosch, IMS in
Denmark

x           Asia
(including Australia and New Zealand)—Warranty Depot Service at Wistron in
Hsinchu, Taiwan

1.4                                 Days and Hours of Support. WISTRON shall provide access to its own
internal Tier II and Tier III technical support personnel to XPLORE as follows:

Days:  Monday
through Friday, daily except for National Holidays

Hours:  During normal local business hours
at WISTRON’s El Paso, Texas location.

WISTRON
recognizes holidays are not included in the days of support. If a request for
support is received by WISTRON outside of the above days and hours, support
will be initiated the next business day.

 

1.5                                 Contact Points-Service Issues. The following are the currently assigned
personnel of WISTRON and XPLORE for day-to-day service and support related
activities. This list may be updated by either party from time to time to
reflect changes in contact personnel and information.

 

	
  XPLORE Technical Support Contacts:

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON Technical Support
  Contacts:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Phineus Lai

  
	
  Name: XPLORE
  Support Center

  	
   

  	
  Name:
  WISTRON Customer Support Center

  
	
  Phone: (888)
  449-7567

  	
   

  	
  Phone:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Phone: 886-2-8691-1207

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fax:
  882-2-8691-1799

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:
  Phineus_lai@wistron.com.tw

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:
  NA

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE
  Customer Services Project Management:

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON
  Project Management:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name: Brooke
  Shang

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Phone:
  886-2-8691-1884

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Fax:
  886-2-8691-1884

  
	
  E-Mail:

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:
  brooke_shang@wistron.com.tw

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  In their
  absence:

  	
   

  	
  In their
  absence:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name:

  	
   

  	
  Name: Tom
  Pai

  
	
  Phone:

  	
   

  	
  Phone: 886-2-8691-2909

  
	
  Fax:

  	
   

  	
  Fax: 886-2-8691-1799

  
	
  E-Mail:

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:
  Tom_pai@wistron.com.tw

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE
  Purchasing for Parts Ordering:

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON
  Contact for Parts Ordering:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name:

  	
   

  	
  Name: Eng
  Wong

  
	
  Phone:

  	
   

  	
  Phone: 886-3-5770707
  ext. 2558

  
	
  Fax:

  	
   

  	
  Fax:
  886-3-5770707 ext. 2699

  
	
  E-Mail:

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail: eng_wong@wistron.com.tw

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  In his
  absence:

  	
   

  	
  In their
  absence:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  
	
  Phone:

  	
   

  	
  Phone:

  
	
  Fax:

  	
   

  	
  Fax:

  
	
  E-Mail:

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE
  Repair Center Contact:

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON
  Repair Center Contact:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name: Hugo
  Salinas

  	
   

  	
  Name: Jonas
  Hsu

  
	
  Phone:
  512-336-7797 ext. 222

  	
   

  	
  Phone:
  886-3-5770707 ext.2911

  
	
  Fax: 512-336-7791

  	
   

  	
  Fax:

  
	
  E-Mail: hsalinas@xploretech.com

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:
  Jonas_hsu@wistron.com.tw

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  In his
  absence:

  	
   

  	
  In their
  absence:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name: Hector
  Valdovino

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  

 

2

 

Exhibit G

Service and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

	
  Phone: 512-336-7797 ext. 209

  	
   

  	
  Phone:

  
	
  Fax:
  512-336-7791

  	
   

  	
  Fax:

  
	
  E-Mail:
  hvaldovino@xploretech.com

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE
  Management Escalation:

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON
  Management Escalation:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name: Sid
  Laub

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  
	
  Phone: (512)
  336.7797 ext. 223

  	
   

  	
  Phone

  
	
  Fax: (512)
  336.7791

  	
   

  	
  Fax:

  
	
  E-Mail:
  slaub@xploretech.com

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE
  International Service

  	
   

  	
  WISTRON
  International Service

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Contacts:

  	
   

  	
  Contacts:

  
	
  EMEA

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name: David
  Han

  	
   

  	
  Name: Paul
  K.H. Wu

  
	
  Phone: 011-44-358-9-854-58024

  	
   

  	
  Phone: 31
  (0)73-645 92 83

  
	
  Fax: 011-358-9-85458011

  	
   

  	
  Fax: 31
  (0)73-645 95 67

  
	
  E-Mail:
  dhart@Wistrontech.com

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:
  paul_k.h._wu@wistron.com.tw

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Asia Pacific

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name:

  	
   

  	
  Name: See
  International Service Locations (Same as headquarter)

  
	
  Phone:

  	
   

  	
  Phone:

  
	
  Fax:

  	
   

  	
  Fax:

  
	
  E-Mail:

  	
   

  	
  E-Mail:

  
	
  Cell/Beeper:

  	
   

  	
  Cell/Beeper:

  

 

 

2.             DEFINITIONS

2.1                                 An “Abused Product” or an “Abused Subassembly”
shall mean a physically damaged Product or Subassembly, respectively that has
been damaged due to forces or exposure beyond normal use within the specified
operational and environmental parameters as set forth in the Product
Specification. Abuse also includes but is not limited to damage caused by
normal wear and tear. Abuse, may also include the elements and factors listed
in Appendix F. However, damage caused as a result of the elements or factors in
Appendix F may also not be a result of abuse, e.g. excessive dirt in the unit
could be a result of faulty sealing (no abuse) or improper handling by the
customer (abuse). The Parties will have to investigate whether the presence of'
an element or factor in Appendix F is a result of abuse, or a warranty issue.

2.2                                 “Authorized Caller” shall mean a person or
persons designated by XPLORE as the technical/engineering support personnel
authorized to contact WISTRON in connection with service and support for the
Products.

2.3                                 “Component Level Repair” shall mean the repair
of a Subassembly (for example, replacement of components on a PC board) as
contrasted with a Modular Level Repair.

2.4                                 “Customer” or “End User” shall mean a company
or organization that uses XPLORE products in the operation of their business.

2.5                                 “Dead on Arrival Failure Rate” shall mean the
percentage representing the ratio of the number of Products that fail within
five (5) calendar days from the date of shipment of Product to the End User and
upon initial Product power up out of the box by the End User divided by the
cumulative number of Products shipped to customers.

2.6                                 “Error” shall mean a defect in the Product
which is reproducible and which causes such Product not to function
substantially in conformance with the Specifications, end user documentation,
or other related documentation, including without limitation any functional
specifications of other engineering documentation for the Product, or commonly
accepted operating principles as defined by industry standards. Errors are
classified according to Severity Levels as classified under the definition of Problems.

2.7                                 “Failed Unit” shall mean a Product returned by
a customer as being inoperative or not conforming to the applicable Product
Specification as published by XPLORE. Failed Units do not cover items as
defined in section 4.1 of Exhibit G Appendix E, Missing, Wrong or Damaged
Products which are defined as parts, peripherals or other items missing from an
order, an order that is processed incorrectly or damage that occurs in transit.
Failed units do not cover no trouble found units returned by XPLORE.

2.8            “Fixtures”
shall mean tools used for testing the manufactured or repaired product.

2.9                                 “Good Operating Condition” shall mean the
Product functions in accordance with XPLORE’s published product specifications
and successfully completes all diagnostic routines.

2.10                           “Incident” means a situation that necessitates
an End User to contact XPLORE for assistance.

2.11                           “Like New Condition” shall mean free of
cosmetic defects, and fully functioning according to Product Specification.

2.12                           “Modular Level Repair” shall mean the
replacement of modules such as subassemblies, housings, wire harnesses, and
hardware in a product.

2.13                           “Quarterly Failure Rate” (hereinafter, “QFR”)
shall mean a number equal to the cumulative number of units returned to WISTRON
for warranty repair, excluding non-warranty returns, Failed Units, and no
trouble found Products pursuant to the procedure set forth in section 8.2
hereof, of a specific Product under warranty in a quarter divided by the total
population of product units of such specific product under warranty delivered
to XPLORE.

2.14                           “No Trouble Found” unit shall mean a unit that
is returned for service with no apparent defect, according to the procedure set
forth in section 8.2 hereof.

2.15                           “On-Site Repair” shall mean repairs performed
at the customer’s site by authorized service personnel as an alternative to
Service Center Repair.

2.16                           “Preventive Maintenance” shall mean those
functions required to inspect and evaluate a functioning Product and to clean,
adjust, replace worn components, and lubricate the Product, as per WISTRON’s
instructions to restore product to Good Operating Condition.

2.17                           “Problem” means any Error (as defined
hereinabove), or any actual failure or functional impairment that causes
reduced functionality to the Product. Problems are assigned a classification by
Severity Level at the time of XPLORE’s initial contact with End User concerning
the Problem. Problem Severity Level may be changed based upon new technical
information or change in the Customer’s situation and as mutually agreed upon
by the Parties.

2.18                           “Product” shall mean the products of XPLORE as
listed in Appendix A. Each Product manufactured by WISTRON, excluding Spare
Parts,

 

3

 

Modules
and Components, shall have a suitable permanent label or marking which shall
include a unique serial number.

2.19                           “Repair” shall mean the repair or replacement
of a malfunctioning Product to return it to Good Operating Condition.

2.20                           “Service Center Repair” shall mean Repairs
performed at authorized service center locations.

2.21                           “Severity Level” may be defined either in
technical terms or based on customer sensitivity, whichever is more critical.
The Severity Levels are defined as follows:

Severity 1:                Technical: Customer equipment is inoperable which results in a critical impact to
business operations. No viable workaround is known.

Customer Sensitivity: The Customer regards the Problem as clearly
placing into question future orders and business with XPLORE. Severity Level 1
can only be initiated by authorized XPLORE

Level III technical support representative.

Severity 2:                Technical: Customer equipment is operational, but service interruption or
degradation creates difficulty in the execution of functions that results in a
severe impact to business operations. Customer acceptable workaround is
available.

Customer Sensitivity: The
Customer regards the Problem as serious, and there is potential risk of losing
actual or future business.

Severity 3:                Technical: Customer equipment is operational, but problems prevent some functions
from meeting the full production specifications or cause particular features or
functionality to be degraded or inoperative. Some business operations are
impaired or impacted, but a customer acceptable workaround is available.

Customer Sensitivity: The problem is impacting the customer’s
day-to-day business; there is generally a low risk of losing future business.

Severity 4:                Technical: The equipment is performing to current specifications, but enhancements
to hardware, software, or accessories are needed to meet full customer
satisfaction.

Customer Sensitivity: The problem is not currently impacting the
customer’s day-to-day business, but may in the future.

2.22                           “Software Corrective Action” shall be an action
to correct a Problem due to the software not performing up to XPLORE’s
specification. It can be classified as either a Software Patch, Software
Maintenance Upgrade, or Software Version Release.

2.23                           “Software Maintenance Upgrade” shall mean a
revision or an update of a current Software Version Release that improves
quality and performance by incorporating Problem fixes and/or minor
functionality improvements. Software Maintenance Upgrades are identified by the
second series of digits of the software numeric identifier, located on the
software distribution media (VV.MM.PP).

2.24         “Software Patch” shall
mean executable software created as an emergency repair to address a software
bug or other temporary workaround situation. Software Patches are identified by
the third series of digits of the software numeric identifier located on the
software diskette (VV.MM.PP).

2.25         “Software Version
Release” shall mean a new version of the software Product substantially revised
with new features and/or major functionality improvements, including bug fixes
and prior Software Maintenance Upgrades. Software Version Releases may be
identified by the first series of digits of the software numeric identifier,
located on the software distribution media (VV.MM.PP).

2.26         “Spare Parts” shall mean all Subassemblies of Products listed in
Appendix A and sold by WISTRON to XPLORE under this Addendum as normally used
for Product service and maintenance.

2.27         “Subassemblies” shall mean populated printed circuit boards,
accessories, removable modules, or discrete parts used in or associated with a
Product. Subassemblies are distinguished from complete finished products.

2.28         “Tier I” shall mean first call support on all customer calls. Technical
support staff answers technical inquiries regarding Products, and provides
problem diagnostics services for identifying Problems and generic application
faults, analysis, and where possible, Problem resolution. Any unresolved issues
are escalated to Tier II.

2.29         “Tier II” shall mean specialist level technical support. Technical support/
escalation staff performs Problem isolation and replication, lab simulations,
interoperability testing, and remote diagnostics. The goal is to isolate the
failure/ discrepancy and resolve or escalate the problem. Tier II personnel may
require dialogue with Tier III personnel to help isolate the failure. Any
unresolved issues are escalated to Tier III.

2.30                           “Tier III” shall mean engineering and
technical support by XPLORE or WISTRON to isolate a Problem/Error and implement
a mutually approved solution, including, but not limited to, a Product design
change. Escalation of unresolved issues from Tier III is described in Section
4.

2.31                           “Turnaround Time” shall mean the number of
business days between the date a Product is received by WISTRON or a designated
WISTRON representative for repair and the date the repaired/replaced Product is
shipped to XPLORE.

2.32                           “Warranty Failure Rate” shall mean the
percentage representing the ratio of the number of products failing during the
Warranty Period for such Product divided by the total number of Products
shipped to customers during the corresponding period.

2.33                           “Workaround” shall mean a feasible change in
operating procedures whereby an end user can avoid any deleterious effects of
an Error.

3.             TECHNICAL
SUPPORT RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1           Support Services.

3.1.1                        Tier I and Tier II Responsibilities. XPLORE shall provide Tier I and Tier II
support services to the End Users of the Products.

3.1.2        Tier III Responsibilities.
WISTRON shall provide Tier III technical support to XPLORE’s technical contact
during the duration of the term of this Addendum. In addition, Wistron shall
extend support, for a fee of $[***] per hour to a mutually agreed upon number
of Authorized Callers, providing that a majority of the calls are for actual
Problems, beginning on the Effective Date and continuing during the term of
this Addendum. XPLORE will receive priority from WISTRON for Tier III support
based on standard commercial and service practices and relative to XPLORE’s
volume purchases. WISTRON will provide Tier III support to XPLORE during the
agreed upon Days and Hours of Support noted in Section 1.4. XPLORE’s Authorized
Callers will have direct access to WISTRON’s specifically defined Tier II and
Tier III technical support personnel. WISTRON’s designated technical support
personnel will facilitate contact with WISTRON’s technical engineering
personnel as required for escalation purposes.

3.1.3        Support Procedures. XPLORE shall
reasonably attempt to resolve customer problems for the Products prior to
contacting

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4

 

WISTRON.
WISTRON will not contact or provide direct support to XPLORE customers with
respect to the Products pursuant to this Addendum without XPLORE’s prior
approval. WISTRON will acknowledge XPLORE’s request for assistance within one (1)
business day. If unable to resolve, XPLORE and WISTRON will agree, in good
faith, what additional information and/or documentation will be required for
resolution. WISTRON shall work with XPLORE in attempting to reproduce any such
problem. Problem resolution shall be managed in accordance with Section 3.3
hereunder.

3.2                                 Emergency Technical Support. For Severity 1 Problems deemed by XPLORE to
require emergency, on-site support that would be significantly facilitated by
WISTRON’s assistance and such support is mutually agreed upon by the Directors
of Support for XPLORE and WISTRON, WISTRON agrees to use its best reasonable
efforts to provide such emergency support. In situations where the site visit
was precipitated by an acknowledged WISTRON Problem, WISTRON will bare costs
for labor, or expenses. If the Problem is not an WISTRON Product Problem,
XPLORE will reimburse WISTRON for travel and lodging expenses plus reasonable
per diem rates, in addition to an on-site service fee based on $[***]/hr. with
an [***] hour minimum billing period. Travel time to and from the site will be
billed at the same rate.

3.3                                 Problem Resolution. XPLORE and WISTRON shall promptly agree in
good faith to exchange pertinent information and/or documentation that may be
required to permit WISTRON to identify and resolve Product Problems.

Severity 1.                Response: WISTRON shall work with XPLORE using reasonable best efforts to develop
a reasonable action plan within two (2) business days, for Severity Level 1
Problems. A proposed resolution shall be identified in the action plan. XPLORE
and WISTRON problem managers shall review the Incident within two (2) business
days.

Severity 2:                Response: WISTRON shall work with XPLORE using reasonable best efforts to develop
a reasonable action plan within five (5) business days. XPLORE and WISTRON
problem managers shall review the Incident within five (5) business days. A
proposed resolution shall be identified in the action plan.

Seventy 3:                Response: In the event, Product is identified by the Parties as a Failed Unit,
WISTRON shall work with XPLORE to create an action plan within ten (10)
business days of receipt of notification. As approved by the Parties, WISTRON
shall provide a proposed resolution within three (3) months or next scheduled
release, whichever is sooner.

Severity 4:                Response: If the Customer request is reasonable and can
be addressed by WISTRON, WISTRON shall work with XPLORE to create an action
plan within forty five (45) business days of receipt of notification. A
proposed resolution and any associated costs, if applicable, will be presented
by WISTRON and if accepted by XPLORE will be planned and scheduled through
mutual agreement between XPLORE and WISTRON.

3.4                                 Software Maintenance. During the term of this Addendum, WISTRON
shall provide all Software Patches, Software Maintenance Upgrades and Software
Version Releases to XPLORE at no additional charge. In the event a Problem is
reported due to software not performing up to XPLORE’s specification, WISTRON
must provide either an End User acceptable workaround or a Software Corrective
Action to XPLORE for distribution to the end user. All Software Corrective
Actions shall be provided within the timeframes identified above. Software
Corrective Actions shall include one copy of any documentation changes in
electronic format. Software Version Releases will be used for the sole purpose
of training and support and will be distributed to the End User only with
XPLORE’s approval.

 

4.             REPAIR
RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1                                 This section relates to the Repair of Products
that are returned by the Customer to XPLORE for service, and sets forth the
responsibilities of the parties for the repair and the costs thereof depending
upon (i) whether the product is “Warranty” or “Post Warranty”, and (ii) whether
the repair is for the entire Product or a Subassembly.

The preferred repair strategy of the parties is set forth in the boxes
checked immediately below:

Preferred
Repair Strategy

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Warranty

  	
   

  	
  Post Warranty

  	
   

  	
  Component Level

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  

The
contractually permissible repair strategies of the parties are set forth in the
boxes checked immediately below:

Contractually Permissible Repair Strategies

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Warranty

  	
   

  	
  Post Warranty

  	
   

  	
  Component Level

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  XPLORE

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  	
  x

  	
   

  

4.2                                 As set fourth in the Preferred Repair Strategy
corresponding to the boxes checked above, WISTRON will normally provide
warranty repair on the Products. At any time during the term of this contract
and based on a mutually agreed implementation plan, XPLORE shall have the
option of performing any of those repair services set forth in the boxes
checked for the Xplore row under the Contractually Permissible Repair
Strategies for any or all Products and Subassemblies to be repaired, at any or
all geographic locations set forth in Section 1.3.

4.3                                 Warranty costs. In the event WISTRON performs a warranty repair
under the terms of the warranty as outlined in the Turnkey Design and
Manufacturing Agreement, WISTRON will be responsible for the costs of the
repair. In the event WISTRON allows XPLORE to perform a warranty repair, then
Xplore shall notify Wistron of such repairs and adhere to the same workmanship
standards. WISTRON will reimburse or replace all parts used in the repair, and
will be responsible for labor cost of the repair, except in the case of Abuse
or NTF, and will be invoiced to Wistron only after Wistron is satisfactorily
shown unit is not Abuse or NTF. The Spare Part and labor costs shall be
specified as in Appendix A.

4.4                                 Out of warranty costs. In the event WISTRON performs an out of
warranty repair, XPLORE will be responsible for the costs of the repair, and
WISTRON shall invoice XPLORE for the cost of the repair as set forth in
Appendix C.

4.5                                 Warranty on repairs. If WISTRON performs repair, WISTRON will
provide a 90 day warranty to XPLORE on the components or Subassemblies repaired
or replaced by WISTRON, or until the end of the original warranty period,
whichever is longer

4.6                                 Standards for Condition of Repaired Product. In the event WISTRON performs repair,
WISTRON will ensure that the repaired Product is returned in functioning
condition and at minimum the same cosmetic condition in which it was received,
or at WISTRON’s sole option, the Product is replaced with a unit in a condition
that is equal to or better than the original Product.

4.7                                 Workmanship Standards. The repair of WISTRON’s Products shall
conform to the most current version of the following workmanship

 

[***]      Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

 

5

 

standards
(in order of precedence): XPLORE Workmanship Standards (SS-03800-57-XX) and
Workmanship Standards (IPC-610B Class II). These are available upon request
from XPLORE.

4.8                                 Repair Turnaround Time for Product. In the event WISTRON performs a repair,
WISTRON will ship the repaired Product or a replacement Product to XPLORE or
designated location within five (5) business days after the date WISTRON
receives the failed Product. However, WISTRON agrees to use reasonable best
efforts to ship the repaired Product or a replacement Product to XPLORE within
three (3) business days after the date WISTRON receives the failed Product.
WISTRON agrees to work with XPLORE in good faith to define proposed options
that will minimize the warranty turn around time

4.9                                 Repair Turnaround Time for Subassemblies. In the event WISTRON performs a Component
Level Repair, WISTRON will ship the repaired Subassembly or a replacement
Subassembly to XPLORE or designated location within ten (10) business days
after the date WISTRON receives the failed item.

4.10                           Packaging. The shipper shall pack and label the Product and Subassemblies to meet
commercial standards in accordance with Exhibit A, Statement of Work.

4.11                           Shipping. The shipper shall insure all Products and Subassemblies in transit, and
incur all costs associated with shipment, including insurance, labeling,
packaging, and customs. Shipper shall be responsible for shipping costs,
utilizing Shipper’s standard shipping methods, for all Products under warranty.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, WISTRON’s standard shipping methods must provide
for delivery to the appropriate XPLORE destination no later than three (3) days
from the date of shipment; otherwise WISTRON must use a non-standard method at
its expense to insure delivery to the appropriate XPLORE destination no later
than three (3) days from the date of shipment. For out of warranty Products,
XPLORE shall insure all Products and Subassemblies in transit, and incur all
costs associated with shipment, including insurance, labeling, packaging and
customs. Except as set forth above, for all shipping requirements outside of
WISTRON’s standard shipment methods, WISTRON will either ship per XPLORE’s
instructions and invoice for the shipping costs, or use XPLORE’s carrier at
XPLORE’s cost.

4.12                           Abused Product or Subassembly. In the event a Product or Subassembly is
returned to WISTRON for repair, which WISTRON deems to be abused, such Product
or Subassembly shall not be immediately repaired. WISTRON must notify the
XPLORE Service Center Manager of receipt of an “Abused” Product or Subassembly,
and obtain approval prior to repairing it. If XPLORE approves the repair of the
Product or Subassembly by issuing a purchase order or some like method as
agreed by the Parties, it will be repaired at the rates set forth in Appendix
C.

5.                                      TRAINING

5.1                                 Initial Support Training. WISTRON shall, offer support training and training
documentation to XPLORE for the support of the Products for XPLORE’s Tier I and
Tier II support personnel. A total of two (2) potential training sessions will
be offered by WISTRON at the following locations (one per location): Austin
Texas, and in Taipei, Taiwan. The final training curriculum to be discussed and
mutually approved by the Parties. Each party will be responsible for their
costs to perform and or attend such training.

5.2           Refresher Support
Training. In addition to the initial support training mentioned in section
5.1 above, WISTRON shall provide follow-on and refresher training and training
documentation to XPLORE at mutually agreed periodic intervals (no greater than
annually) in the support of the Products. All such training shall be held at
facilities and at a schedule mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

5.3                                 Repair Training. In the event that XPLORE elects to perform
repair on the Products and/ or Subassemblies, within sixty (60) days after
XPLORE’s request, WISTRON shall provide two service training in English at a
mutually approved location and schedule, at no cost to XPLORE, at a mutually
agreed upon location, to XPLORE’s technical service personnel. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, WISTRON hereby agrees that XPLORE may have one training session
in the United States of America and one training session in Taiwan. Additional
training sessions can be provided based upon a mutually approved cost to
XPLORE.

5.4                                 Scope of Training. Such service training shall be designed for
up to ten (10) trainees to enable Sub-Assembly Level Repair of the Product. WISTRON
shall provide both theory and hands-on training, including the use of tools,
diagnostic equipment, and software, and hands on training with actual Product
supplied by WISTRON.

5.5                                 Costs. WISTRON shall be responsible for all costs for its personnel including
travel, subsistence expenses, documentation, supplies and equipment, in
connection with such training unless otherwise stated herein. Conversely XPLORE
will be responsible for all costs for its personnel including travel and
subsistence expenses.

5.6                                 Product Change Notification. In the event that the Product changes to a degree
that would materially impact Level I, II or III support of Products as it
relates to form, fit, function or troubleshooting diagnostics, repair procedure
or parts used in repair, WISTRON shall notify XPLORE of such changes, and
provide additional documentation to XPLORE so that XPLORE can train its
personnel. In the event that such changes necessitate further discussions
between the Parties, WISTRON agrees to host a conference call with the
Authorized personnel at XPLORE.

6.                                      DOCUMENTATION AND SOFTWARE
TOOLS

6.1                                 Delivery of Documentation. At no charge, during the training sessions
of Section 5, WISTRON will
provide XPLORE with five (5) current hard copies in English of the
documentation and support manuals, related to the Product used by its own
support and service personnel to perform support and service as set forth in
Sections 3 and 4. Such documentation shall include, but not be limited to part
lists, schematics, subassembly drawings, compatibility/ interoperability
matrix, software, troubleshooting guides, technical tips, user and service
manuals, necessary service tools list, specifications, documentation for spare
parts, and operation procedures, and
a list of generic parameters or test values for troubleshooting, replacements and inspection.

6.2                                 Electronic Copies. To the extent any documentation is available in electronic format, WISTRON shall advise XPLORE of such availability, and if XPLORE
should request an electronic copy, WISTRON shall provide such copy to XPLORE.
WISTRON shall make a good faith effort with XPLORE in making format changes for
compatibility with XPLORE equipment.

6.3                                 Updated Documentation. WISTRON shall advise XPLORE of any revised
documentation, manuals, or software tools, and automatically provide such
revisions to XPLORE.

7.                                      TESTING

7.1                                 WISTRON will provide at a reasonably agreed
upon charge, three sets of test fixtures and assembly tools and their
documentation, normally used by Wistron’s service and support personnel, that
supports a whole unit test and Subassembly analysis, evaluation, troubleshooting,
and repair as specified in Section 4. These test fixtures may be used for
verifying failures in whole units and Subassemblies or repair as specified in
Section 4. WISTRON shall provide additional sets to XPLORE as priced in
Appendix D.

7.2                                 WISTRON will provide a copy of its commercial
warranty test procedures that WISTRON uses to test and screen whole units for
No Trouble Found. Any No Trouble Found fees referenced in Appendix C shall take
effect only after such test procedure has been agreed upon and accepted by both
parties

 

6

 

7.3                                 Delivery of above items targeted to be within
30 days of Product release to Mass Production.

8.                                      SPARE PARTS

8.1                                 WISTRON shall provide the Spare Parts at the
price as listed on Appendix A.

8.2                                 Discontinuance of the Product/Spare Parts: See
Section I of Appendix E.

8.3                                 WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with data
supporting failure rates on existing Product shipped to the field. WISTRON will
provide XPLORE with recommended initial Spare Parts order quantity based on
existing data for the product family. XPLORE will adjust recommended spare
quantity to reflect its customer base.

8.4                                 WISTRON shall ship Spare Parts within normal
lead time. Xplore shall provide a 3 month rolling forecast for spare parts for
which spare parts will be shipped against that forecast in accordance to
provisions set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement
arbitrating pull-in and push-out of material.

8.5                                 WISTRON shall make reasonable best efforts to
ship urgent orders within 5 business days of receipt of the order.

9.                                      REPORTING

9.1                                 Problem Status. WISTRON shall provide XPLORE with a
quarterly status report of all Problems reported by XPLORE, identified Severity
Level of Problem, current status on resolution, and compliance with expected
response time given the Severity Level.

9.2                                 Repair Status. WISTRON will supply and maintain a service
return process that will track Product during mutually agreed upon stages
during the repair and return process. WISTRON will provide repair status of the
Product to Authorized XPLORE personnel via the web. XPLORE may contact WISTRON
by phone or email if a Severity Level I customer satisfaction incident exists
or WISTRON is late with a Product Repair return as outlined herein at any time
during WISTRON’s business hours to obtain the status.

9.3                                 Individual and Monthly Repair Reports. WISTRON will supply an individual repair
report accompanying the repaired/replaced Product consisting of: repair
tracking number, Product or Subassembly number, serial number, warranty status
as reported by XPLORE, date of receipt, date of return, repair Turnaround Time,
type of failure, repair action, components repaired and/or replaced, and charge
for repair (if applicable). WISTRON will make individual or monthly reports
available via the web to Authorized XPLORE personnel. In addition WISTRON will
compile and make available a quarterly repair report with all of the above
information to the XPLORE Support Center via the web to authorized XPLORE
personnel.

10.                               BILLING

10.1                           Fees. The correction of a Problem associated with a Product that is within
its warranty period, as computed in accordance with the Turnkey Design and
Manufacturing Agreement, and identified by Product serial number and shipping
date, which can be tracked by XPLORE via WISTRON’s Extranet firewall secure for
XPLORE personnel access, shall be performed at no charge to XPLORE and shall be
deemed to be Warranty Service unless such Product has been Abused, in which
case the cost of the service shall be as set forth in Appendix C. After the
expiration of the warranty period, such service will be performed at the fees
as set forth in Appendix C, and shall be deemed Post Warranty Service. No
Trouble Found Fees, if applicable, will be billed to XPLORE as outlined in
Appendix A and Section 8.2.

10.2                           Invoicing Procedure. Invoices shall be paid in accordance to
provisions set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement.

11.                               REMEDIES

11.1                           Additional Spares. If in any consecutive three month period WISTRON’s
average turnaround times for any Product or Subassembly exceed the turnaround
times set forth in Sections 4.8 and 4.9 WISTRON and XPLORE shall mutually agree
on a written action plan to bring resolution to the issues.

12.                               MISCELLANEOUS

12.1                           Entire Agreement. This Service and Support Addendum, including
Appendices referenced herein, together with the Turnkey Design and
Manufacturing Agreement, including Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement
between XPLORE and WISTRON with respect to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes all proposals, oral or written, and all other communications between
the parties with respect to such subject matter.

12.2                           Conflict. If a conflict exist between the terms and conditions of any of the
documents referenced above, the order of precedence will be: (a) the Turnkey
Design and Manufacturing Agreement, including Exhibits; and (b) this Service
and Support Addendum; and (c) Appendices to this Service and Support Addendum.

12.3                           Term. The term of this Service and Support Addendum will begin on the
Effective Date and will continue during the term of the Turnkey Design and
Manufacturing Agreement, and for a period of three years after termination or
expiration of the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement (the “Initial Term”).
In the event that Xplore wishes to extend the support for the product for an
additional year, Xplore will, at its option, request this in writing within
three (3) months prior to the date of expiry of the prior term. Xplore will have
the option to extend the original Term up to two times, no more than one year
at a time, for a five (5) year maximum. For each term renewal, item and service
pricing shall be no more than 138% of the prior term pricing.

12.4                           Compliance with Laws. To the extent applicable hereto, WISTRON
shall in performance of this Service and Support Addendum comply with: the Fair
Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 201-219): the Walsh-Healey Public
Contracts Act (41 U.S.C. 35-45); the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards
Act (40 U.S.C. 327-333); laws prohibiting the use of convict labor; all other
federal, state and local laws; all regulations and orders issued under any
applicable law. WISTRON warrants that the equipment to be furnished hereunder
complies with the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C.
651-678) and the Radiation Control For Health and Safety Act of 1968 (43 U.S.C.
263b-n) and all applicable regulations and standard’s promulgated thereunder.
If the Product or a Service covered by this Service and Support Addendum
relates to a prime contract with the United States Government, and/or is within
the jurisdiction of a Department or Agency of the United States, and is within
the terms of this Service and Support Addendum or the Turnkey Design and
Manufacturing Agreement, the applicable provisions of Federal Acquisition
Regulations are hereby incorporated in this Service and Support Addendum. For
terms outside of this Service and Support Addendum and the Turnkey Design and
Manufacturing Agreement, WISTRON agrees to work with XPLORE in good faith to
review the applicable provisions of Federal Acquisitions Regulations and to
provide agreement or feedback to such terms in a timely fashion. WISTRON agrees
to indemnify and hold XPLORE harmless from any loss, damage, liability claim
fine penalty or expense which results
from WISTRON’s failure to comply with any WISTRON obligation within the terms
of this Service and Support Addendum or the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing
Agreement, or that is separately agreed to by WISTRON, that is mandated by any
applicable procurement law, rule, or regulation.

12.5                           Hazardous Materials. WISTRON shall notify XPLORE of every article
ordered hereunder which contains materials hazardous or injurious to the health
or physical safety of persons even though said hazard or injury may only occur
due to mishandling or misuse of the article. In addition, WISTRON shall
identify the hazardous or injurious material and notify

 

7

 

XPLORE
of the effects of such material on human beings and the physical manifestations
that could result. For each article so identified, WISTRON shall provide
warning labels or instructional material appropriate to warn persons coming in
contact therewith of the hazard and its effects.

 

	
  XPLORE
  TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NAME:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  WISTRON
  CORPORATION

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NAME:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  

XPLORE and WISTRON agree to work towards completing all of
the parts repair rates, NTF repair fee, repair service expedite rates and other
open or blank items in Appendices A, C and D no later than sixty (60) days
prior to the first scheduled commercial shipment of the Products to XPLORE or XPLORE’s
customer. All such items shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties and
are subject to the approval of both parties.

 

8

Exhibit G

Service
and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

Appendix
A

 

Product
and Accessory Listing

 

	
  Part Name

  	
   

  	
  Part #

  	
   

  	
  MTBF

  	
   

  	
  Recommended

  Sparing per 100

  	
   

  	
  Lead

  Time

  	
   

  
	
  Ruggedized Pen Tablet

  	
   

  	
  ??

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Stylus Pen

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Screen Protector

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Battery Li-polymer 4240mAH

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

Spare
Part Listing for Products mentioned above

 

	
  Part Name

  	
   

  	
  Part #

  	
   

  	
  Price in

  $US

  	
   

  	
  Recommended

  Sparing per 100

  	
   

  	
  Lead

  Time

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

 

 

Appendix
B

 

Authorized
WISTRON Service Locations

 

 

	
  Return Material Authorization
  (“RMA”) Contact Information:

  
	
  Geographic
  Region covered: North America

  
	
  Contact
  Name:, RMA/Support Coordinator

  
	
  Company
  Name: XPLORE Technologies Corporation

  
	
  Shipping
  Address: 11675 Jollyville Road, Suite 150

  
	
  City/State/Zip/Country:
  Austin, TX 78759

  
	
  Phone
  # (512). 336.7797 ext. 121 or 1.888.449.7567

  
	
  Email
  address:support@xploretech.com

  
	
  Geographic
  Region covered: EMEA

  
	
  Contact
  Name: Customer Support International

  
	
  Company
  Name:

  
	
  Shipping
  Address:

  
	
  City/State/Zip/Country:

  
	
  Phone
  #

  Email address:

  
	
  Geographic
  Region covered: Latin America and AsiaSee EMEA Contact Information Above for
  all items.

  

 

9

 

Exhibit G

Service
and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

 

Appendix
C

 

Repair
Fee Structure

 

Repair
Pricing - Flat Rate and Contract

 

	
  Part Number/

  Description

  	
   

  	
  Flat Rate Repair

  	
   

  	
  Contract Price/month

  	
   

  
	
  Ruggedized Pen Tablet

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

Repair
Pricing Data - Time and Materials

 

	
  Part Number/

  Description

  	
   

  	
  MTTR

  	
   

  	
  Labor Rate

  (hrs)

  	
   

  	
  Average cost of

  materials

  	
   

  
	
  Ruggedized Pen Tablet

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

WISTRON to provide
detailed description of how repairs on abused products will be billed in this
section.

 

THIS
DATA TO BE PROVIDED 60 DAYS PRIOR TO PRODUCTION START

 

 

Appendix
D

 

Test
Fixture Listing and Associated Pricing

 

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Part Number

  	
   

  	
  Price in $

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

10

 

Exhibit G

Service
and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

Appendix
E

 

General
Service and Support Conditions

 

 

1.              CONTINUING AVAILABILITY OF MAINTENANCE,
REPLACEMENT, AND REPAIR PARTS

 

                        Unless otherwise provided under the
Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement, the following terms and conditions
are applicable to the Products.

 

1.1                 Notwithstanding any termination or expiration of this
Addendum, and in addition to any other rights which survive this Addendum by
its terms. For a period of three (3) years following such termination, or
expiration, or any discontinuance of a Product, XPLORE shall have the following
rights: (i) the right to purchase Spare Parts (including Firmware) for all
Products purchased by XPLORE from WISTRON prior to termination as outlined in
the Turnkey Design Manufacturing Agreement at the prices and on the terms and
conditions to be negotiated in good faith by the Parties, and (ii) the right to
continue to receive Service and Support for the Products from WISTRON as
provided herein and based upon a mutually approved fee schedule to be
negotiated in good faith by the Parties. At the beginning of the three (3) year
period as mentioned above, WISTRON will negotiate with XPLORE a final, one time
end of life purchase of spare parts and/or Subassemblies based on the needs of
XPLORE.

 

1.2                 End of Life Transition. In the event a product is discontinued prior to the
agreed upon three (3) year period, WISTRON agrees to maintain Product and Spare
Part inventory to support the needs of XPLORE for the duration of the three (3)
year period. WISTRON also agrees to provide Product repair service to XPLORE
consistent with the Service and Support Addendum herein. In the event that
Xplore wishes to extend the support for the product for an additional year,
Xplore will, at its option, request this in writing within three (3) months
prior to the date of expiry of the prior term. Xplore will have the option to
extend the original Term up to two times, no more than one year at a time, for
a five (5) year maximum. For each term renewal, item and service pricing shall
be no more than 138% of the prior term pricing.

 

1.3                 Parts Obsolescence. If any engineering or any other change initiated by
WISTRON obsoletes any Spare Parts of a Product purchased by XPLORE. WISTRON
shall so notify XPLORE, in writing, and shall accept the return of such
obsolete parts and reimburse XPLORE its cost or, at WISTRON’s option, replace
all parts so returned with the changed or modified part at no additional charge
to XPLORE.

 

2.              NOTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CHANGES

 

Unless otherwise provided
under the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement the following terms and
conditions are applicable to the Products.

 

2.1                 Engineering Change Order Review. In order to ensure
appropriate records are maintained by XPLORE for regulatory, service, and
document control procedure reasons, WISTRON shall inform and make available to
XPLORE, for review and approval, any proposed Engineering Change Orders(ECO) by
WISTRON to Products and Subassemblies purchased hereunder that affect either
form, fit or function of Products, at least thirty days prior to their proposed
implementation. ECO’s shall be provided to XPLORE by XLORE via e-mail which
references web-site with download feature.

 

2.2                 Quality Related Changes. If either Party determines that changes are necessary
for safety or due to the epidemic failure of the Products or parts and
components thereof to perform in accordance with the Product Specifications, or
to meet the Quality Standards set forth in the Turnkey Design and Manufacturing
Agreement. WISTRON shall respond with a written corrective action response plan
as soon as reasonably possible, and WISTRON shall execute such plan to enable
XPLORE to make the required changes in installed Products and Products in
production within a reasonable time frame.

 

2.3                 Support of Earlier Release of Software. Notwithstanding the updating or new
releases of Software by WISTRON, WISTRON shall provide service and support in
accordance with the provisions of this Addendum for at least the immediately
preceding two releases or versions of the Software supplied by WISTRON to
XPLORE.

 

3.              RELIABILITY STANDARDS

 

3.1                 Given XPLORE’s experience with their customers, market
applications and reseller channel, WISTRON requests XPLORE forward reliability
statistics on similar Pen Tablet products which XPLORE has sold and that covers
the entire product life cycle from introduction through end of life. During the
first six (6) months of production deliveries of Products by WISTRON to XPLORE,
WISTRON will collect similar reliability data on Products. At this six (6)
month period, the Parties agree to meet to review the reliability data based on
Products performance and compare to XPLORE’s experience with similar or like
pen tablet products during the same product life cycle period. At this time,
the Parties agree to establish reasonable, and mutually approved reliability
objectives. WISTRON’s goal is to meet or exceed XPLORE’s actual reliability
results for like pen tablet products based on actual life cycle attainment by
XPLORE, and to exceed current industry reliability standards for like Products.
Further, it is WISTRON’s goal to develop a continuous improvement program, with
XPLORE’s input, which will allow the Parties to establish annual improvement
targets for reliability metrics.

 

3.2                 If in any quarter during which either the average DOA
Failure Rate, or the average Quarterly Failure Rate, or both, falls into the
range for that product category indicated in the chart below corresponding to
the time period that has passed after the initial Product Release to XPLORE,
then for that product category, the warranty period for all products then under
warranty shall be extended for the period of time set forth in the last column
in such chart. In no event shall a warranty be extended beyond six months for a
product.

 

 

	
  Average OFR

  	
   

  	
  Average DOA Failure Rate

  	
   

  	
  Warranty Extension

  	
   

  
	
  First Year after Product
  Release

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Less than 9%

  	
   

  	
  Over 1.0 but less than
  2.0%

  	
   

  	
  0 months

  	
   

  
	
  Between 9% and 10%

  	
   

  	
  Between 2 and 2.5%

  	
   

  	
  3 months

  	
   

  
	
  10% or more

  	
   

  	
  2.5% or more

  	
   

  	
  6 months

  	
   

  

 

For example: If during
any quarterly period after the first year of Product Release, the average Dead
on Arrival Failure Rate (as measured and reported quarterly) of the Product is
2.0%, or the average QFR of the Product equals 9%, then the warranty period for
all Products under warranty shipped in the given quarter shall be automatically
extended for a three month period from the date of the end of the original
warranty period for each product in that product category.

 

3.3                 Loaner Units. During the warranty period, in the event the actual
Quarterly Failure Rate for a Product purchased hereunder exceeds the Target
Reliability Percentages set forth in the table below, then at XPLORE’s written
request, and in addition to any additional spares provided under Section 11.1,
WISTRON shall supply XPLORE, at no cost to XPLORE, a quantity of Products on
loan or bailment in that specific product category (“Loaner Units”). The
quantity being determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

Number of Loaner Units =
(Unit failures in excess of the Target) times ((number of turn days [5 days
per month [20])). Illustrative example: Assuming 10,000 units in the field with
a 1100 quarterly failure rate, then; if the target quarterly failures = 1000
units (e.g. 10% of 10,000< the result is; number of loaner units =
(1100-1000)*(5/20) = 25 loaner units.

 

Target
Reliability Percentages

 

	
  Period after Product Release

  	
   

  	
  Average Quarterly

  Failure Rate

  	
   

  	
  Average DOA

  Failure Rate

  	
   

  
	
  First 6 months

  	
   

  	
  10%

  	
   

  	
  2.0%

  	
   

  
	
  Second 6 months

  	
   

  	
  8%

  	
   

  	
  2.0%

  	
   

  

 

11

 

Exhibit G

Service
and Support Addendum of the 

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

3.4                 Return of
Loaner Unit. The Loaner Units supplied by WISTRON are not required to be in
new condition. When the Quarterly Failure Rate declines to a number less than
the Target Reliability Percentage, WISTRON shall notify XPLORE and XPLORE shall
return to WISTRON the Loaner Units which were provided in accordance with
Section 4.5. During the first nine (9) months after delivery of the first
production units of a product, the number of Loaner Units shall be calculated
on a quarterly basis, and thereafter, the number of Loaner Units shall be
calculated on an annual basis.

 

3.5                 The Parties agree
that section 3.2 above is subject to further negotiations so as to establish
and mutually approve threshold parameters for subsequent periods beyond the
first year after Product release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure
rate negotiated pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall be greater than the
applicable failure rates set forth for the first year after Product Release in
Section 3.2 hereof.

 

12

 

Exhibit
G

Service
and Support Addendum of the

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

APPENDIX F—FACTORS
THAT MAY OR MAY NOT CONSTITUTE ABUSE:

 

•                  Wear And Tear Of Product [Even
Under Normal Use]

•                  Excessive Dirt/Contamination
Effecting Performance

•                  Spillage Of Liquids And Other
Foreign Substances On Products

•                  Unapproved Modification Of
Product

•                  Disassembled Product

•                  Defacement Of Manufacturing
Labels

•                  Scratched, Contaminated, And Or
Damaged Optical Components

•                  Loose Or Missing Parts [That
Could Not Have Operated With Out It.]

•                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured
Displays

•                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured Windows

•                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured
Housings

•                  Broken/Cracked/Disfigured
Triggers

•                  Broken/Cracked Plastic Parts
Internal/External

•                  Torn Gaskets, Seals, O-Rings Or
Other Flexible Parts

•                  Damaged External Cables 

•                  Torn Keypads

•                  Low Charged Batteries Effecting
Performance

 

•                  Use Of Abrasive Cleaners Or Other
Unapproved Cleaning Materials

•                  Improper Use Of Product

•                  Connection Of Product To An
Unapproved Host Device 

•                  Connection Of Product To
Unapproved Power Source

•                  Product That Has Been Opened By
Unauthorized Personnel

•                  Product That Has Been Serviced By
Unauthorized Personnel

•                  Damaged Touch Screen Displays Due
To Use Of Unauthorized Stylus [Pens]

•                  Charred Or Melted Product And Or
Parts

•                  Product Exposed To Environments
Beyond Specification

•                  Products Exposed To Natural
Disasters

•                  Products returned with No Trouble
Found [excessive return rates]

 

 

13

 

Exhibit G

Service
and Support Addendum of the 

Turnkey Design and Manufacturing Agreement between WISTRON and XPLORE

 

Appendix
G 

 

Turnaround
Time and Hot Spares

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Warranty

  	
   

  	
  18 Months

  	
   

  	
  3 Years

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TAT: Turnaround time

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1_

  	
   

  	
  TAT 5 Biz days

  	
   

  	
  Standard Warranty (Per
  unit sold)

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Service
  Quotation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2_

  	
   

  	
  TAT 48 Biz hours

  	
   

  	
  Option 1 (Cost per case)

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  3_

  	
   

  	
  Hot spares

  	
   

  	
  Option 2 (Cost per case)

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  
	
  4_

  	
   

  	
  TAT 5 Biz days

  	
   

  	
  Post-Warranty cost per
  case

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***]

  	
   

  	
   

  
													

Assumptions:

1.                                       *System Warranty coverage: parts and workmanship
and Wistron is responsible for one-way transportation from Wistron to Xplore’s
customer. After the date Wistron receives the failed system, Wistron will ship
the repaired product to Xplore’s customer within 5 business days.

2.                                       *System Warranty coverage is the same as
above. After Wistron receives the failed system, Wistron will ship the repaired
product to Xplore’s customer within 48 business hours.

3.                                       * System Warranty coverage is the same as
above. After Wistron receives the failed system, Wistron will ship the repaired
product to Xplore’s customer within the next business day.

 

Goods flow:

 

 

[***]                   Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request
for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14

 

EXHIBIT
H

 

 

TO THAT
CERTAIN

 

TURNKEY
DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

 

DATED July
1, 2003

 

BY AND
BETWEEN XPLORE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND WISTRON CORPORATION.

 

WISTRON will provide access to all data files as
listed below throughout the development cycle. Upon Product Release, WISTRON
will deliver a full disclosure Data Package in the specified electronic format
to XPLORE as specified below.

 

The Data Package is expected to include:

•                  Finalized product specifications and
functional requirements

•                  All industrial design documentation and
models

•                  Complete electrical schematics and
associated specifications (Cadence OrCAD format)

•                  Complete component
specifications/datasheets for any component used in Lynx, including cables and
optional accessories

•                  All component data, costed Bills of
Materials and approved vendor list for all assemblies

•                  All drawings, including “critical to
function” drawings for QA acceptance of mechanical parts/assemblies

•                  All PCB design and layout files,
schematics, drawings and associated component and pad libraries (Cadence or
Allegro format)

•                  Board artwork files and drill drawings
(Extended Gerber 274x format). Fab and layer stack-up drawings.

•                  Mechanical databases and drawings
including all production tooling drawings (PRO-E format)

•                  Test equipment, hardware/software design
documentation and drawings (PRO-E format)

•                  Factory acceptance test specifications
and procedures

•                  All software design documentation,
specifications and source code and libraries for any custom software developed
specifically for the Lynx project, all software test requirements, procedures
and test code, linkable libraries necessary for BIOS code build, linkable
libraries for all core BIOS Object code required for BIOS build, all build
tools and documentation, description of all software tools required to
reproduce the software build environment.

•                  All artwork (films) for any Lynx
labeling, artwork, or images on XPLORE related documentation and packaging
containers

•                  All container specifications and
associated drawings

•                  Functional test specifications and
electrical/functional test procedures

•                  All mechanical & electrical drawings
and schematics for any custom test equipment and test adapters (including
embedded microcontroller code, Windows device driver code, Windows control
panel software and all utility software.)

•                  part and assembly files for all
components

 

1

 

•                  drawing files showing all material and
critical dimensions/tolerances

•                  part, assembly and drawing files of all
tooling components

•                  Prototype parts and soft tooling

•                  DVT and EVT parts/assemblies and soft
tooling

•                  Assembly methods documents and assembly
drawings

•                  First Article parts and accompanying
measurements

•                  Failure Effects and Methods Analysis
documentation (spreadsheet)

•                  Finite Element Modeling (stress and
thermal) results

•                  Test reports from environmental testing
(shock, drop, vibration, thermal, salt, etc.)

•                  Certified copies of all testing,
regulatory and certification reports

•                  All other analyses (tolerance, assembly
timing, workflow layouts)

•                  Any product characterization reports
derived from the product development

•                  Cost quotations for parts and tooling

•                  Product tooling database(s) to completely
and accurately reproduce any product tooling or test fixtures

•                  Fabrication and assembly fixtures

•                  Mean Time Between Failures analysis

•                  List of equipment used for testing the
DVT/EVT and production units

•                  Outline of production flow, including
equipment required to produce the Product

•                  Quality control procedures

 

2

Exhibit I

Wildcat
Lynx Regulatory Approvals

 

Regulatory Compliance

 

The Wildcat tablet PC products shall be certified to
be in compliance with the regulatory standards identified below and any other
safety or emissions standards required to meet the regulatory statutes in the
following countries:

 

	
  Regulatory Compliance for
  Launch

  
	
  U.S.A.

  
	
  Argentina

  
	
  Austria

  
	
  Belgium

  
	
  Brazil

  
	
  Canada

  
	
  China

  
	
  Colombia

  
	
  Denmark

  
	
  France

  
	
  Finland

  
	
  Germany

  
	
  Hong Kong

  
	
  Israel

  
	
  Italy

  
	
  Malaysia

  
	
  Mexico

  
	
  Netherlands

  
	
  Norway

  
	
  Singapore

  
	
  South Africa

  
	
  Spain

  
	
  Sweden

  
	
  Switzerland

  
	
  United Kingdom

  
	
   

  

 

	
  1 Quarter After Launch minus 1 Month

  
	
  Australia

  
	
  Japan

  
	
  Korea

  
	
  New Zealand

  
	
  Taiwan R.O.C.

  

 

Regulatory Compliance

 

	
  Regulatory

  	
   

  	
  CISPR 22

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CE Mark

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  UL/CUL

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CB

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CSA

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  TUV

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  PSB

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SABS

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  A-Tick

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  C-Tick

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  CCC

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  KTL

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  SII

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  FCC

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  VCCI

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  BSMI

  	
   

  	
  Test
  and Certification

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  [***

  	
  ]

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  RRL

  	
   

  	
  Need
  more information

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  TBD

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Bluetooth

  	
   

  	
  Test

  	
   

  	
  Xplore

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  

Notes: 

1.             Above test costs do not include prototype sample costs
of test units.

2.                                       Above tests are
conducted in-house; if third party is required by Xplore, cost will be
separately quoted.

[***]                   Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request
for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1

 

March 17, 2003

 

Amendment to Xplore Technologies and Wistron “Turnkey Design
and Manufacturing Agreement”

 

The
Parties mutually agree to enter into a NRE amortization agreement for the
Xplore Technologies iX104 Tablet product and associated Office Docking
Solution, effective              ,2003.

 

Based
on the meeting during the COMDEX Fall 11-24-02 and subsequent discussions, the
Parties have agreed to implement the following payment program:

 

The current budget is outlined as below:

The
current budget as today = $[***]

Potential
saving from tooling = $[***]

Net
program budget = $[***]

Xplore
payment to date = $[***]

Estimate
NRE for smart office docking solution = $[***]

 

Wistron
to amortize $[***] USD of the total iX104 program cost across the first 20,000
production units, which translate into $[***] per unit which Wistron will add
to the product pricings to Xplore up to recovery of the total amortized amount.

 

Excluding
$[***] amortization, Xplore to pay Wistron the outstanding payment $[***]. All
non-development and future purchase orders will be treated as non-development
budget and are payable at net 30-day terms. The outstanding payment schedule is
indicated below::

 

•                  $[***], due the
week of 3/17/03

•                  $[***] due upon
Product Acceptance (estimated the week of 3/17/03)

 

Given
Xplore’s shipment doesn’t exceed 20,000 units by December 31, 2003;
Xplore will pay Wistron the variance up to 20,000 unit of
amortization.

 

iX104 Office Docking solution

 

The Parties agree to
mutually review Xplore’s requirements for an office dock for the iX104 and
after mutually approved to be added to the current program budget. The Office
Docking station program will be part of the amortization program but doesn’t
effect to the above mentioned arrangement. However the office dock is a VERY
important element of the total hardware solution deliverable with the iX104 and
Wistron has the expertise necessary to develop and produce this system element

 

[***]    Confidential treatment
requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately
with the Commission.

 

 

 

Estimation Engineering and
tooling NRE for the desk dock = $[***]

 

The
NRE include regulatory agency fee, test fixture, and 15 DVT samples (by
hard-tooling). The $[***] is a fixed development NRE charge unless there’s
major design change requested by Xplore. In case there’s major design change in
the Office docking, Xplore and Wistron will mutually agree on the costs.

 

Xplore to pay Wistron $[***]
USD for NRE payment. The remaining NRE $[***] will be amortized to the first
15,000 production units, which translate into $[***] per unit and add onto desk
dock contract pricing. Given Xplore’s shipment doesn’t exceed 15,000 units by December
31, 2003, Xplore will pay Wistron the outstanding amortized NRE.

 

Payment
schedule of $[***]

 

	
  Due Date

  	
   

  	
  Item

  	
   

  	
  Amount

  	
   

  	
  milestone

  	
   

  
	
  Wk of 3/24/03

  	
   

  	
  1/3 payment

  	
   

  	
  $[***

  	
  ]

  	
  Project kick-off

  	
   

  
	
  Wk of 3/24/03

  	
   

  	
  1/3 payment

  	
   

  	
  $[***

  	
  ]

  	
  Tooling start

  	
   

  
	
  At acceptance

  	
   

  	
  1/3 payment

  	
   

  	
  $[***

  	
  ]

  	
  Product acceptance

  	
   

  

 

 

Intellectual Property (IP) and Remedies:

 

Xplore
owns the IP from inception, but Wistron would have a claim to it until Xplore
pays the $[***] due. Then the IP is then no longer in question, however if
Xplore does not pay the $[***] amortization and the companies cannot come to a
mutual agreement on payment, then the dispute would go to business arbitration.
At this point it is up to the arbitrators to decide the action that must be
taken to settle the dispute.

 

The
Parties further agree that if monies are still owed at December 31, 2003 under
the terms of this amortization NRE agreement then the Parties will work to
reconcile the remaining amount owed within 10 business days and Xplore has 30
days to pay said amounts.

 

If
the remaining debt is still unresolved after the aforementioned 30 days, then
the Parties will have 15 days to resolve the dispute, and if unsuccessful, then
the Parties will immediately enter into business arbitration in the State of
Texas to resolve the dispute.

 

	
  Xplore Technologies

  	
   

  	
  Wistron

   

  	
   

  
	
  July 22/03

  	
   Date:

  	
   

  	
   Date

  
	
  /s/ Brian
  Groh             Brian
  Groh

  	
   Print Name

  	
  /s/ Simon Lin             Simon
  Lin

  	
   Print Name

  
	
  President & CEO

  	
   Title

  	
  Chairman & CEO

  	
   Title

  

 

[***]    Confidential treatment
requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately
with the Commission.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00116-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00116-of-00352.parquet"}]]